Download Finale 3D

Finale 3D requires Microsoft Windows 10 or 11, 8GB of RAM and a dedicated graphics card. The Nvidia GeForce GTX 1060 is the recommended graphics card (GPU), though almost any GPU made after 2017 will work. If you use a Mac, you need to install Windows using Bootcamp or Parallels. For more details, see System requirements. Each release below contains all versions of Finale 3D (Demo, Lite, Hobbyist and Pro).

Latest Finale 3D Release (Same Download For All Versions)

  1. Stability improvement: Fixed an issue that would cause a crash if Finale 3D were launched while it was already running. Finale 3D now detects the active instance and brings the main window to the forefront.
  2. New feature: Finale 3D show (.FIN) files can now be opened by double-clicking them, making it no longer necessary to launch Finale 3D and then go to 'File > Open' as a separate step.
  3. Bug fix: Fixed an issue causing the design window to be blank (dark gray) until resized in some situations.
  4. Bug fix: Fixed an issue where the UI elements in the design window, such as the play button, were too large and not clickable when the 'Reduce resolution in edit mode' render setting was enabled.
  5. Sync improvement: The local cached copy of My Effects is now displayed if the sync process at login is cancelled or fails. Previously, if the sync did not complete, My Effects appeared to be empty.
  6. Bug fix: Fixed an issue causing Finale 3D to crash when the 'Show > Temporary settings > Draw trajectory dots instead of effect simulations' option was enabled. This setting turns off the real-time 3D simulation, which may be useful in some situations.
  7. Effects: Fixed a bug causing some effect simulations to be abruptly cut when using the VDL term 'DLY'. This was especially evident for gerbs/fountains.

Latest Beta Release

  1. Update German and Polish UI translation.
  2. If application is not front/active, then don't update cursor image.
  3. Enabled Rack and Tube fields in the script table to be selector menus.
  4. Added Showven X4 module type.
  5. Relaxed error checking for importing and validating PDM files, now accepting PDM files that have non-incremental SHOT field value.
  6. Improved the addressing dialog 'Re-arrange' option to support tiltable row racks with pre-wired pins; previously re-arrange didn't support tiltable row racks and pre-wired pins together.
  7. Made the addressing dialog 'Re-arrange' option fully support multiple e-matches per pin IN THE SAME RACK; previously if a rack had multiple e-matches per pin within it, then rearrange would adjust angles to avoid collisions but wouldn't renumber the pins to provide a nice pin sequence; now it does.
  8. Add addressing dialog context sensitive yellow box suggestion to add a pin constraint to prevent sharing pins across different racks.
  9. Improve the 'Reorder pins' function accessed from the rack context menu, now supporting reordering pins even when rack contains multiple effects on the same pin within the rack.
  10. Fixed minor rearrangement bug resulting in valid but unpleasant pin sequences of fully adjustable tube angle racks having only straight up effects in them.
  11. Made rack context menu item 'Reorder pins' work even if rack contains locked pins or pins shared with other racks.
  12. Made rack context menu item 'Reorder pins' apply to all selected racks, not just the one right-clicked on.
  13. Fixed addressing bug in which positions with pre-assigned rails would increment the progression of assigned module numbers even though their own module assignments are from the pre-assigned rails and therefore should affect the progression. The impact of the bug was that if a position with pre-assigned rails was sorted in the middle amongst other positions being addressed, the position following it would begin with module number N + 2, instead of N + 1, where N was the last module assigned in the previous non-pre-assigned rail position.
  14. Fixed addressing bug in which two positions with the same pre-assigned rails and different sections could share the same modules, violating the constraint that modules aren't to be shared across positions.
  15. Improved the addressing function such that when the user specifies addresses are to be assigned in order of position name, that will be the order even if different positions have different sections, or start modules, or blueprints, or pre-assigned rails. Previously, these position attributes would interfere with the sort order by dividing positions into 'addressing groups' having the same values for these properties and sorting the groups relative to each other and then sorting the positions within each group; now positions are only considered to be in a shared addressing group if they can share modules, i.e., there is no position constraint on modules. Thus as long as there is a position constraint on modules, each position will be in its own addressing groups, and the addressing function will sort them as the user expects.
  16. Change 'Renumber racks left to right' to a submenu with eight options, left to right, top to bottom, etc.
  17. Added 'Renumber racks > In order selected'.
  18. Made checkbox border in dialogs thicker so checkboxes are more prominent.
  19. Moved 'Show clock' option in the 'Create video' dialog to make it more discoverable.
  20. Added 'File > Recent shows' submenu with list of recently saved or opened shows.
  21. Changed default setting of 'Show > Clicking song bar zooms to song' to OFF.
  22. Changed wording in add racks dialog from 'Ignored...' to 'Click checkbox on left to add racks' when checkbox for a for a particular kind of rack is unchecked.
  23. Added yellow suggestion box tips in addressing dialog for sort criteria to tell user to add 'Same Rack' before 'Most Horizontal Tilt' in circumstances for which 'Same Rack' yields more sequential assignment of modules.
  24. Added red text hint 'Limit is for entire show' in 'Add racks' dialog when user has entered a limit that is less than the number of racks currently in the show, which usually means the user is interpreting 'Limit' as applying to the position as opposed to the entire show.
  25. Improved side panels of site/rack layout documents and charts, removing the 'Location' and 'Show date' labels when the values are filled in and using the entire width of the side panels for the values, since there often was not enough room horizontally for both the label and value, causing the values to get clipped. Also elide the optional field labels if their values are filled in, so they don't get clipped on the side panels.
  26. Fixed minor clipping bug in report document headers that was present if optional field labels were blank while their values were filled in.
  27. Added hint text in 'Set side panels' dialogs to tell user that information boxes can include multiple lines, and to simply press the Enter key while entering text.
  28. Partially reverted the change that reset the table filters of the windows whenever the user changes shows; now leaves the effects window table filters as is, and clears the others.
  29. Adjusted font size for pin numbers in slice cake racks.
  30. Improved positioning of module numbers on racks in the rack layout window or diagram, fixing some overlapping text problems and centering the module numbers better on thin slice cakes.
  31. Fixed timecode tools for TC created by some versions of FireOne Timecode Wizard software for TC that includes a positive offset.
  32. Added exporter for IGNITE firing system, which exports an XLSX file from which you can copy/paste the rows into IGNITE Show Designer.
  33. Made the IGNITE exporter also put the firing script rows in the clipboard automatically so the user doesn't even need the XLSX file; the user can just paste into IGNITE Show Designer by pressing Ctrl+V.
  34. Changed the UI convention for keyboard modifiers for the rack layout window to SHIFT = more snapping and CONTROL = less snapping, enabling user to press control key after initiating dragging a rack or drawing element to prevent snapping to nearby elements. Unfortunately users running Parallels on a Mac are not able to use SHIFT and CONTROL for this purpose because Parallels does not allow the state of the key modifiers to change while the mouse button is being held.
  35. Added support for the MainFX firing system.
  36. Improvements to MainFX firing system exporter.
  37. Fixed semi-automatic firing in Fire Pioneer exporter, enabling the Track field to fill into the 'Segment' field of the exported script file.
  38. Significant upgrade to rack layout diagrams to provide hybrid diagrams that combine diagram images with text-based reports like wiring scripts or setup lists on the same page.
  39. Added rack layout diagram checkbox options for including annotations in the print area, and for include drawings in print area.
  40. Improved print area calculation for rack layout diagrams to include annotations of other racks in the rack clusters of racks in diagram even if the other racks themselves are not included in the diagram.
  41. In rack layout diagrams grouped by module, changed color of pin and module text to dark gray for more contrast in printed documents, which is possible when grouping by module because if there's only one module per diagram then you don't need different colors to distinguish which module a pin is associated with.
  42. Improved print area calculation to include the module numbers under the racks in a tight bounding box calculation.
  43. Improved page area calculation for rack diagrams to include the text above the racks -- size and rack number if present.
  44. Improved gray contrast of grayed out module numbers on rack diagrams.
  45. Remove some unnecessary translation fields from our user interface to make it easier on people providing translation files.
  46. Fixed bug in VVIZ drone import which caused 'Cannot read file' if floating point numbers had more than 22 characters.
  47. Added rack layout diagram configuration options to control the bounding box of each diagram with respect to annotations and rack clusters and margins and the placement of the module numbers below or to the right of the racks.
  48. Changed the algorithm that laid out the module box graphics at the base of the rack layout window.
  49. Added module box graphics for the rack layout diagrams in the information panel on the right, and removed the module box graphics as overlays over the diagram itself, preventing situations where the module box graphics could potentially cover important information.
  50. Added user-defined text fields in the new information panel on the right of the rack diagram hybrid reports. The user-defined text fields can refer to variables that show for each diagram the position, rack numbers, module numbers, rail numbers, rack clusters. and annotations, enabling the user to pull this information from the diagram and curate it in the information panel on the right.
  51. Added four new standard hybrid rack diagram options, PER POSITION, PER MODULE, PER RACK CLUSTER, and PER SINGLE-SHOT RACK. The PER SINGLE_SHOT RACK option is useful for printing instructions to set up single-shot racks in advance, before bringing them to the shoot site. The PER POSITION and PER MODULE are useful replacements for the wiring script reports that include images and tables per position or per module, whichever suits your workflow. The PER RACK CLUSTER report is suitable for people who represent single-shot racks in Finale as multiple slice racks snapped together as clusters.
  52. Changed the rack layout diagram option for specifying the margin around the content area in the diagram from a percentage basis to an absolute basis in centimeters and meters.
  53. Improved the old rack layout diagram template to include useful information in the side panel.
  54. Added zebra striping to tables in rack diagrams.
  55. Changed font size and padding for tables in rack diagrams to fit 32 rows per page.

All Finale 3D Releases And Beta Versions

  1. Update German and Polish UI translation.
  2. If application is not front/active, then don't update cursor image.
  3. Enabled Rack and Tube fields in the script table to be selector menus.
  4. Added Showven X4 module type.
  5. Relaxed error checking for importing and validating PDM files, now accepting PDM files that have non-incremental SHOT field value.
  6. Improved the addressing dialog 'Re-arrange' option to support tiltable row racks with pre-wired pins; previously re-arrange didn't support tiltable row racks and pre-wired pins together.
  7. Made the addressing dialog 'Re-arrange' option fully support multiple e-matches per pin IN THE SAME RACK; previously if a rack had multiple e-matches per pin within it, then rearrange would adjust angles to avoid collisions but wouldn't renumber the pins to provide a nice pin sequence; now it does.
  8. Add addressing dialog context sensitive yellow box suggestion to add a pin constraint to prevent sharing pins across different racks.
  9. Improve the 'Reorder pins' function accessed from the rack context menu, now supporting reordering pins even when rack contains multiple effects on the same pin within the rack.
  10. Fixed minor rearrangement bug resulting in valid but unpleasant pin sequences of fully adjustable tube angle racks having only straight up effects in them.
  11. Made rack context menu item 'Reorder pins' work even if rack contains locked pins or pins shared with other racks.
  12. Made rack context menu item 'Reorder pins' apply to all selected racks, not just the one right-clicked on.
  13. Fixed addressing bug in which positions with pre-assigned rails would increment the progression of assigned module numbers even though their own module assignments are from the pre-assigned rails and therefore should affect the progression. The impact of the bug was that if a position with pre-assigned rails was sorted in the middle amongst other positions being addressed, the position following it would begin with module number N + 2, instead of N + 1, where N was the last module assigned in the previous non-pre-assigned rail position.
  14. Fixed addressing bug in which two positions with the same pre-assigned rails and different sections could share the same modules, violating the constraint that modules aren't to be shared across positions.
  15. Improved the addressing function such that when the user specifies addresses are to be assigned in order of position name, that will be the order even if different positions have different sections, or start modules, or blueprints, or pre-assigned rails. Previously, these position attributes would interfere with the sort order by dividing positions into 'addressing groups' having the same values for these properties and sorting the groups relative to each other and then sorting the positions within each group; now positions are only considered to be in a shared addressing group if they can share modules, i.e., there is no position constraint on modules. Thus as long as there is a position constraint on modules, each position will be in its own addressing groups, and the addressing function will sort them as the user expects.
  16. Change 'Renumber racks left to right' to a submenu with eight options, left to right, top to bottom, etc.
  17. Added 'Renumber racks > In order selected'.
  18. Made checkbox border in dialogs thicker so checkboxes are more prominent.
  19. Moved 'Show clock' option in the 'Create video' dialog to make it more discoverable.
  20. Added 'File > Recent shows' submenu with list of recently saved or opened shows.
  21. Changed default setting of 'Show > Clicking song bar zooms to song' to OFF.
  22. Changed wording in add racks dialog from 'Ignored...' to 'Click checkbox on left to add racks' when checkbox for a for a particular kind of rack is unchecked.
  23. Added yellow suggestion box tips in addressing dialog for sort criteria to tell user to add 'Same Rack' before 'Most Horizontal Tilt' in circumstances for which 'Same Rack' yields more sequential assignment of modules.
  24. Added red text hint 'Limit is for entire show' in 'Add racks' dialog when user has entered a limit that is less than the number of racks currently in the show, which usually means the user is interpreting 'Limit' as applying to the position as opposed to the entire show.
  25. Improved side panels of site/rack layout documents and charts, removing the 'Location' and 'Show date' labels when the values are filled in and using the entire width of the side panels for the values, since there often was not enough room horizontally for both the label and value, causing the values to get clipped. Also elide the optional field labels if their values are filled in, so they don't get clipped on the side panels.
  26. Fixed minor clipping bug in report document headers that was present if optional field labels were blank while their values were filled in.
  27. Added hint text in 'Set side panels' dialogs to tell user that information boxes can include multiple lines, and to simply press the Enter key while entering text.
  28. Partially reverted the change that reset the table filters of the windows whenever the user changes shows; now leaves the effects window table filters as is, and clears the others.
  29. Adjusted font size for pin numbers in slice cake racks.
  30. Improved positioning of module numbers on racks in the rack layout window or diagram, fixing some overlapping text problems and centering the module numbers better on thin slice cakes.
  31. Fixed timecode tools for TC created by some versions of FireOne Timecode Wizard software for TC that includes a positive offset.
  32. Added exporter for IGNITE firing system, which exports an XLSX file from which you can copy/paste the rows into IGNITE Show Designer.
  33. Made the IGNITE exporter also put the firing script rows in the clipboard automatically so the user doesn't even need the XLSX file; the user can just paste into IGNITE Show Designer by pressing Ctrl+V.
  34. Changed the UI convention for keyboard modifiers for the rack layout window to SHIFT = more snapping and CONTROL = less snapping, enabling user to press control key after initiating dragging a rack or drawing element to prevent snapping to nearby elements. Unfortunately users running Parallels on a Mac are not able to use SHIFT and CONTROL for this purpose because Parallels does not allow the state of the key modifiers to change while the mouse button is being held.
  35. Added support for the MainFX firing system.
  36. Improvements to MainFX firing system exporter.
  37. Fixed semi-automatic firing in Fire Pioneer exporter, enabling the Track field to fill into the 'Segment' field of the exported script file.
  38. Significant upgrade to rack layout diagrams to provide hybrid diagrams that combine diagram images with text-based reports like wiring scripts or setup lists on the same page.
  39. Added rack layout diagram checkbox options for including annotations in the print area, and for include drawings in print area.
  40. Improved print area calculation for rack layout diagrams to include annotations of other racks in the rack clusters of racks in diagram even if the other racks themselves are not included in the diagram.
  41. In rack layout diagrams grouped by module, changed color of pin and module text to dark gray for more contrast in printed documents, which is possible when grouping by module because if there's only one module per diagram then you don't need different colors to distinguish which module a pin is associated with.
  42. Improved print area calculation to include the module numbers under the racks in a tight bounding box calculation.
  43. Improved page area calculation for rack diagrams to include the text above the racks -- size and rack number if present.
  44. Improved gray contrast of grayed out module numbers on rack diagrams.
  45. Remove some unnecessary translation fields from our user interface to make it easier on people providing translation files.
  46. Fixed bug in VVIZ drone import which caused 'Cannot read file' if floating point numbers had more than 22 characters.
  47. Added rack layout diagram configuration options to control the bounding box of each diagram with respect to annotations and rack clusters and margins and the placement of the module numbers below or to the right of the racks.
  48. Changed the algorithm that laid out the module box graphics at the base of the rack layout window.
  49. Added module box graphics for the rack layout diagrams in the information panel on the right, and removed the module box graphics as overlays over the diagram itself, preventing situations where the module box graphics could potentially cover important information.
  50. Added user-defined text fields in the new information panel on the right of the rack diagram hybrid reports. The user-defined text fields can refer to variables that show for each diagram the position, rack numbers, module numbers, rail numbers, rack clusters. and annotations, enabling the user to pull this information from the diagram and curate it in the information panel on the right.
  51. Added four new standard hybrid rack diagram options, PER POSITION, PER MODULE, PER RACK CLUSTER, and PER SINGLE-SHOT RACK. The PER SINGLE_SHOT RACK option is useful for printing instructions to set up single-shot racks in advance, before bringing them to the shoot site. The PER POSITION and PER MODULE are useful replacements for the wiring script reports that include images and tables per position or per module, whichever suits your workflow. The PER RACK CLUSTER report is suitable for people who represent single-shot racks in Finale as multiple slice racks snapped together as clusters.
  52. Changed the rack layout diagram option for specifying the margin around the content area in the diagram from a percentage basis to an absolute basis in centimeters and meters.
  53. Improved the old rack layout diagram template to include useful information in the side panel.
  54. Added zebra striping to tables in rack diagrams.
  55. Changed font size and padding for tables in rack diagrams to fit 32 rows per page.
  1. Stability improvement: Fixed an issue that would cause a crash if Finale 3D were launched while it was already running. Finale 3D now detects the active instance and brings the main window to the forefront.
  2. New feature: Finale 3D show (.FIN) files can now be opened by double-clicking them, making it no longer necessary to launch Finale 3D and then go to 'File > Open' as a separate step.
  3. Bug fix: Fixed an issue causing the design window to be blank (dark gray) until resized in some situations.
  4. Bug fix: Fixed an issue where the UI elements in the design window, such as the play button, were too large and not clickable when the 'Reduce resolution in edit mode' render setting was enabled.
  5. Sync improvement: The local cached copy of My Effects is now displayed if the sync process at login is cancelled or fails. Previously, if the sync did not complete, My Effects appeared to be empty.
  6. Bug fix: Fixed an issue causing Finale 3D to crash when the 'Show > Temporary settings > Draw trajectory dots instead of effect simulations' option was enabled. This setting turns off the real-time 3D simulation, which may be useful in some situations.
  7. Effects: Fixed a bug causing some effect simulations to be abruptly cut when using the VDL term 'DLY'. This was especially evident for gerbs/fountains.
  1. Fix bug: Retry logic had broken in some cases, so that server errors were showing up more frequently.
  2. Fix bug that was causing .FIN files to have all lowercase filenames if they had been opened by double-clicking them.
  1. Fix bug causing Finale3D to crash when 'Draw trajectory dots instead of effects' was enabled.
  2. Fix bug causing sims to be abruptly cut off if delayed by DLY. This was especially evident for gerbs/fountains.
  1. Fixed bug: 2d UI elements were too large and not always clickable when 'downscale render resolution in edit mode' was enabled.
  2. Fixed inventory sync issue: When the initial inventory sync fails as you are logging in, we now restore the cached My Effects rather than starting with an empty My Effects.
  3. Changed the file-open handler to not activate the design window after opening a file.
  4. Added some more debug logging for debugging crashes.
  1. Fixed a crash that would occur if Finale 3D were launched while already running. The software now detects the active instance and brings the main window to the forefront.
  2. Finale 3D show (.FIN) files can now be opened by double-clicking them, making it no longer necessary to launch Finale 3D and then go to 'File > Open' as a separate step.
  3. Added logging to debug startup crashes in OpenGL initialization and CEF initialization.
  1. This release focuses on improving overall stability by addressing a common crash experienced by some users. The changes in this release will either fix the issue or, if the crash reoccurs, return valuable information to help us identify and resolve the source of the crash.
  2. Fix issue causing the 3D design window to be blank dark gray until it is resized.
  1. Video Rendering: Added option to 'Create video' dialog to include clock in rendered videos.
  2. Graphics: Fix 'invalid GPU' error for some drivers.
  3. Machine Compatibility: Reverted a change introduced in the 2024.07.30-934b8a80f beta release for determining machine locale in an attempt to resolve an issue where Finale 3D doesn't run on certain machines.
  4. Finale Inventory: Fixed bug in which the selected locations in 'File > Finale Inventory > Selected locations' appeared to be preserved but weren't actually applied to the shown inventory quantities upon launching the software.
  5. Firing System: Changed Cobra script export description field character limit from 80 to 62 at Cobra's request.
  6. Firing System: Added explanations in the export options dialog for Cobra to clarify the meaning of Timecode 1 and Timecode 2.
  7. Firing System: Changed description field in FireOne and FireOne CSV export to NOT add the device count number in parentheses in front of the effect name.
  8. Firing System: Fixed missing 32-bit DLLs causing FireOne firing system script export failures.
  9. Firing System: Changed FireOne CSV export character limit on Product IDs from 12 to 16.
  10. Firing System: Changed default duration in Pyroneo exported scripts from 500ms to 250ms.
  11. Labels: Added a new labels terms: 'Angle Relative to Single-Shot rack' for tilted single-shot racks to give effect labels the option of showing the angle relative to the rack instead of relative to the entire position.
  12. Labels: Widened menu items for labels blueprint fields and field styles in labels configuration dialog.
  13. Addressing: Add two more context sensitive yellow box suggestions for sort order in addressing dialog, continuing to put effort into making this dialog self-teaching.
  14. Addressing: Remove the rack constraint option for Hobbyist version in addressing dialog since the Hobbyist Version doesn't have the ability to address the show taking into account racks.
  15. Addressing: Made 'Rearrange effects' checkbox in addressing dialog default to ON.
  16. Addressing: Fixed addressing bug wherein 'Module constrained to a single Section' didn't apply to locked addresses in some circumstances.
  17. Addressing: Fixed rack tube assignment bug wherein pre-wired pin racks with a single row of tubes having a pin pattern defined by user specified list in Custom Rack Field did not work correctly.
  18. Addressing: Added instructional error dialog if user addresses a specific position from the racks view, and the position's addresses overflow into rails used by events in other positions. Previously errors were reported as 'Wiring errors' but there was no explanation that the wiring errors were caused by overflowing into rails used by another position.
  19. Addressing: Fixed minor bug wherein if a user addresses a position from the racks view for a firing system whose modules start at 1, while the show default firing system is set to a firing system whose modules start at 0, and if the user has chosen a starting module/rail in the addressing dialog for this position, then the module numbers would start at that module/rail + 1 instead of that module/rail exactly; the problem would go away after the first time because the show default firing system would get updated to the module type in the addressing dialog.
  20. Addressing: Added explanation of wiring errors to addressing summary dialog if the wiring errors are caused by pins overflowing into the next position's start module.
  21. Rack Layout: Fixed minor bug with dragging and dropping effect basket items to racks in the rack layout view, pertaining to multiple universes.
  22. Rack Layout: Fixed 'Reorder pins' bug pertaining to multiple universes.
  23. Rack Layout: Fixed a rack text layout bug in the rack view when module/rack number text shifted to the side wrongly when rack was rotated clockwise 90 degrees and had stacked neighbors above or below it.
  24. Sync with network: Fix bug with 'my effects' sync not working the first time in a session if the user logged in offline.
  25. Sync with network: Fix Finale Inventory sync bug causing the sync process to always think there were changed rows if those rows had quantities in multiple locations.
  26. Sync with network: Fix a bug that could cause the 'Calculate changes' step to spin forever.
  27. DMX: Add new fixture 'Generic Custom DMX Fixture 16CH', Figure ID 208, to make it easier for the user to test a new fixture without needing to define it first with 'Create DMX fixture'. The user can enter any arbitrary list of channel values in the DMX Parameters field of a script row for this fixture, and its DMX Patch will write those values to the exported script.
  28. DMX: Implement effect library for KTV-IP65 A3 Animation Laser 16CH.
  29. DMX: Adjusted intensity of red LED in Sahauhy cheapo par light fixture.
  30. DMX: Fixed duration of 'Reset Fixture' effect for WKL-BEAM02 fixture and changed its VDL from par to spotlight.
  31. Miscellaneous: Add new script table field/column called 'DMX Parameters' to enable the user to enter per-event DMX parameters that the DMX Patch has access to.
  32. Miscellaneous: Change the description field in CSV and XLSX format reports to NOT add the device count in parentheses in front of the effect name.
  33. Miscellaneous: Added scrollbars to dialogs whose content exceeds the height of the window.
  34. Miscellaneous: Fixed annoyance that when user switches between two shows or opens a new show while looking at the rack view window, the filter didn't clear properly, which was confusing.
  35. Miscellaneous: Add alpha-level support for 8k+ rendering.
  36. Language: Update German translation.
  37. Language: Updated Russian UI translation.
  38. Language: Updated Ukrainian UI translation.
  1. Inventory sync: Fix a bug that could cause the 'Calculate changes' step to spin forever.
  1. Inventory sync: Fix bug with 'my effects' sync not working the first time in a session if the user logged in offline.
  2. Finale Inventory sync: Fix bug causing the sync process to always think there were changed rows if those rows had quantities in multiple locations.
  3. Machine compatibility: Reverted a change introduced in the 2024.07.30-934b8a80f beta release for determining machine locale in an attempt to resolve an issue where Finale 3D doesn't run on certain machines.
  1. Update German, Russian, and Ukrainian UI translations.
  2. Fixed bug in which the selected locations in 'File > Finale Inventory > Selected locations' appeared to be preserved but weren't actually applied to the shown inventory quantities upon launching the software.
  3. Fixed bug introduced in the last beta that camera animation wasn't included in rendered videos.
  4. Changed description field in FireOne and FireOne CSV export to NOT add the device count number in parentheses in front of the effect name.
  5. Change the description field in CSV and XLSX format reports to NOT add the device count in parentheses in front of the effect name.
  6. Changed Cobra script export description field character limit from 80 to 62 at Cobra's request.
  7. Fixed a minor bug with 'Renumber pins' function when multiple universes are used.
  8. Fixed a rack text layout bug in the rack view when module/rack number text shifted to the side wrongly when rack was rotated clockwise 90 degrees and had stacked neighbors above or below it.
  9. Widened menu items for labels blueprint fields and field styles.
  10. Changed default duration in Pyroneo exported scripts from 500ms to 250ms.
  11. Added scrollbars to dialogs whose content exceeds the height of the window.
  12. Fixed addressing bug wherein 'Module constrained to a single Section' didn't apply to locked addresses in some circumstances.
  13. Added explanation in Cobra exporter that Timecode 1 stops or doesn't stop when the timecode stops, and Timecode 2 is the other way around; the fact that even I can't remember which is evidence the explanation will be useful.
  14. Fixed annoyance that when user switches between two shows or opens a new shows while looking at the rack view window, the filter didn't clear properly, which was confusing.
  15. Fixed rack tube assignment bug wherein pre-wired pin racks with a single row of tubes having a pin pattern defined by user specified list in Custom Rack Field did not work correctly.
  16. Added option to include clock in rendered movie; default is ON; setting is in 'Create movie' dialog.
  17. Changed FireOne CSV export character limit on Product IDs from 12 to 16.
  18. Added instructional error dialog if user addresses a specific position from the racks view, and the position's addresses overflow into rails used by events in other positions. Previously errors were reported as 'Wiring errors' but there was no explanation that the wiring errors were caused by overflowing into rails used by another position.
  19. Fixed minor bug wherein if a user addresses a position from the racks view for a firing system whose modules start at 1, while the show default firing system is set to a firing system whose modules start at 0, and if the user has chosen a starting module/rail in the addressing dialog for this position, then the module numbers would start at that module/rail + 1 instead of that module/rail exactly; the problem would go away after the first time because the show default firing system would get updated to the module type in the addressing dialog.
  20. Added explanation of wiring errors to addressing summary dialog if the wiring errors are caused by pins overflowing into the next position's start module.
  21. Fix missing 32-bit DLLs causing firing system script export failures.
  22. Add alpha-level support for 8k+ rendering.
  1. Fix 'invalid gpu' error for some drivers.
  2. Add new script table field/column called 'DMX Parameters' to enable the user to enter per-event DMX parameters that the DMX Patch has access to.
  3. Add new fixture 'Generic Custom DMX Fixture 16CH', Figure ID 208, to make it easier for the user to test a new fixture without needing to define it first with 'Create DMX fixture'. The user can enter any arbitrary list of channel values in the DMX Parameters field of a script row for this fixture, and its DMX Patch will write those values to the exported script.
  4. Update German translation.
  5. Implement effect library for KTV-IP65 A3 Animation Laser 16CH.
  6. Adjusted intensity of red LED in Sahauhy cheapo par light fixture.
  7. Fixed duration of 'Reset Fixture' effect for WKL-BEAM02 fixture and changed its VDL from par to spotlight.
  8. Fixed minor bug with dragging and dropping effect basket items to racks in the rack layout view, pertaining to multiple universes.
  9. Fixed 'Reorder pins' bug pertaining to multiple universes.
  10. Add two more context sensitive yellow box suggestions for sort order in addressing dialog, continuing to put effort into making this dialog self-teaching.
  11. Remove the rack constraint option for Hobbyist Version in addressing dialog since the Hobbyist Version doesn't have the ability to address the show taking into account racks.
  12. Made 'Rearrange effects' checkbox in addressing dialog default to ON.
  13. Added a new labels terms: 'Angle Relative To Single-Shot rack for tilted single-shot racks to give effect labels the option of showing the angle relative to the rack instead of relative to the entire position.
  1. Windows 7 and 8 are officially no longer supported starting in this release; Windows 10 or later is now required.
  2. Addressing: Made significant improvements to the 'Re-arrange effects in adjustable angle racks to avoid collisions' feature with the aim of providing optimal addressing and racking for single shots. The improvements apply to single shot racks with and without pre-wired pins, and even to racks with multiple modules. Coupled with the new addressing sort criteria and constraints, these improvements make it possible to create symmetrical and balanced single-shots rack layouts with perfectly ordered pins (all with a single click). Complex shows with thousands of single shots that previously had to be racked manually can now be racked in minutes instead of hours or days.
  3. Addressing: Added addressing sort criteria 'Size > 55mm -- Single-Shot' and terms for 35, 40, 45, 50 mm. This sort criteria enables filling larger holder single-shot racks with large effects before filling them with smaller effects.
  4. Addressing: Added addressing sort criteria 'Tilt > 50°' and 'Tilt > 50° -- Single-Shot'. These sort criteria are useful for addressing positions that contain multiple sizes of effects, especially single shots, that go into different sizes of single shot racks.
  5. Addressing: Added addressing constraint option 'Rack (If Single-Shot)'. This constraint limits each module serving single shot racks to a one rack while allow modules not serving single shot racks to serve multiple racks.
  6. Addressing: Added addressing constraint option 'Event (If Single-Shot)'. This constraint is useful for limiting pins with single shots to one e-match while allowing pins with other types of effects to have multiple e-matches.
  7. Addressing: Added rack constraint options in addressing dialog Module '(If Rack < 25 Tubes)' and 'Slat (If Rack < 25 Tubes)'. These constraints make it easy to limit racks that have just a few more tubes than the modules or slats to leave their extra tubes empty instead of consuming a second module or slat.
  8. Addressing: Added addressing constrains for racks 'Module (If Single-Shot Rack)' and Slat '(If Single-Shot Rack)'. These constraints limit single-shot racks to a one module, leaving the extra tubes unfilled without limiting non-single-shot racks.
  9. Addressing: Added context sensitive suggestions in the Address Show dialog that recommend sort criteria and constraints based on the contents of the show. For example, recommendations are displayed based on the kind of single-shot racks used. Recommendations are also displayed if the show contains chains to help you select the correct constraint to prevent chains from wrapping from one rack to another.
  10. Addressing: Added descriptions for all the sort criteria and constraints in the Address Show dialog to explain the meaning of each selected term with the goal of simplifying and demystifying the show addressing process.
  11. Addressing: Changed default addressing order to Position Name > Description instead of Position > Event Time.
  12. Racks: Improve the prewired pins feature of racks' half-and-half options and custom options for supporting racks that require two or more modules, ensuring each half, i.e., each number sequence, associates with a single rail, disallowing rails to contribute to both halves, which is an obvious error.
  13. Racks: Add red text warning to rack definition dialog if prewired pins pattern doesn't match the loading order.
  14. Racks: Enhanced the prewired pins half-and-half pattern options to support odd numbers of rows or tubes per row in the rack, which causes half-and-half to split mid-row and requires correct rounding for racks with 35 holders that are split half-and-half to 18 + 17 holder pin sequences.
  15. Racks: Enable users to exclude holders in single-shot racks with prewired pins by giving them out of range prewired pin numbers in the user defined prewired pin sequences in the Custom Part Field or Custom Rack Field, e.g., if you want to rule out an entire row of holders in the middle of the rack, just give them all prewired pin number 99.
  16. Racks: Added a new option on the 'Create rack' dialog to set the 'Standard orientation' of the rack, choosing 'Rows are vertical on screen, like wooden racks' or 'Rows are horizontal on screen, like most single-shot racks'. The standard orientation affects the default orientation of the rack when it is inserted, and also affects the orientation of the pin numbers, module numbers and other text associated with the rack, making it upright in the standard orientation.
  17. Racks: Added pre-wired pin options for half-and-half-mirrored for fan row racks that require two modules, like 6x6 CraigCo racks using 18 pin Cobra modules.
  18. Racks: If drag and drop in racks view from effect basket to occupied holder in rack, kick out previous occupant, and if the rack has pre-wired pins, then also remove previous occupant's firing system address.
  19. Racks: If drag and drop from effect basket to rack with pre-wired pins, and if other pins already in the rack have fixed/chosen the racks module, then assign that module to the dragged effect, not just the first available module.
  20. Racks: If drag and drop from effect basket to rack with pre-wired pins to a holder whose pin is already in use for some other effect, like say a cake, show a reasonable error message with an explanation.
  21. Racks: If drag and drop an effect from one tube to another on a pre-wired pin rack, then change its pin number also if and only if pin not used somewhere else, or report error if pin cannot be assigned
  22. Racks: Extend the red warning text in rack definition dialog's 'Loading order' since loading order is used in more circumstances now in the rearrangement algorithm to avoid pin gaps in for racks with pre-wired pins.
  23. Racks: Improved the 'Add racks' calculation of number of required racks for some scenarios involving single-shot racks with angle constraints on rows' interior holders.
  24. Racks: Improve the 'Add racks' rack allocation algorithm to calculate the required racks taking into account allocating most extreme angles first; this fix makes it unlikely but not impossible for 'Add racks' to overestimate the number of required racks, and of course it remains possible that its estimate may be an underestimate for whatever addressing constraint and sort configuration you decide to use for addressing, which may necessitate more racks.
  25. Racks: Enabled 'Load into racks' function to apply rearrangement to racks that had pre-existing effects in them prior to the loaded effects, working around the pre-existing effects without moving them.
  26. Racks: Made the 'Edit physical specifications' dialog ignore extra characters like 'mm' in fields that are supposed to be simple integers, instead of rejecting the input.
  27. Racks: Added error check and dialog for rack right-click context menu 'Reorder pins' if rack uses pre-wired pins.
  28. Racks: Added a 'Reorder pins' item in the menu that is displayed when right-clicking on a rack with eight options for reordering pins left to right and top to bottom.
  29. Rack Layout & Diagrams: Augmented rendering of SS/cake racks with tiltable rows or with adjustable fan angles of tubes within rows by drawing the knobs on the ends of the rods around which the tubes rotate, to indicate the degree of freedom of rotation visually in the diagram.
  30. Rack Layout & Diagrams: Improve the dynamic red pin error highlighting in rack layout view to take into account a rail illegally contributing to both halves of a half-and-half prewired pin sequence.
  31. Rack Layout & Diagrams: In the rack layout view, made the module numbers, rack numbers, and angle numbers appear on the right side of the rack instead of the top/bottom if otherwise they would overlap other racks above or below as seen on the screen. The repositioning is automatic.
  32. Rack Layout & Diagrams: Changed EASYRACK cake racks to accommodate any angle effect, to avoid the problem of appearing sideways in the rack layout view to accommodate angles of some effects.
  33. Rack Layout & Diagrams: Added option in rack diagram blueprints to 'Show tube angle colors', to make the color gradient colors shown in rack layout view available in the diagrams.
  34. Rack Layout & Diagrams: Fixed minor bug in rack layout automatic text shifting to side of rack, pertaining to very small racks.
  35. Rack Layout & Diagrams: Improved the text colors of rack modules and pins to make them easier to differentiate.
  36. Rack Layout & Diagrams: Added 'Align > Left edge / Right edge / Top edge / bottom edge' functions to the right button context menu clicking on racks, to align the racks.
  37. Rack Layout & Diagrams: Improved dimensions of module graphic in rack layout view for custom modules of StarFire, Merlin, and Pyromate, which previously were too tall and skinny.
  38. Rack Layout & Diagrams: Augmented the rack graphic for pre-wired pin racks in the rack layout view, making it easy to tell if the rack has pre-wired pins or not.
  39. Site & Rack Layout Diagrams: Fixed the bug in printed diagrams that would calculate page size based on bounding rectangle of drawings but didn't take into consideration the Diagram Tag Filters which may have made some of those drawings invisible if the user has multiple site or rack layout diagram variations for different purposes in a print batch.
  40. Site Layout & Diagrams: In site layout diagrams, made sections consisting of a single position draw only the section name but not the bounding box, to remove visual clutter in the diagram.
  41. Reports: Fixed a bug preventing conditional expressions in report blueprints from doing math on the script field called 'Next'.
  42. Labels: Added support for label format Avery 99x42-R A4 size paper.
  43. Blueprints: Fixed some issues with saving blueprints and added a test to prevent users from saving over the standard blueprints, which is bad because updating the software will blow away any user changes to standard blueprints.
  44. Effects: Fix some effects to have soft break sounds: Falling Leaves, and Ear.
  45. Effects: Add soft break sound to Crossette breaks.
  46. Effects: Fix Crackling Pistils.
  47. Effects: Fix bugs with 'Report' and 'Titanium Report'.
  48. Effects: Add Quarter1, Quarter2, Quarter3, and Quarter4 break patterns.
  49. Effects: Remove extra sound node from crackling pistils.
  50. Effects: Add 'no simulation' VDL term.
  51. Effects: Remove break flash and break smoke from pistil breaks.
  52. Effects: Fix a bug causing long-duration fireballs to 'go crazy'.
  53. Effects: Made the confirmation dialog that comes up after editing the VDL of an effect optional, with a do-not-show-again checkbox.
  54. Effect Editor: Change the layout so that the parameter widgets are always visible.
  55. Effect Editor: Fix a bug causing the effect editor to be slower than it was previously.
  56. Firing System: Add support for importing and exportin FireOne FIR and SEM files with 3-digit module numbers.
  57. Firing System: Added error checking for Cobra's v7.1 track labels to ensure user can't enter any disallowed characters.
  58. Firing System: Added 'Track Identifier' as a new column in the Jingduan firing system export.
  59. Firing System: Added Cobra 6M module.
  60. Firing System: Improved effect name truncation function for exported firing system scripts to ensure that description gets truncated instead of position name annotation for firing systems that combine description and position in the same field.
  61. Firing System: Improvements to Piroshow exporter to support DMX BOX hardware, and event times greater than one hour, and optionally filtering the exported script to a specific DMX universe.
  62. Firing System: Removed the 'None' options for trigger channel and return channel for Cobra, since they are no longer supported by Cobra in most recent firmware.
  63. Firing System: Added support for sequence names in the Pyroneo script exporter. In Finale, the track name should include first the track number starting with 1, followed by the sequence name, as in '01 FIRST SEQUENCE'.
  64. Firing System: Changed the graphical representation of the fireTEK slats in the racks view to be horizontal instead of vertical so they can be larger.
  65. Firing System: Fixed export crash bug if exporting Pyrodigital PDM containing rows with blank addresses and ignoring the warning dialog.
  66. DMX: Added support for Spark Fabrica fixtures SF-180 Tornado, SF-90 I Flamer Plus, SF-05 Spark Jet Pro, SF-KP Kungfupau, SF-F5 Formula Flamer, SF-Z5 Fly Spark, SF-X2 Spark Spin, SF-X8 Spark Titan, and SF-01 Spark Rain Pro. The SF-180 Tornado is the same as the existing Spark Fabrica Moving Head fixture.
  67. DMX: Fixed minor bug that hold-forever DMX durations in exported FireOne CSV format files were blank instead of 0
  68. DMX: Fixed bug with back-to-back pre-defined program effects for Explo, Showven and Spark Fabrica wave flamer fixtures. Previously a gap between effects was required in order to set ignition to OFF before setting it ON again to retrigger the program, and now a gap is no longer required because Finale automatically turns the ignition OFF 100 ms prior to the start of an effect even if the event is following another back-to-back.
  69. DMX: Added DMX fixture definitions for ML-B080 moving head, ML-B150 moving head, WKL-BEAM02 pinspot spotlight, and KTV-IP65 laser.
  70. DMX: Added DMX fixture definition for WKL-BEAM02 12W RGBW Pinspot Spotlight 6CH.
  71. Drones: Fixed the problem that large VVIZ files imported into Finale might not be savable if their motion data exceeded the character limit of the table cells in the positions table. Finale now compresses the motion and effect data of VVIZ files during the import process, guaranteeing that that file will import successfully and will be savable. This fix now means that drone designers do not need to worry about the frame rate of the exported VVIZ files. All frame rates work, even 24 fps, though usually there isn't much reason to export at higher frame rates that 4 fps. Higher frame rates result in larger files and slower import times.
  72. Drones: Added base64 compression to Motion Data in the Positions window to increase the length of drone shows possible without visual artifacts to about 48 minutes.
  73. Drones: Added option when importing to merge or replace existing drones, enabling the user to combine multiple drone show segments in Finale at chosen offset times.
  74. Drones: Added heading the VVIZ file format definition, as described in the VVIZ programmer notes in the software documentation on the website.
  75. Drones: Added option to preserve existing drone pyro payloads when importing an updated drone vviz file.
  76. Drones: Also added rail, pin, notes, pan, and tilt optional attributes to the pyro payloads in VVIZ files, enabling designers to specify effect angles and triggering information outside of Finale and import them into Finale in the VVIZ file.
  77. Drones: Added a sample at time 0 for VVIZ import to ensure the orientation and position begin at the home orientation and position from the VVIZ file at exactly zero instead of at the first-time delta.
  78. Graphics: Change the way Finale 3D does OpenGL initialization to fix an 'invalid GPU' detection bug for some NVIDIA GPUs.
  79. Graphics: Fix a new crash that could occur when rendering on low-end GPUs such as Intel.
  80. Google Maps: Fixed bug where the dialog was not restoring the per-show-settings when the dialog was cancelled by closing the window.
  81. 3D Models: Updated SketchUp SDK to SDK_WIN_x64_2024-0-553.
  82. Sync with network: Fix a bug causing large inventories to take especially long to sync to network.
  83. Miscellaneous: Upgrades to several internal dependencies, and the compiler we use to build Finale 3D.
  84. Miscellaneous: Upgrade internal version of Chromium.
  85. Miscellaneous: Include missing DLL nvcuda.dll in installer.
  86. Miscellaneous: Fix a crash bug loading large files, such as audio files.
  87. Miscellaneous: Fix a bug causing a crash when some dialogs pop up.
  88. Miscellaneous: Fixed bug in 'Addressing > Troubleshooting > Select events with multiple event times/etc.' which prevented the function from selecting the offending rows in the script after reporting the error message for Pyrodigital and FireOne exports. The bug had been reproduced with the new timecode features early 2024.
  89. Miscellaneous: Improve the title and size of email verification dialog when creating an account.
  90. Miscellaneous: Eliminate brief 'flash' of incorrect title/content in dialogs.
  91. Miscellaneous: When a modal dialog is open, clicking on another window will bring the main window and modal window to the front, to prevent confusing situations in which the modal dialog is behind another window that isn't fully functional while the modal dialog is open.
  92. Miscellaneous: Added Effect Data and Random Seed columns to exported Finale Generic CSV files for companies integrating with Finale 3D.
  93. Miscellaneous: Made the 'Delete song/songs' function delete all songs if none are selected.
  94. Miscellaneous: Added 'E-matches' column to script window, with values copied from the 'E-matches Default' field of the effect definitions in the effects window.
  95. Miscellaneous: Added new submenu 'Effects > Update script fields from effect defaults...' with options to update Rack Type, E-Matches, Delay, and Hazard.
  96. Language: Updated Russian UI translation.
  97. Language: Updated Spanish UI translation.
  98. Language: Updated Ukrainian UI translation.
  1. Updated Spanish UI translation.
  2. Made addressing dialog rearrangement function list modules in two-module racks lowest first even when modules are shared with other racks.
  3. Fixed addressing dialog rearrangement bug that applied when multiple effects/e-matches used same pin within single-shot rack.
  4. Removed 'Rack Number' from triggering yellow suggestion box in addressing dialog.
  5. Made 'Rack Custom Field' suppress the 'To prevent sharing modules...' suggestion in addressing dialog.
  6. Added error check and dialog for rack right-click context menu 'Reorder pins' if rack uses pre-wired pins.
  7. Changed rack right-click context menu 'Renumber pins' to 'Reorder pins' and made it a submenu with eight directions, LRTB, RLTB, etc.
  8. Improved addressing dialog rearrangement function pin order and effect layout for non-pre-wired pin racks; a significant improvement.
  9. Improved styling of addressing dialog, especially the term definitions and suggestions.
  10. Added new rack constraint options in addressing dialog: 'Module (If Rack < 25 Tubes)' and 'Slat (If Rack < 25 Tubes)'. These options make it easy to limit racks that have just a few more tubes than the modules or slats to leave their extra tubes empty instead of consuming a second module or slat.
  11. Added DMX fixture definitions for ML-B080 moving head, ML-B150 moving head, WKL-BEAM02 pinspot spotlight, and KTV-IP65 laser.
  12. Added addressing dialog rack constraings 'Module (If Single-Shot Rack)' and 'Slat (If Single-Shot Rack)' to limit single-shot racks that have a few more tubes than the modules have pins, like 35 tubes for 32 pin module, to a single module, leaving the extra tubes unfilled; without limiting non-single-shot racks.
  13. Added DMX fixture definition for WKL-BEAM02 12W RGBW Pinspot Spotlight 6CH.
  1. Improved dimensions of module graphic in rack layout view for custom modules of StarFire, Merlin, and Pyromate, which previously were too tall and skinny.
  2. Augmented the rack graphic for pre-wired pin racks in the rack layout view, making it easy to tell if the rack has pre-wired pins or not.
  3. Added text formatting -- paragraphs and bold/italic -- to the info/warning boxes on the addressing dialog.
  4. Made the 'Edit physical specifications' dialog ignore extra characters like 'mm' in fields that are supposed to be simple integers, instead of rejecting the input.
  5. Changed appearance of rack tubes in pre-wired racks to rings instead of filled circles.
  6. Changed formatting of addressing dialog info/warning boxes slightly, removing single-quotes.
  1. Include missing DLL nvcuda.dll in installer.
  2. Improve error checking on the 'beginning with module number' field of the addressing dialog.
  3. Changed default addressing sort criteria to POSITION > DESCRIPTION instead of POSITION > EVENT TIME.
  4. Improved the 'Add racks' calculation of number of required racks for some scenarios involving single-shot racks with angle constraints on rows' interior holders.
  5. Improve the rearrange effects function for SS racks with prewired pins and two modules with mirrored pin sequences by filling from both sides always if more than half the tube holders are occupied, even when all tubes are straight up.
  6. Added context sensitive yellow box tooltips to addressing dialog when user selects sort terms in an order that doesn't work, such as 'Position --> Description --> Size > 50MM' which should be 'Position --> Size > 50MM --> Description' to make the Description the tie breaker within groups of large and small effects.
  7. Restrict the rearrange effects function to not apply to cake racks; and enable the function when applying to prewired pin racks to change pins of effects in other racks that share modules wiht the rack whose effects are being rearranged in order to prevent gaps in the used pin sequence of the rack being rearranged.
  8. Improve the 'Add racks' rack allocation algorithm to calculate the required racks taking into account allocating most extreme angles first; this fix makes it unlikely but not impossible for 'Add racks' to overestimate the number of required racks, and of course it remains possible that its estimate may be an underestimate for whatever addressing constraint and sort configuration you decide to use for addressing, which may necessitate more racks.
  9. Make rearrange provide left/right symmetry for angles, with most extreme angles in topleft and topright, in racks with single modules or with two non-mirrored modules, the same as it already does for racks with two mirrored modules.
  10. Enabled 'Load into racks' function to apply rearrangement to racks that had pre-existing effects in them prior to the loaded effects, working around hte pre-existing effects without moving them.
  11. Enable the global rearrange function to apply to racks containing some locked effects, by working around them without moving them.
  1. Change the way Finale 3D does OpenGL initialization, to more thoroughly fix the 'invalid GPU' detection bug.
  1. Attempt to fix bug causing NVIDIA GPUs to not be recognized by Finale3D.
  2. Added context sensitive instructions on the addressing dialog that explain what sort and constraint terms to use based on content of the show, such as what kind of single-shot racks the show uses, and whether it has chains.
  3. Increased font size of tooltip/warning boxes in addressing dialog.
  4. Changed the graphical representation of the fireTEK slats in the racks view to be horizontal instead of vertical so they can be larger.
  5. Changed the addressing sort terms that are size thresholds from greater-than-equal to strictly greater than, e.g., Size > 50MM.
  6. Added an additional addressing warning box test for whether the user has size threshold sort terms in the wrong order, after numerical sorts like Angle or Tilt.
  7. Fixed bug in the fallback scenario of rearranging tubes in racks per row instead of globally. The bug was introduced after the last full release.
  8. Fixed some issues with saving blueprints and added a test to prevent users from saving over the standard blueprints, which is bad because updating the software will blow away any user changes to standard blueprints.
  9. Added 'E-matches' column to script window, with values copied from the 'E-matches Default' field of the effect definitions in the effects window.
  10. Added new submenu 'Effects > Update script fields from effect defaults...' with options to update Rack Type, E-Matches, Delay, and Hazard.
  11. Network sync: Fix a bug causing large inventories to take especially long to sync to network.
  1. Eliminate brief 'flash' of incorrect title/content in dialogs.
  2. Effects: Remove break flash and break smoke from pistil breaks.
  3. Added tooltip hints for all the sort terms and all the constraint terms in the addressing dialog.
  4. Effect Editor: Fix a bug causing the effect editor to be slower than it previously was.
  1. Effects: Add Quarter1, Quarter2, Quarter3, and Quarter4 break patterns.
  2. Effects: Add soft break sound to crossette breaks.
  3. Effects: Remove extra sound node from crackling pistils.
  4. Effects: Add 'no simulation' VDL term.
  5. Fix title and size of email verification dialog.
  6. RACKS: Fixed bug in which racks would be inserted sideways unnecessarily.
  7. RACKS: Added pre-wired pin options for half-and-half-mirrored for fan row racks that require two modules, like 6x6 CraigCo racks using 18 pin Cobra modules.
  8. RACKS: Improved the 'Rearrange effects in single-shot racks' algorithm to avoid pin sequence gaps.
  9. RACKS: If all events are straight up, rearrange now loads from one side instead of from both sides.
  10. RACKS: If some positive angles, some negative angles, and not pre-wired pins, then spread out angles to the ends symmetrically to avoid needing to adjust unused holders to avoid collisions.
  11. If some positive, some negative, and using pre-wired pins, try to spread out to ends symmetrically but compress to one side or the other if symmetry would require an extra module in a two-module rack scenario.
  12. RACKS: When rearranging effects in racks with odd numbers of tubes, allocate the middle column mirrored around its center to avoid gaps.
  13. RACKS: Rearrange automatically swaps modules in two-module racks when necessary to ensure lower numbered module is on the left.
  14. RACKS: If drag and drop in racks view from effect basket to occupied holder in rack, kick out previous occupant, and if the rack has pre-wired pins, then also remove previous occupant's firing system address.
  15. RACKS: If drag and drop from effect basket to rack with pre-wired pins, and if other pins already in the rack have fixed/chosen the racks module, then assign that module to the dragged effect, not just the first available module.
  16. RACKS: If drag and drop from effect basket to rack with pre-wired pins to a holder whose pin is already in use for some other effect, like say a cake, show a reasonable error message with an explanation.
  17. RACKS: If drag and drop an effect from one tube to another on a pre-wired pin rack, then change its pin number also if and only if pin not used somewhere else, or report error if pin cannot be assigned
  18. RACKS: Extend the red warning text in rack definition dialog's 'Loading order' since loading order is used in more circumstances now in the rearrangement algorithm to avoid pin gaps in for racks with pre-wired pins.
  1. Added support for label format Avery 99x42-R A4 size paper.
  2. Fix a bug causing a crash when some dialogs pop up.
  3. DRONE SHOWS: Added base64 compression to Motion Data in the Positions window to increase the length of drone shows possible without visual artifacts to about 48 minutes.
  4. Improvements to Piroshow exporter to support DMX BOX hardware, and event times greater than one hour, and optionally filtering the exported script to a specific DMX universe.
  5. DRONES: Added a sample at time 0 for VVIZ import to ensure the orientation and position begin at the home orientation and position from the VVIZ file at exactly zero instead of at the first time delta.
  6. Added Effect Data and Random Seed columns to exported Finale Generic CSV files for amusement park companies integrating with Finale 3D.
  7. Removed the 'None' options for trigger channel and return channel for Cobra, since they are no longer supported by Cobra in most recent firmware.
  8. VDL: Fix some effects to have soft break sounds: Falling Leaves, Ear, and Crossete star breaks.
  9. Added support for sequence names in the Pyroneo script exporter. In Finale, the track name should include first the track number starting with 1, followed by the sequence name, as in '01 FIRST SEQUENCE'.
  10. DRONES: Added option when importing to merge or replace existing drones, enabling the user to combine multiple drone show segments in Finale at chosen offset times.
  11. Made the confirmation dialog that comes up after editing the VDL of an effect optional, with a do-not-show-again checkbox.
  12. Made the 'Delete song/songs' function delete all songs if none are selected.
  13. VDL: Fix bugs with 'report' and 'titanium report'.
  14. VDL: Fix crackling pistils.
  15. When a modal dialog is open, clicking on another window will bring the main window and modal window to the front, to prevent confusing situations in which the modal dialog is behind another window that isn't fully functional while the modal dialog is open.
  16. Effect Editor: Change the layout so that the parameter widgets are always visible.
  1. Windows 7 and 8 are officially no longer supported starting in this release; Windows 10 or later is now required.
  2. Updgrades to several internal dependencies, and the compiler we use to build Finale3D.
  3. Upgrade internal version of Chromium.
  4. SketchUp model loading: updated SketchUp SDK to SDK_WIN_x64_2024-0-553.
  5. Fix bug: a crash bug loading large files, such as audio files.
  6. Augmented rendering of SS/cake racks with tiltable rows or with adjustable fan angles of tubes within rows by drawing the knobs on the ends of the rods around which the tubes rotate, to indicate the degree of freedom of rotation visually in the diagram.
  7. In site layout diagrams, made sections consisting of a single position draw only the section name but not the bounding box, to remove visual clutter in the diagram.
  8. Added new addressing constraint option for module/slat/pins: 'RACK -- SINGLE-SHOT' to restrict modules a single rack for single-shots without applying the restriction to other kinds of racks.)WIP on supporting CraigCo racks with multiple modules per rack
  9. Fixed addressing sort terms 'Tilt -- Single-Shot' and 'Most Horizontal Tilt -- Single-Shot', and the same terms for other types of effects, making them sort non-matching type items last instead of treating non-matching type items as having zero angles.
  10. Added sort criteria 'Size >= 50MM -- Single-Shot' and other terms for 35, 40, 45, 50, and 55MM to facilitate filling larger holder single-shot racks with large effects before using them up their precious larger holders with smaller effects.
  11. Improve the prewired pins feature of racks' half-and-half options and custom options for supporting racks that require two or more modules, ensuring each half, i.e, each number sequence, associates with a single rail, disallowing rails to contribute to both halves, which is an obvious error.
  12. Add red text warning to rack definition dialog if prewired pins pattern doesn't match the loading order.
  13. Enhanced the prewired pins half-and-half pattern options to support odd numbers of rows or tubes per row in the rack, which causes half-and-half to split mid-row and requires correct rounding for racks with 35 holders that are split half-and-half to 18 + 17 holder pin sequences.
  14. Improve the dynamic red pin error highlighting in rack layout view to take into account a rail illegally contributing to both halves of a half-and-half prewired pin sequence.
  15. Made the rearrange tubes to avoid collisions function's fallback algorithm that operates on rows individually support racks with prewired pins for multiple modules, for which rearrangement may require the algorithm to swap events between modules, not just pins.
  16. Added support for Spark Fabrica fixtures SF-180 Tornado, SF-90 I Flamer Plus, SF-05 Spark Jet Pro, SF-KP Kungfupau, and SF-F5 Formula Flamer. The SF-180 Tornado is the same as the existing Spark Fabrica Moving Head fixture.
  17. Fixed a bug with the new 'One Single-Shot Rack' constraint option in the addressing dialog.
  18. Made tube rearrangement fill from the sides inward instead of left justified even in cases where all effect angles are the same.
  19. When rearranging effects in racks with prewired pins, do per-row rearrangement instead of global rearrangement if holes in ideal pin sequence resulting from pins shared with other racks exceeds one hole per five filled holders, because when there are more than 20% holes in the sequence, the swiss cheese sequence from global rearrangement looks worse than the per-row rearrangement.
  20. Enable users to exclude holders in single-shot racks with prewired pins by giving them out of range prewired pin numbers in the user defined prewired pin sequences in the Custom Part Field or Custom Rack Field, e.g., if you want to rule out an entire row of holders in the middle of the rack, just give them all prewired pin number 99.
  21. If rack contains effects that have pins that have multilpe ematches, in teh same rack or other racks or locked effects without racks, and if rack has prewired pins, then rearrangement will be disabled to avoid creating pins with multiple event times.
  22. Added a new addressing constraint option 'Event -- If Single-Shot' which is useful to apply to the pins constraint option in the addressing dialog if you want to restrict pins to a single ematch for single-shot effects while having a different, larger number of max ematches for pins for other types of effects.
  23. Fixed minor bug that hold-forever DMX durations in exported FireOne CSV format files were blank instead of 0
  24. Support importing FireOne FIR and SEM files with 3-digit module addresses.
  25. Support exporting FireOne FIR and SEM files with 3-digit module addresses.
  26. Take into consideration the rack instance context menu function 'Reverse tube loading order' for all the constraint checking and module number sorting pertaining to multiple modules in the same rack that depend on the order of occurrence of the modules' pins in the rack when traversing the rack tubes/holders in loading order.
  27. Widened addressing dialog constraintmenus when they are popped up, since the item text was getting clipped.
  28. Added a new option on the 'Create rack' dialog to set the 'Standard orientation' of the rack, choosing 'Rows are vertical on screen, like wooden racks' or 'Rows are horizontal on screen, like most single-shot racks'. The standard orientation affects the default orientation of the rack when it is inserted, and also affects the orientation of the pin numbers, module numbers and other text associated with the rack, making it upright in the standard orientation.
  29. In the rack layout view, made the module numbers, rack numbers, and angle numbers appear on the right side of the rack instead of the top/bottom if otherwise they would overlap other racks above or below as seen on the screen. The repositioning is automatic.
  30. Changed EASYRACK cake racks to accommodate any angle effect, to avoid the problem of appearing sideways in the rack layout view to accommodate angles of some effects.
  31. Drones: Fixed the problem that large VVIZ files imported into Finale might not be savable if their motion data exceeded the character limit of the table cells in the positions table. Finale now compresses the motion and effect data of VVIZ files during the import process, guaranteeing that that file will import successfully and will be savable. This fix now means that drone designers do not need to worry about the frame rate of the exported VVIZ files. All frame rates work, even 24 fps, though usually there isn't much reason to export at higher frame rates that 4 fps. Higher frame rates result in larger files and slower import times.
  32. Drones: Added heading the VVIZ file format definition, as described in the VVIZ programmer notes in the software documentation on the website.
  33. Drones: Also added rail, pin, notes, pan, and tilt optional attributes to the pyro payloads in VVIZ files, enabling designers to specify effect angles and triggering information outside of Finale and import them into Finale in the VVIZ file.
  34. Fixed the address position dialog checkbox of 'Use values from default addressing blueprint', which previously worked in a way that appeared flaky.
  35. Added option in rack diagram blueprints to 'Show tube angle colors', to make the color gradient colors shown in rack layout view available in the diagrams.
  36. Added support for new fixtures Spark Fabrica SF-Z5 Fly Spark, SF-X2 Spark Spin, SF-X8 Spark Titan, and SF-01 Spark Rain Pro.
  37. Fixed export crash bug if exporting Pyrodigital PDM containing rows with blank addresses and ignoring the warning dialog.
  38. Added error checking for Cobra's v7.1 track labels to ensure user can't enter any disallowed characters.
  39. Fixed the bug in printed diagrams that would calculate page size based on bounding rect of drawings but didn't take into consideration the Diagram Tag Filters which may have made some of those drawings invisible if the user has multiple site or rack layout diagram variations for different purposes in a print batch.
  40. Fixed bug in 'Addressing > Troubleshooting > Select events with multiple event times/etc.' which prevented the function from selecting the offending rows in the script after reporting the error message for Pyrodigital and FireOne exports. The bug had been reproduced with the new timecode features early 2024.
  41. DMX: Fixed bug with back-to-back pre-defined program effects for Explo, Showven and Spark Fabrica wave flamer fixtures. Previously a gap between effects was required in order to set ignition to OFF before setting it ON again to retrigger the program, and now a gap is no longer required because Finale automatically turns the ignition OFF 100 ms prior to the start of an effect even if the even is following another back to back.
  42. Added 'Track Identifier' as a new column in the Jingduan firing system export.
  43. Drones: Added option to preserve existing drone pyro payloads when importing an updated drone vviz file.
  44. Fix a new crash that could occur when rendering on low-end GPUs such as Intel.
  45. Effect compiler: Fix a bug causing long-duration fireballs to 'go crazy'.
  46. Added option to preserve existing drone pyro payloads when importing an updated drone vviz file.
  47. Added Cobra 6M module.
  48. Improved effect name truncation function for exported firing system scripts to ensure that description gets truncationed instead of position name annotation for firing systems that combine description and position in the same field.
  49. Fixed minor bug in rack layout automatic text shifting to side of rack, pertaining to very small racks.
  50. Added four new addressing sort criteria: 'Tilt > 50 degrees' 'Tilt > 53 degrees' 'Tilt > 50 degrees -- single-shot' and 'Tilt > 53 degrees -- single-shot'.
  51. Google Maps: Fixed bug where the dialog was not restoring the per-show-settings when the dialog was cancelled by closing the window.
  52. Update Russian and Ukrainian UI translations.
  53. Fixed a bug preventing conditional expressions in report blueprints from doing math on the script field called 'Next'.
  54. Improved the text colors of rack modules and pins to make them easier to differentiate.
  55. Added 'Align > Left edge / Right edge / Top edge / bottom edge' functions to the right button context menu clicking on racks, to align the racks.
  1. 3D Google Maps: Major upgrade to Google Maps support with the addition of 3D Google Maps. To access the new Google Maps dialog, go to the Scenery menu and select Ground images > Set ground to Google map. The new Google Maps functionality provides a real-time preview of 2D Google Maps images and two customizable regions of 3D Google Maps models. The new dialog also includes adjustable settings for map height, 3D model brightness and terrain brightness.
  2. 3D Model Support: Added support for the glTF (GLB) 3D model format. GLB models are available from resources like Sketchfab or can be created using 3D modeling applications like Blender.
  3. Rack Dimensions: Added the ability to specify the length, width, spacing, and color for racks. This makes it possible to create accurately scaled racks and rack layouts which is especially useful for shoot sites with space limitations, such as floating platforms, barges and rooftops. For instructions, see the Rack dimensions and other physical specifications documentation.
  4. Print Batch: Added new 'Print Batch' feature that simultaneously generates a set PDF documents for a show. This saves considerable time by eliminating the need to generate each PDF one by one. The collection (i.e., batch) of PDFs can include reports, labels, diagrams, site layouts, and charts. Even more time can be saved by predefining the filename and directory paths for each document in a batch. For instructions, see the Print batch documentation.
  5. Print Batch: Added 'Default Pathname' field in blueprints for reports, charts, diagrams, and labels. Also added support for variables in the Default Pathnames field for blueprints, enabling blueprints to create default pathnames and filenames using information about the show. For instructions, see the Default pathnames documentation.
  6. Sound Level Charts: Added the ability to generate sound level charts showing the expected instantaneous (LAmax) and average (LAeq) sound levels over the course of a show. Also added functionality to allow site layout diagrams to indicate maximum sound levels expected at designated locations, such as nearby residences or audience locations. To learn more, visit Sound level charts basic instructions.
  7. Timecode: Added FSK exporters for Pyrodigital, Pyromate, FireOne, and StarFire, in the 'File > Export > Export soundtrack...'. To learn more, visit the FSK timecode documentation.
  8. Timecode: Added negative FSK timecode option for FireOne and StarFire exporters. To learn more, visit the Negative timecode documentation.
  9. Timecode: Added 'File > Tools > Analyze timecode in soundtrack file...' that reads all variations of FSK and all variations of SMPTE, and displays a summary of all timecode frames in the file, the alignment, the number of jumps, and bad/error frames, with the option of exporting all timecode data contained in the soundtrack file as a human readable log. To learn more, visit the Analyze timecode in soundtrack file documentation.
  10. Timecode: Added a rise-time filter for SMPTE that preserves the square wave more than a strong low pass filter.
  11. Timecode: Improved 'Add song...' and 'Align song to timecode' to handle concert soundtracks with multiple timecode sections for various SMPTE hours stored back-to-back or with small gaps in the soundtrack WAV file. Add/align song now automatically splits up the song according to its timecode sections and aligns the sections independently on the timeline.
  12. Timecode: Improve the 'Add song' function when importing soundtracks with multiple timecode sections by identifying the exact start times of the timecode sections instead of taking a few frames to lock on to the timecode sections, as the real-time SMPTE tracking requires to avoid spurious jumps.
  13. Timecode: Improve the 'Add song' function for importing soundtracks with multiple timecode sections by importing the sections on the timeline at their literal HHMMSSFF timecode times instead of the real-world interpretations of those times, which doesn't work well for SMPTE 29.97 NDF timecode.
  14. Timecode: Add a warning when setting the show's effect time format to SMPTE 29.97 NDF while having multiple timecode sections in the show, since SMPTE 29.97 NDF does not work for most workflows involving multiple timecode sections on the timeline.
  15. Timecode: Improve the 'Add song' function for aligning a soundtrack containing only a single timecode section, similar to the multi-timecode section improvement, to address the issues with supporting SMPTE 29.97 NDF timecode.
  16. Timecode: Fixed/improved SMPTE 'Analyze timecode in soundtrack file' function and the automatic alignment and/or splitting up functions for adding soundtracks to the show that contain timecode or timecode sections. Previously the interpreted timecode frame rates for SMPTE miscalculated if the soundtrack file had many missing/bad timecode frames in the file, which occurred most frequently with timecode stored in MP3 files. This problem is now fixed, and the frame rate calculation is robust even if there are missing frames.
  17. Timecode: Added 'SMPTE Start/End/Format' to songs table.
  18. Timecode: Added new report blueprint 'Reports > Special reports > SMPTE Song List'. For more details, see the 'SMPTE song list report' section in the Concert soundtracks documentation.
  19. Rack Layout & Diagrams: Fix the site/rack layout diagram options for specifying the size of the info panel and legend
  20. Rack Layout & Diagrams: Made rack annotations, rail numbers, calibers, angles a constant font size, instead of varying based on rack caliber.
  21. Rack Layout & Diagrams: Improved font size scaling for tubes and cakes in rack diagrams to better accommodate very tight user-defined rack dimensions.
  22. Rack Layout & Diagrams: Added the ability to snap racks together on top and bottom in addition to side-by-side.
  23. Rack Layout & Diagrams: Added colorful visualization of rack clusters when dragging racks in rack layout view.
  24. Rack Layout & Diagrams: Changed rack cluster calculation to take into account rack dimensions. The new rack cluster visualization enables you to see at a glance if the change affects an existing show.
  25. Rack Layout & Diagrams: Added color gradient visualization of tube angles and a corresponding legend in rack layout view whenever user is in 'Drag and drop pins' mode. The colors of the tubes range from cool aiming left to warm colors aiming right, making it easy to see if you have any colliding tube angles in single shot racks.
  26. Rack Layout & Diagrams: Changed the automatic annotations added by the 'Add racks for show' function to be the rack descriptions rather than the rack part numbers.
  27. Rack Layout & Diagrams: Made the 'Add racks for show' function add automatic annotations for cake racks in addition to the other single shot and mortar racks. Previously cake racks didn't get annotations.
  28. Rack Layout & Diagrams: Added automatic dimension rulers to rack cluster visualizations.
  29. Rack Layout & Diagrams: Added option in rack layout blueprints to show/highlight the rack clusters.
  30. Rack Layout & Diagrams: Increased the resolution of the rulers in the rack and site layout views when distances are less than 10m.
  31. Rack Layout & Diagrams: Fixed the text positioning in horizontal rulers in rack/site layouts, which previously intersected the line.
  32. Rack Layout & Diagrams: Changed 'Racks > Rack window settings > Enable background image in rack layout view' to default to false.
  33. Rack Layout & Diagrams: Added 'Show rack cluster rulers' as a separate checkbox on the rack layout blueprint configuration page.
  34. Rack Layout & Diagrams: Draw cluster ruler lines in white and with white background for text if rack layout has a dark background image.
  35. Rack Layout & Diagrams: Made rack cluster annotations constant size, even for very small racks.
  36. Labels: Improved the label format option 'Fancy Angle Colors', show the angle as BLUE and the angle value as 180° when a cakes is rotated. Red = house right, Green = house left, Blue = straight-up and rotated 180°, Black = other. For details, see the Labels basic instructions documentation.
  37. Labels: Added a Custom Blueprint Field to blueprints, which can contain static text to appear in labels. The Custom Blueprint Field can be set in the dialog for creating or editing labels. Having set the Custom Blueprint Field's text, you can choose Custom Blueprint Field as a content box in the labels. One use for static text in labels is to add an explicit field name, like 'Module' or 'DMX Channel Base:' to explain the meaning of the number on the label.
  38. Labels: Added new content fields for labels for printing DMX fixture labels. The new fields are: DMX Channel Base, DMX Channel Range, DMX Universe, DMX Fixture Name, DMX Fixture Nickname, DMX Fixture Angle. For details, see the Labels basic instructions documentation.
  39. Labels: Added a new label format Avery 3651 A4 which is the same as the Chinese format C3053.
  40. Labels: Retuned the labels option that adjusts the positions of labels on the page to pull them away from the edges of label page formats that do not have borders between the labels and the edges of the page to accommodate printers that don't print all the way to the edges of the page. The retuning prevents the adjustment from positioning labels flush against the border between labels on the interior of the page, which can also be a source of problems if pages aren't aligned in the printer perfectly.
  41. Firing System: Add option in Pyrodigital exporter for setting the time base to SMPTE 29.97 NDF, enabling the exported PDM script to remain in sync with 29.97 NDF timecode if that is what is driving the controller. Without this setting, 29.97 NDF timecode drives the controller to play the script slightly too slowly, accumulating to 1.2 seconds late on a 20-minute show. This issue only pertains to 29.97 NDF timecode.
  42. Firing System: Add a red text warning in the Pyrodigital exporter if the user chooses SMPTE 29.97 NDF time base while having multiple timecode sections, because the 29.97 NDF time base does not align with real-world time, which is incorrect for most workflows involving multiple timecode sections in the same show.
  43. Firing System: In the Pyrodigital exporter, if the user is exporting a script with a script export offset, then add a red text hint next to the time base field showing what the script export offset is in the format of the time base, to avoid errors if the user's chosen time base is different from the chosen effect time format of the show.
  44. Firing System: Reverted a change that gave Pyrodigital FC-A script exporter the option to choose the SMPTE frame rate; the change was unnecessary because the FC-A always assumes the script is in 30 fps frame rate and is able to adjust to 29.97 fps NDF timecode on its own.
  45. Firing System: Added full support for the Showven FXCommander firing system including pyro and DMX capabilities.
  46. Firing System: Added support for PyroMaster SL4 1x4 slats.
  47. Firing system: Changed Pyrodigital PDM exporter to allow refiring the same pin multiple times; use the 'Addressing > Troubleshooting > Show events with multiple event times' feature if you want to see any refiring pins since there is no longer a warning for such on export.
  48. Firing system: Made 'Export options' dialog appear with 'Continue' button focused so you can just press enter to continue.
  49. Firing System: Added FireOne export option 'Adjust times for SMPTE 29.97 NDF playback rate' with choices 'No' and 'Yes, relative to 00:00:00:00 on timeline' and 'Yes, relative to first event's effect time', giving FireOne users the ability to compensate for the slowness of SMPTE 29.97 NDF non-drop frame timecode.
  50. Firing System: Added FireOne exporter option to adjust for SMPTE 29.97 NDF playback rate by adjusting times within each timecode section as opposed to globally from the beginning of the timeline or the first event, which is what is required to avoid SMPTE 29.97 NDF playback slowness in concert soundtracks containing multiple timecode sections/songs.
  51. Firing System: Added a panel of explanatory text for FireOne timecode options for SMPTE 29.97 NDF timecode.
  52. Firing System: Added 'Adjust times for SMPTE 29.97 NDF timecode' options for Pyrodigital firing systems, supporting all known 29.97 NDF use cases including concert soundtracks with multiple timecode sections for the songs for both the FC-3 and FC-A controller, enabling the FC-3 controller to be used in 30 FPS mode while receiving 29.97 NDF timecode or a mixture of timecode formats and enabling the FC-A controller to be used in 30 FPS SMPTE AUTO FIRE mode while receiving 29.97 NDF timecode or a mixture of timecode formats.
  53. Firing system: Added Cobra v7.x script format including DMX track/script labels and the ramp-to field.
  54. Firing system: Added Piroshow V3 including the DMX Universe field and V4 including the ramp-end-value and ramp-duration fields.
  55. Firing system: Added an option in the position properties which causes all events in the position to be excluded from addressing and from exported firing system scripts. This feature is useful if you have positions with events solely for visualization, such as for water cake visualizations made by hand using multiple positions and events in the water.
  56. Firing system: Limited Cobra 7.0 string length for track labels and for hazard class to 64 characters.
  57. Firing System: Updated Cobra exporter to support channel range 1-199 for V6 and V7 Cobra firmware.
  58. Firing System: Added 'File > Import > Import firing system script > FireOne SEM file...' which imports the 'Event' field in the SEM as the 'Track' field in Finale.
  59. Firing System: Made importing FIR and SEM files pad module and pin numbers with leading zeros, so they sort nicely in the script window.
  60. Addressing: Improved 'Same rack' and 'Rack number' addressing sort criteria to take into consideration whether chains fit into the rack. Sorting by SAME RACK > CHAINS FIRST thus, in combination, fills up a rack with chains that fit into the rack and the fills the remaining empty tubes in the rack before moving on to filling chains into the next rack, yielding a naturally incrementing pin order across racks while still filling the racks with chains before the single shells.
  61. Addressing: Improved the 'Same Rack' and 'Rack Number' addressing sort criteria to take into consideration whether the pin constraints include the term 'Rack'. In the improved behavior, the 'Same Rack' and 'Rack Number' sorting criteria require that chains fit in the racks if and only if the pin constraints include 'Rack'.
  62. Addressing: Added new addressing sort criteria 'Most Horizontal Tilt' and 'Most Horizontal Tilt -- Single-Shot' to support allocating and loading single-shot racks that have wider angle range constraints on the outside tube-slots than the interior tube-slots. For more details, visit the Special sort terms documentation.
  63. Addressing: Made the addressing option 'Rearrange tubes in adjustable angle racks' work even if the racks have per-assigned pins, which previously wasn't supported. In combination with the 'Most Horizontal Tilt' sort criteria, Finale can now allocate and fill ss racks with angle range constraints optimally and also have a regular pin sequence in the rack using pre-wired pins, if that's what you want.
  64. Addressing: Remove the requirement that module numbers in position properties' Pre-Assigned Rails are not in multiple positions, and rely on the user to ensure that any such shared module numbers do not end up with overlapping pin assignments in the positions that share them.
  65. Addressing: Made the rack/tube assignment option 'Re-arrange effects to avoid collisions' do the globally optimal rearrangement for the entire rack instead of doing the optimal rearrangement for each row in the rack for pre-wired pin racks and for racks with fan tube angle range constraints, which previously was a limitation; the rearrangement produces a markedly better result now for these circumstances.
  66. Racks: Made the 'Load effects with existing firing system addresses into racks' and 'Load into racks' commands NOT do any rearrangement in racks that have pre-wired pins, since doing so would change the pin numbers which the user may be assuming are preserved.
  67. Effects: Fix an import issue causing some custom effects to get incorrect intensity curve animation settings.
  68. Effects: Fixed a bug that caused stars ending in reports to not get tips or trails if the VDL term 'Report' was used at the beginning of the VDL phase instead of the end. For example, 'Report Silver Willow' will now automatically be parsed as 'Silver Willow to Report'.
  69. Effects: Fixed a crash that could occur when there were duplicate VDL terms like 'crackling' in an effect.
  70. Effects: Fixed tiger tail emit style
  71. Effects: Fixed a bug where comets with a transition (such as 'Red to Green comet') would 'bounce' at the transition point, instead of continuing in a natural trajectory.
  72. Rendering: Add options to save as EXR or BMP image sequence when rendering videos.
  73. Rendering: Fixed a bug causing effect preview videos to not play on some GPUs.
  74. Rendering: Disable icon rendering while a show is playing.
  75. Rendering: Fixed a bug that caused the L/R sound balance to not work correctly when rendering videos.
  76. DMX: Fixed a bug in 'Detect and fix DMX pan problems', making it capable of fixing more problems automatically.
  77. DMX: Internal changes to DMX effect implementation that are leading up to supporting new DMX features like fades and color blends and 'latest takes precedence'.
  78. DMX: Improved formatting of effect descriptions of DMX effects in the effects window and script window, moving the bracketed numbers to the end of the description so the descriptions sort more nicely and are easier to read.
  79. DMX: Added red text warning when user sets DMX Channel Base out of the valid 1-512 range in the edit position properties or 'Configure as DMX fixture' dialogs.
  80. DMX: Changed visualization of DMX modifier effects that do not affect the effect angle to be a dotted line with a solid circle on top instead of a donut and made the trajectories always vertical no matter what their pan/tilt are. Examples of modifier effects are 'With Strobing' or 'Reset fixture' for changing the trajectory angle is meaningless.
  81. DMX: Changed trajectory appearance for trajectories of effects that are not rotatable, and disabled rotation UI for trajectories of non-rotatable effects.
  82. DMX: Improve DMX patches for Explo X2 Wave Flamer, Showven Circle Flamer and Spark Fabrica Moving Head Flamer, making the program/macro effects set the macro number, channel +4, 100ms prior to the ignition, channel +2, which occurs at the desired effect time. Setting the macro number before setting the ignition appears to be required in some fixture/module hardware combinations.
  83. Design Layout: Added the 'Set front view orientation' menu item to the right-click menu for clicking on 3D models and Google 3D maps; previously this item was only available when clicking on the grass or 2D Google map.
  84. Design Layout: Added a checkbox to the 'Set front view' dialog from right-click context menu on ground. The checkbox is 'Align sky dome to front view', defaulting to 'on', which rotates the sky dome to keep the pretty view facing forward.
  85. Design Layout: Made the front/top/side camera views rise if the Google 3D map surface at Origin Man is above zero.
  86. Design Layout: Fixed minor issue where the front/side/top camera view buttons didn't remain highlighted when in effect if the front view had been changed from the default.
  87. Positions: Fixed the problem with 'Add multiple positions' in which the positions coordinates would escalate stepping into the sky if the first position was being added above sea level.
  88. Design Layout: Automatically raise positions above surface when adding model or 3D Google map.
  89. Timeline: Made the dotted line above the song waveform in the timeline act as a button when songs are locked to zoom timeline to focus on the exact range of the song, which makes navigating on timeline easy for large shows with many songs, particularly shows with SMPTE songs spread out far apart on hour intervals. Clicking on the magnifying glass icon in the upper right of the timeline while no effects are selected zooms the timeline out to the entire show duration; clicking on a song's control bar zooms in to that song; thus you can zoom out and into any song with just two clicks. Setting can be disabled from the Show Settings menu.
  90. Timeline: Made show duration automatically increase to accommodate operations including dragging effects or songs, creating sequences, spreading out effects, shifting effects, etc.
  91. Timeline: Added a help dialog when automatically expanding show duration to tell users how to set show duration manually.
  92. Timeline: Added a 'do not show again' type of dialog for clicking the song bar which explains the new feature and tells user how to turn it off.
  93. Timeline: Improved snapping for dragging events on timeline by snapping to end times in addition to effect times on timeline.
  94. Timeline: Minor improvement to timeline bar appearance by preventing blip from making endcap look misaligned.
  95. Timeline: Added user setting 'Timeline events snap to play head' to support disabling this snapping feature.
  96. Timeline: Added user setting 'Timeline events snap to event times' as a new feature for manual/pinboard shows to make it easy to snap a group of events with different prefire times on the same firing system pin.
  97. Timeline: Made DMX events on timeline snap based on their end times in addition to their start times, making it easy to align effects back-to-back and easy to align groups of events to end at the same time.
  98. Timeline: Added temporary setting 'DMX effects for fixture are all shown on same row on timeline' which defaults to ON, the current behavior, but enables users to turn it off to make DMX effects cascade on the timeline like pyro effects, which can be useful if you have overlapping DMX effects.
  99. Timeline: Improved hit detection for selecting overlapping effects on timeline by giving priority to selected effects; if you have overlapping effects for the same fixture on the timeline represented by overlapping horizontal lines and you want to drag the effect bar of a specific line in the sandwich of overlapping lines, simply select the effect in the script window first, and then you will be able to click and drag it on the timeline without the overlapping effects interfering.
  100. Timeline: Changed the timeline bars of DMX effects by making the end cap at the right end of the bar turn into a full height vertical line when hovering over it or dragging it to change the effect duration; the vertical line makes it easy to see when you are trying to click on it.
  101. Scripting: Preserve position field of an empty event in script when setting its effect by clicking on a row in the effects window while the event is selected.
  102. Scripting: Added a nudge feature for left/right arrow keys which moves the selected effects on the timeline by a delta you can set. Hold control and shift while pressing the arrow keys to nudge.
  103. Scripting: Added 'Show > Show settings... > Set nudge delta for Ctrl + Shift + Arrow Keys'.
  104. Position layout: improved alignment guide, which was unreliable if showing distances in feet.
  105. Position layout: Fixed alignment guide and box around reference position, which were not axis aligned if user has changed front view orientation.
  106. Position layout: fixed display of coordinates when moving multiple positions after having changed front view orientation, which previously didn't take into consideration the revised front view orientation.
  107. Position layout: Improved alignment guides, making it easier to align position with each other.
  108. Music: Detect unsupported WAV encoding/formats and report an error instead of failing silently and leaving the user wondering why the song didn't load.
  109. Fill handle: Fixed and improved the 'fill handle' feature for dragging the little black dot in the lower right corner of selected cells or columns of multiple cells in the table window, supporting the Excel features and more. See the 'fill handle' section in the Copy/paste and the fill handle documentation.
  110. New Show: Made the 'File > New show' function automatically use the startup template show that the user defines in the 'File > User settings' menu, if it exists.
  111. New Show: Added 'New blank show' to the Admin menu since the 'File > New show' now creates a new show from the startup template if you have defined one, and you may want to create a new blank show once in a while even while you have a startup template defined.
  112. Fixed a bug that could cause a crash when unexpected data is present in a show (.FIN) file.
  113. UI: Improved dialog window placement so dialogs always appear on the same monitor as the main application window.
  114. Reset Machine: Add 'Reset machine activations' link to dialog message that explains that you are running in trial mode because your license is active on a different machine.
  115. Language: Updated Brazilian Portuguese UI translation.
  116. Language: Updated Chinese UI translation.
  117. Language: Updated French UI translation.
  118. Language: Updated German UI translation.
  119. Language: Updated Italian UI translations.
  120. Language: Updated Norwegian UI translation.
  121. Language: Updated Polish UI translation.
  122. Language: Updated Russian UI translation.
  123. Language: Updated Ukrainian UI translation.
  1. Maps downloader dialog: Several usability improvements.
  1. Maps downloader dialog: Reverse changes to the show brightness and fog when the dialog is cancelled.
  2. Maps downloader dialog: Fix bug causing the 3d models to be displayed at the wrong height offset.
  1. Maps downloader: Show feedback in maps download interface when downloading 3d models.
  1. Fix bug causing 2d map download region to still be too small.
  1. Added a checkbox to the 'Set front view' dialog from right-click context menu on ground. The checkbox is 'Align sky dome to front view', defaulting to 'on', which rotates the sky dome to keep the pretty view facing forward.
  2. Made the front/top/side camera views rise if the google 3D map surface at Origin Man is above zero.
  3. Fixed minor issue that the front/side/top camera view buttons didn't remain highlighted when in effect if the front view had been changed from the default.
  4. Add 'Reset machine activations' link to dialog message that explains that you are running in trial mode because your license is active on a different machine.
  5. Automatically raise positions above surface when adding model or 3D google map.
  6. Updated Cobra exporter to support channel range 1-199 for V6 and V7 Cobra firmware.
  7. Slightly improved performance of app for 3D google maps by removing hit testing for models on mouse movements without button clicks, when models are locked in place.
  8. Detect unsupported WAV encoding/formats and report error instead of failing silently and leaving the user wondering why the song didn't load.
  9. Updated Brazilian Portuguese UI translation.
  10. Position layout: improved alignment guide, which was unreliable if showing distances in feet.
  11. Position layout: Fixed alignment guide and box around reference position, which were not axis aligned if user has changed front view orientation.
  12. Position layout: fixed display of coordinates when moving multiple positions after having changed front view orientation, which previously didn't take into consideration the revised front view orientation.
  13. Position layout: Improved alignment guides, making it easier to align position with each other.
  14. Added 'File > Import > Import firing system script > FireOne SEM file...' which imports the 'Event' field in the SEM as the 'Track' field in Finale.
  15. Made importing FIR and SEM files pad module and pin numbers with leading zeros, so they sort nicely in the script winddow.
  16. Improve performance of 3d scene after 3d maps have been downloaded.
  17. Make the Maps dialog stay open while the data is being committed to the 3d client.
  18. Fix the hit-testing on downloaded map models with respect to the bounding regions.
  19. Change the way the maps download dialog tints the model preview in the 3d view.
  20. Fix a bug causing the 2d map to not be correctly applied if there is no 3d map content.
  21. Fix a performance issue with loading large shows.
  22. Fix a bug causing choppy playback on some computers.
  23. Make the 2d map region as large as it used to be.
  1. Fix bug: Comets with a transition (such as 'Red to Green comet') would 'bounce' at the transition point, instead of continuing in a natural trajectory.
  2. Update German UI translation.
  3. Improve DMX patches for Explo X2 Wave Flamer, Showven Circle Flamer and Spark Fabrica Moving Head Flamer, making the program/macro effects set the macro number, channel +4, 100ms prior to the ignition, channel +2, which occurs at the desired effect time. Setting the macro number before setting the ignition appears to be required in some fixture/module hardware combinations.
  4. Added the 'Set front view orientation' menu item to the context menu for clicking on models and Google 3D maps; previously this item was only available when clicking on the grass or 2D Google map.
  5. Fixed the problem with 'Add multiple positions' in which the positions coordinates would escalate stepping into the sky if the first position was being added above sea level.
  6. Fix a bug with the 3D maps downloader model height offsets causing models to float too high in the air.
  1. Fix bug: L/R sound balance was not working correctly when rendering videos.
  2. Fix bug: TigerTail emit style was broken.
  3. Added Cobra v7.x script format including DMX track/script labels and the ramp-to field.
  4. Added Piroshow V3 including the DMX Universe field and V4 including the ramp-end-value and ramp-duration fields.
  5. Added a firing system option in the position properties called which causes all events in the position to be excluded from addressing and from exported firing system scripts. This feature is useful if you have positions with events solely for visualization, such as for water cake visualizations made by hand using multiple positions and events in the water.
  6. Fixed minor rack layout bug in which the rack cluster dimensions shown in the rack layout view had included the slight margin of the colored box instead of being strictly the dimensions of the bounding box of the racks.
  7. Limited Cobra 7.0 string length for track labels and for hazard class to 64 characters.
  1. Fix a bug causing the effect preview video to not play on some GPUs.
  2. Added new and improved Google Maps downloading dialog, supporting 3D models, and separate low and high-detail download rectangles.
  3. Change wording on menu item to 'Remove Google Maps ground image and models'
  4. Made the rack/tube assignment option 'Re-arrange effects to avoid collisions' do the globally optimal rearrangement for the entire rack instead of doing the optimal rearrangement for each row in the rack for pre-wired pin racks and for racks with fan tube angle range constraints, which previously was a limitation; the rearrangement produces a markedly better result now for these circumstances.
  5. Made the 'Load effects with existing firing system addresses into racks' and 'Load into racks' commands NOT do any rearrangement in racks that have pre-wired pins, since doing so would change the pin numbers which the user may be assuming are preserved.
  6. Added a warning dialog to 'Effects > Sound levels > Select effects missing sound levels' when the collection has a large number of effects, telling the user it may take a while.
  7. Added red text warning when user sets DMX Channel Base out of the valid 1-512 range in the edit position properties or configure as DMX fixture dialogs.
  8. Changed visualization of DMX modifier effects that do not affect the effect angle to be a dotted line with a solid circle on top instead of a donut and made the trajectories always vertical no matter what their pan/tilt are. Examples of modifier effects are 'With Strobing' or 'Reset fixture' for changing the trajectory angle is meaningless.
  9. Changed trajectory appearance for trajectories of effects that are not rotatable, and disabled rotation UI for trajectories of non-rotatable effects.
  10. Improved snapping for dragging events on timeline by snapping to end times in addition to effect times on timeline.
  11. Minor improvement to timeline bar appearance by preventing blip from making endcap look misaligned.
  12. Added per-user setting 'Timeline events snap to playhead' to support disabling this snapping feature.
  13. Added per-user setting 'Timeline events snap to event times' as a new feature for manual/pinboard shows to make easy to snap a group of events with different prefire times on the same firing system pin.
  14. Made DMX events on timeline snap based on their end times in addition to their start times, making it easy to align effects back-to-back and easy to align groups of events to end at the same time.
  15. Added temporary setting 'DMX effects for fixture are all shown on same row on timeline' which defaults to ON, the current behavior, but enables users to turn it off to make DMX effects cascade on the timeline like pyro effects, which can be useful if you have overlapping DMX effects.
  16. Improved hit detection for selecting overlapping effects on timeline by giving priority to selected effects; if you have overlapping effects for the same fixture on the timeline represented by overlapping horizontal lines and you want to drag the effect bar of a specific line in the sandwich of overlapping lines, simply select the effect in the script window first, and then you will be able to click and drag it on the timeline without the overlapping effects interfering.
  17. Changed the timeline bars of DMX effects by making the end cap at the right end of the bar turn into a full height vertical line when you are hover over it or drag it to change the effect duration; the vertical line makes it easy to see when you are trying to click on it.
  18. Disable icon rendering while a show is playing.
  19. Fix a bug causing choppy performance on playback.
  20. Added a nudge feature for left/right arrow keys which moves the selected effects on the timeline by a delta you can set. Hold control and shift while pressing the arrow keys to nudge.
  21. Added 'Show > Show settings... > Set nudge delta for Ctrl + Shift + Arrow Keys'.
  22. Update French UI translation.
  23. Updated Norwegian UI translation.
  24. Updated Ukrainian UI translation.
  25. Updated Russian UI translation.
  26. Update Brazilian Portuguese UI translation.
  27. Updated Chinese UI translation.
  1. Updated Brazilian Portuguese UI translation.
  2. Updated Chinese UI translation.
  3. Updated French UI translation.
  4. Updated Italian UI translation.
  5. Internal changes to DMX effect implementation that are leading up to supporting new DMX features like fades and color blends and 'latest takes precedence'.
  6. Improvements to Showven FXcommander exporter.
  7. Removed negative timecode selector from export soundtrack dialog of lite version.
  8. Improved formatting of effect descriptions of DMX effects in the effects window and script window, moving the bracketed numbers to the end of the description so the descriptions sort more nicely and are easier to read.
  1. Added FireOne exporter option to adjust for SMPTE 29.97 NDF playback rate by adjusting times within each timecode section as opposed to globally from the beginning of the timeline or the first event, which is what is required to avoid SMPTE 29.97 NDF playback slowness in concert soundtracks containing multiple timecode sections/songs.
  2. Added a panel of explanatory text for FireOne timecode options for SMPTE 29.97 NDF timecode.
  3. Added 'Adjust times for SMPTE 29.97 NDF timecode' options for Pyrodigital firing systems, supporting all known 29.97 NDF use cases includeing concert soundtracks with multiple timecode sections for the songs for both the FC-3 and FC-A controller, enabling the FC-3 controller to be used in 30 FPS mode while receiving 29.97 NDF timecode or a mixture of timecode formats and enabling the FC-A controller to be used in 30 FPS SMPTE AUTO FIRE mode while receiving 29.97 NDF timecode or a mixture of timecode formats.
  4. Remove the requirement that module numbers in position properties' Pre-Assigned Rails are not in multiple positions, and rely on the user to ensure that that any such shared module numbers do not end up with overlapping pin assignments in the positions that share them.
  1. Fixed a bug in 'Detect and fix DMX pan problems', making it capable of fixing more problems automatically.
  2. Made 'Export options' dialog appear with 'Continue' button focused so you can just press enter to continue.
  3. Preserve position field of an empty event in script when setting its effect by clicking on a row in the effects window while event is selected.
  4. Fixed bug in timecode soundtrack importing that could cause the wrong frame rate to appear in the songs window and songs report.
  5. Added FireOne export option 'Adjust times for SMPTE 29.97 NDF playback rate' with choices 'No' and 'Yes, relative to 00:00:00:00 on timeline' and 'Yes, relative to first event's effect time', giving FireOne users the ability to compensate for the slowness of SMPTE 29.97 NDF non-drop frame timecode.
  1. Improved Showven FXCommander firing system exporter and added full DMX support to the exporter.
  2. Added support for PyroMaster SL4 1x4 slats.
  3. Changed Pyrodigital PDM exporter to allow refiring the same pin at multiple times; use the 'Addressing > Troubleshooting > Show events with multiple event times' feature if you want to see any refiring pins since there is no longer a warning for such on export.
  4. Made dialogs appear on the same monitor that the main application window is on, if you have turned on 'File > User settings > Use multiple monitors for window layout'. Previously dialogs would always appear on the main monitor and there was nothing you could do about it.
  5. Made the dialogs appear on the same monitor as the main application window always, even if the user has not checked 'File > User settings > Use multiple monitors for window layout.'
  1. Updated Italian UI translations.
  2. Added 'Show > Settings... > Set sound level chart measurement location...' and moved the XYZ coordinates fields out of the blueprint and into this new function, so the blueprint no longer has any show-specific dependencies.
  3. Added context menu item 'Coordinates of this point...' to the design view context menus for clicking on terrain, positions, and models.
  4. Improved sound level chart blueprint dialog.
  5. Improved format of sound level charts to make LAeq more prominent relative to max dB.
  6. Changed default ambient sound level to 45 dB.
  7. Modified rack angle colors to avoid red that could be confused with the error color.
  8. Changes 'Name' column to 'Filename' in songs table.
  9. Added automatic dimension rulers to rack cluster visualizations.
  10. Added option in rack layout blueprints to show/higlight the rack clusters.
  11. Fixed the rack size/address/angle/annotation font size for very small racks.
  12. Increased the resolution of the rulers in the rack and site layout views when distances are less than 10m.
  13. Fixed the text positioning in horizontal rulers in rack/site layouts, which previously intersected the line.
  14. Changed 'Racks > Rack window settings > Enable background image in rack layout view' to default to false.
  15. Added 'Show rack cluster rulers' as a separate checkbox on the rack layout blueprint configuration page.
  16. Draw cluster ruler lines in white and with white background for text if rack layout has a dark background image.
  17. Made rack cluster annotations constant size, even for very small racks.
  18. Added 'SMPTE Start/End/Format' to songs table.
  19. Added new report blueprint 'Reports > Special reports > SMPTE Song List'.
  20. Added red hint text to 'Rack colors' field of physical specifications to show the default value or an exmaple, so you know what to type.
  21. Improved formatting of 'SMPTE Song List' report.
  1. Fixed/improved SMPTE 'Analyze timecode in soundtrack file' function and the automatic alignment and/or splitting up functions for adding soundtracks to the show that contain timecode or timecode sections. Previously the interpreted timecode framerates for SMPTE miscalculated if the soundtrack file had many missing/bad timecode frames in the file, which occurred most frequently with timecode stored in MP3 files. This problem is now fixed, and the frame rate calculation is robust even if there are missings frames.
  2. Updated German UI translation.
  3. Updated Norwegian translation more.
  4. Improved font size scaling for tubes and cakes in rack diagrams to better accommodate very tight user-defined rack dimensions.
  5. Support racks snapping to each other length-wise in addition to width-wise.
  6. Added colorful visualization of rack clusters when dragging racks in rack layout view.
  7. Changed rack cluster calculation to take into account rack dimensions. The new rack cluster visualization enables you to see at a glance if the change affects an existing show, which is unlikely.
  8. Added 'Rack color' as an attribute you can specify in the 'Set physical specifications' context menu for racks and effects. By setting the rack color attribute you can make the rack diagrams match the colors of your real world racks.
  9. Made 'Print batch...' function automatically create any missing subdirectories in the user's specified Default Pathnames of the blueprints.
  10. Added 'Skip empty documents' checkbox to 'Print batch...' function.
  11. Added two timestamp variable options for 'Print batch...', {date_time_local} and {date_time_utc}.
  12. Removed any illegal filename characters from the default filenames for 'Print batch...'
  13. Added color gradient visualization of tube angles in rack layout view whenever user is in 'Drag and drop pins' mode. The colors of the tubes range from cool aiming left to warm colors aiming right, making it easy to see if you have any colliding tube angles in single shot racks.
  14. Added legend for angle colors to rack layout view when user is hovering cursor over the 'Drag and drop pins' link.
  15. Changed the automatic annotations added by the 'Add racks for show' function to be the rack descriptions rather than the rack part numbers.
  16. Made the 'Add racks for show' function add automatic annotations for cake racks in addition to the other single shot and mortar racks. Previously cake racks didn't get annotations.
  17. Added new menu item 'Show > Set side panel text...' with options to set the side panel text for diagrams and charts. Charts are new, and there's currently only one type of chart, which is the sound level chart.
  18. Added context sensitive instructions in the side panel text of sound level charts that tell the user how to get started if the effects don't have decibel at distance specifications yet.
  19. Added red help text in 'Physical specifications' dialog to explain default value for gap between racks and for why decibels at distance needs distance.
  1. Improve the 'Add song' function for aligning a soundtrack containing only a single timecode section, similar to the multi-timecode section improvement, to address the issues with supporting SMPTE 29.97 NDF timecode.
  2. Add a per-user setting 'Clicking song bar zooms to song' which is on by default to enable clicking the song bar to zoom the timeline to the song, but giving the option to turn it off since the feature can get in the way.
  3. Added a 'do not show again' type of dialog for clicking the song bar which explains the new feature and tells user how to turn it off.
  4. Added a new label format Avery 3651 A4 which is the same is the Chinese format C3053.
  5. Retuned the labels option that adjusts the positions of labels on the page to pull them away from the edges of label page formats that do not have borders between the labels and the edges of the page to accommodate printers that don't print all the way to the edges of the page. The retuning prevents the adjustment from positioning labels flush against border between labels on the interior of the page, which can also be a source of problems if pages aren't aligned in the printer perfectly.
  6. Reverted a change that gave Pyrodigital FC-A script exporter the option to choose the SMPTE frame rate; the change was unnecessary because the FC-A always assumes the script is in 30 fps frame rate and is able to adjust to 29.97 fps NDF timecode on its own.
  7. Update Norwegian UI translation.
  8. Fix the site/rack layout diagram options for specifying the size of the info panel and legend
  9. Added new addressing sort criteria 'Most Horizontal Tilt' and 'Most Horizontal Tilt -- Single-Shot' to support allocating and loading single-shot racks that have wider angle range constraints on the outside tube-slots than the interior tube-slots.
  10. Made the addressing option 'Rearrange tubes in adjustable angle racks' work even if the racks have per-assigned pins, which previously wasn't supported. In combination with the 'Most Horizontal Tilt' sort criteria, Finale can now allocate and fill ss racks with angle range constraints optimally and also have a regular pin sequence in the rack using pre-wired pins, if that's what you want.
  11. Made rack annotations, rail numbers, calibers, angles a constant font size, instead of varying based on rack caliber.
  12. Added 'Edit physical specifications' function for effects and racks, which includes specifying rack footprint width and height.
  13. Rack diagrams now draw racks with the user-defined width and height physical specifications, which enables making cake slice racks of realistic dimensions for housing cake slices.
  14. Add option to save as EXR image sequence when rendering video.
  15. Add option to save as BMP image sequence when rendering video.
  16. Fix a bug that could cause unexpected data in a .FIN file to crash Finale3D.
  1. Fixed a crash that could occur when loading saved 2D Google Maps data.
  2. Improve 'Tools > Analyze timecode in file' dialog and add song dialog.
  3. Improve the 'Add song' function when importing soundtracks with multiple timecode sections by identifying the exact start times of the timecode sections instead of taking a few frames to lock on to the timecode sections, as the real-time SMPTE tracking requires to avoid spurious jumps.
  4. Improve the 'Add song' function for importing soundtracks with multiple timecode sections by importing the sections on the timeline at their literal HHMMSSFF timecode times instead of the real-world interpretations of those times, which doesn't work well for SMPTE 29.97 NDF timecode.
  5. Add option in Pyrodigital exporter for setting the time base to SMTPE 29.97 NDF, enabling the exported PDM script to remain in synch with 29.97 NDF timecode if the that is what is driving the controller. Without this setting, 29.97 NDF timecode drives the controller to play the script slightly too slow, accumulating to 1.2 seconds late on a 20-minute show. This issue only pertains to 29.97 NDF timecode.
  6. Add a red text warning in the Pyrodigital exporter if the user chooses SMPTE 29.97 NDF time base while having multiple timecode sections, because the 29.97 NDF time base does not align with real-world time, which is incorrect for most workflows involving multiple timecode sections in the same show.
  7. In the Pyrodigital exporter, if the user is exporting a script with a script export offset, then add a red text hint next to the time base field showing what the script export offset is in the format of the time base, to avoid errors if the user's chosen time base is different from the chosen effect time format of the show.
  8. Add a warning when setting the show's effect time format to SMPTE 29.97 NDF while having multiple timecode sections in the show, since SMPTE 29.97 NDF does not work for most workflows involving multiple timecode sections on the timeline.
  1. Timecode: Made a slight change to the alignment of exported FireOne FSK to align it exactly to the FireOne reference files to within a millisecond.
  2. Timecode: Made 'Analyze timecode in soundtrack file...' function slightly more forgiving for decoding Pyrodigital FSK so it doesn't report bad frames in the Pyrodigital reference FSK files, which have some slightly misaligned frames.
  3. Timecode: Added a filter to reduce frequency harmonics in exported StarFire FSK timecode.
  4. Timecode: Added a low-pass filter to exported SMPTE.
  5. Timecode: Changed the filter on the SMPTE generator to be a rise-time filter that preserves the square wave more than a strong low pass filter.
  6. Timecode: Improved 'Add song...' and 'Align song to timecode' to handle concert soundtracks with multiple timecode sections for various SMPTE hours stored back-to-back or with small gaps in the soundtrack WAV file. Add/align song now automatically splits up the song according to its timecode sections and aligns the sections independently on the timeline.
  7. Made the dotted control bar over songs act as a button when songs are locked to zoom timeline to focus on the exact range of the song, which makes navigating on timeline easy for large shows with many songs, particularly shows with SMPTE songs spread out far apart on hour intervals. Clicking on the magnifying glass icon in the upper right of the timeline while no effects are selected zooms the timeline out to the entire show duration; clicking on a song's control bar zooms in to that song; thus you can zoom out and in to any song with just two clicks.
  8. Improved the dotted line control bars above the songs by drawing them in no less than a minimum width, so short songs in a long 10hr or 20hr SMPTE timeline don't have invisibly small control bars. The control bars now operate as a button to zoom the timeline to the song's time range, so it is now rather important that the control bars remain visible even when the timeline is zoomed fully out on a long timeline.
  9. New feature: Added 'File > Print batch...' function that prints a batch of reports, labels, diagrams, and/or charts associated with a batch tag, which is a new field of the blueprints.
  10. Improved 'Print batch...' function by making 'Default Pathname' optional; present a dialog to choose the directory and use the report Title if not specified in Default Pathname.
  11. Make 'Print batch...' automatically open folder of saved files after completing operation.
  12. Added 'Default Pathname' as a new field in blueprints for reports, charts, diagrams, and labels. The default pathname can be a filename (myfilename.pdf) or absolute path with a filename (C:\Users\John\Documents\myfilename.pdf) or absolute directory path (C:\Users\John\Documents\Shows). The Default Pathname makes the 'Save as' dialog appear with your choice of filename or directory, as a convenience.
  13. Added support for variables in the Default Pathnames field for blueprints, enabling the blueprint to create a default pathname using information about the show. The variables are: {show_name}, {show_filename}, {show_date}, {show_directory}, {show_optional1}, {show_optional2}, {show_location}. The variables can be used anywhere in the Default Pathname, such as: C:\Users\John\Documents\{show_name}\{show_name}_Wiring_Script.
  14. Labels: Improved the label content box format option 'Fancy Angle Colors', adding BLUE as another color. Red = house right, Green = house left, Blue = upright but turned around, Black = other. The blue color is to identify cakes that are flipped around to reverse the angle patterns.
  15. Added a Custom Blueprint Field to blueprints, which can contain static text to appear in labels. The Custom Blueprint Field can be set in the dialog for creating or editing labels. Having set the Custom Blueprint Field's text, you can choose Custom Blueprint Field as a content box in the labels. One use for static text in labels is add an explicit field name, like 'Module' or 'DMX Channel Base:' to explain what a number on the label is.
  16. Labels: Added new content fields for labels for printing DMX fixture labels, and documented in the 'Labels basic instructions' documentation page; the new fields are: DMX Channel Base, DMX Channel Range, DMX Universe, DMX Fixture Name, DMX Fixture Nickname, DMX Fixture Angle.
  17. Timeline: Made show duration automatically expand to accommodate operations, including dragging effects or songs, creating sequences, spreading out effects, shifting effects, etc.
  18. Added a help dialog when automatically expanding show duration to tell users how to set show duration manually.
  19. Made the 'File > New show' function automatically use the startup template show that user defines in the 'File > User settings' menu, if it exists.
  20. Added 'New blank show' to the Admin menu since the 'File > New show' now creates a new show from the startup template if you have defined one, and you may want to create new blank show once in a while even while you have a startup template defined.
  1. Improved the 'Same Rack' and 'Rack Number' addressing sort criteria to take into consideration whether the pin constraints include the term 'Rack'. In the improved behavior, the 'Same Rack' and 'Rack Number' sorting criteria require that chains fit in the racks if and only if the pin constraints include 'Rack'.
  2. Fixed a crash bug.
  3. Fix a crash bug that occurred if you downloaded 2D map data from Google Maps, without also downloading 3D map data.
  4. Updated Brazilian PB language UI.
  5. Fixed a crash that occurred when loading GLB files.
  6. Fixed a crash that could occur when there were duplicate VDL terms like 'crackling' in an effect.
  7. Added FSK exporters for Pyrodigital, Pyromate, FireOne, and StarFire, in the 'File > Export > Export soundtrack...'
  8. Added negative FSK timecode option for FireOne and StarFire exporters.
  9. Added 'File > Tools > Analyze timecode in soundtrack file...' that reads all variations of FSK and all variations of SMPTE, and displays a summary of all timecode frames in the file, the alignment, the number of jumps, and bad/error frames, with the option of exporting all timecode data contained in the soundtrack file as a human readable log.
  1. New feature: Finale 3D Pro can now download 3D model data from Google Maps.
  2. Effect Parsing: Fixed a bug that caused stars ending in reports to not get tips or trails if the VDL term 'Report' was used at the beginning of the VDL phase instead of the end. For example, 'Report Silver Willow' will now automatically be parsed as 'Silver Willow to Report'.
  1. Effects: Fix an import issue causing some customized blob effects to get incorrect intensity curve animation settings.
  2. Updated Polish UI translation.
  3. Improved 'Same rack' and 'Rack number' addressing sort criteria to take into consideration whether chains fit into the rack. Sorting by SAME RACK > CHAINS FIRST thus, in combination, fills up a rack with chains that fit into the rack and the fills the remaining empty tubes in the rack before moving on to filling chains into the next rack, yielding a naturally incrementing pin order across racks while still filling the racks with chains before the single shells.
  4. Fixed and improved the 'fill handle' feature for dragging the little black dot in the lower right corner of selected cells or columns of multiple cells in the table window, supporting the Excel features and more. See the 'fill handle' section in the Copy/paste and the fill handle docuementation.
  1. Fix Parallels 19 crash.
  2. Fix 'missing VCRUNTIME140_1.dll' error.
  3. Effects: Fixed a render bug causing far-away trails to disappear.
  4. Effects: Fixed a bug causing spark colors from older custom sims to parsed incorrectly at import.
  5. Effects: Fix effect compiler bug causing way too many particles to be emitted for effects with duplicated trail colors e.g. 'silver silver peony'.
  6. Effects: Fix 'Shimmering', 'Twinkling', and 'Flashing' to work like 'Strobing', just with different tip animation curves.
  7. Effect Editor: Re-implement 'Custom 2D Break Pattern' and 'Custom JSON Break Pattern' editors.
  8. Effect Editor: Make Custom 2D break pattern editor use colroed dots for stars instead of letters.
  9. Firing system: Added 99 channel module option for Galaxis.
  10. Firing system: Added support for the new Galaxis 20-channel module.
  11. Firing system: Fixed bug in Pyromac DMX-BOX exporter that caused incorrect event times for DMX end events on DMX-BOX modules in semi-automatic shows.
  12. Firing system: Added a new semi-automatic feature for the Pyromac exporter that extracts non-digit text characters before the digit characters in the track names and populates the exported Note field with those non-digit text characters, enabling the user to name the track with a useful name that is displayed on the controller for the cue instead of the name of the first effect in the cue. Example: 'Opening scene 01' --> 'Opening scene' in the Note field.
  13. Racks: Added support for typing angle ranges in the tube angle specifications in the rack definition dialog for racks of type 'Adjustable fan angles of tubes within each row'. Please see new Tube angle range constraints documentation article for instructions.
  14. Racks: Added red warning text in create rack dialog if user adds text to 'Tube fan angles' fields for the rows if the rack's chosen rack structure doesn't support specifying angles or angle ranges.
  15. DMX: Fixed bug that 'DMX > Detect and fix PAN problems' and the warning for such problems on export, could incorrectly report problems that were not problems if the script table wasn't sorted by effect time.
  16. DMX: Added DMX fixture 095 Beam Spot 150W.
  17. DMX: Improved angle sweep motor speed accuracy for DMX fixture 093 DXJ120 FLI Beam 120W.
  18. Improved text in 'Show information' dialog regarding optional offsets.
  19. Added red warning text in create rack dialog if user has added a min without a max size or vice versa; also add warning text if user has not added the units, mm or double quote.
  20. Moved 'Positions > Fix position names' menu item to Admin menu>
  21. Made dragging events and cues on timeline snap-to the playhead.
  22. Made the setting 'Show > Temporary settings > Disable price indicator in design view' also disable the price annotation for a selected range on the timeline.
  23. Made saved window placements get ignored if the saved placement will cause the window to appear offscreen.
  24. Added CE Number, UN Number, and EX Number as options for addressing sorts, addressing constraints, and report sorts.
  25. Fixed minor rack sort order bug with the Rack Number sort criterion when addressing without sorting by Position first.
  26. Changed addressing sort field and reports sort field 'Angle' to 'Angle (Pan, Tilt, Spin)' to clarify what it really means, and added new sort field 'Tilt' which sorts strictly by the tilt field.
  27. Changed StarFire module graphic in rack layout window from 2x16 to 8x4 to make the numbers easier to see.
  28. Fixed rare crash bug when using the fill-handle in lower right corner of cell in effects window for collections other than per-show effects.
  29. Excluded flame, sfx, and light effects from being synched to sales orders in Finale Inventory, since they don't represent physical inventory items.
  30. Models: Added alpha support for GLB models. Selecting and moving models with the mouse and dragging positions to models is not yet supported.
  31. Timecode: Added 'Negative timecode' field to 'Export soundtrack' dialog for the firing systems that support it.
  32. Site layout: Changed the right click context menu item for clicking on positions in the rack layout window to say, 'Set position colors and other diagram data' instead of just 'Set position colors' and added a checkbox in the dialog invoked by that menu item called 'Disable safety circles angle adjustment'. This checkbox enables a user to create site layout diagrams for which safety circles can use a different formula for different positions, i.e., positions by default adjusting safety circles based on effect firing angle with the option of disabling the angle adjustment on a per-position basis.
  33. Site Layout: Added 'Diagram tag' property to site layout and rack layout diagrams, and a related field 'Diagram tag filter' to drawings like icons and text boxes which you can set by right clicking any drawing and choosing 'Edit properties or text' from the context menu. The tags and tag filters enable you to have multiple versions of diagrams for different purposes, such as one version for the AHJ that contains icons of firetrucks, and a different version for the setup crew that contains drawn lines representing firing system cables.
  34. Site Layout: Added diagram tag filters to information boxes on the right side of site/rack layout diagrams to enable different boxes of information for diagrams printed from different blueprints based on the diagram tag in the blueprint.
  35. Site layout: Fixed minor bug in diagram tag filters on drawing elements, preventing filtered out drawing elements from having unnecessary legend items at the bottom of the diagram.
  36. Rack Layout: Fixed bug in position name filter for rack diagrams that resulted in missing racks if user specified a list of specific positions.
  37. Site/rack layout: Changed the 'Edit properties' menu item name to 'Edit properties and text' for right-clicking on drawings in the rack window to make it more obvious how to set the text of a text box and added helper text in the dialog to further make it more intuitive.
  38. Updated Brazilian Portuguese UI translations.
  39. Updated Spanish UI translation.
  1. Added 'Negative timecode' field to 'Export soundtrack' dialog for the firing systems that support it.
  2. Fixed minor rack sort order bug with the Rack Number sort criterion when addressing without sorting by Position first.
  3. Added diagram tag filters to information boxes on the right side of site/rack layout diagrams to enable different boxes of information for diagrams printed from different blueprints based on the diagram tag in the blueprint.
  4. Fixed minor bug in diagram tag filters on drawing elements, preventing filtered out drawing elements from having unnecessary legend items at the bottom of the diagram.
  5. Changed StarFire module graphic in rack layout window from 2x16 to 8x4 to make the numbers easier to see.
  6. Fixed rare crash bug when using the fill-handle in lower right corner of cell in effects window for collections other than per-show effects.
  7. Fixed bug in Pyromac DMXBOX exporter that caused incorrect event times for DMX end events on DMXBOX modules in semi-automatic shows.
  1. Effect Editor: Make Custom 2D break pattern editor use colroed dots for stars instead of letters.
  2. Fix 'missing vcruntime140_1.dll' error.
  1. Effect Editor: Re-implement 'Custom 2D Break Pattern' and 'Custom JSON Break Pattern' editors.
  2. Effect Parsing: Fix 'shimmering', 'twinkling', and 'flashing' to work like 'strobing', just with different tip animation curves.
  3. Make saved window placements get ignored if the saved placement will cause the window to appear offscreen.
  1. Fix Parallels 19 rendering crash.
  2. Updated Spanish UI translation.
  3. Added support for typing angle ranges in the tube angle specifications in the rack definition dialog for racks of type 'Adjustable fan angles of tubes within each row'. Please see new Tube angle range constraints documentation article for instructions.
  4. Updated Brazilian Portuguese UI translations.
  5. Improved text in 'Show information' dialog regarding optional offsets.
  6. Added red warning text in create rack dialog if user adds text to 'Tube fan angles' fields for the rows if the rack's chosen rack structure doesn't support specifying angles or angle ranges.
  7. Added red warning text in create rack dialog if user has added a min without a max size or vice versa; also add warning text if user has not added the units, mm or double quote.
  8. Fixed bug that 'DMX > Detect and fix PAN problems' and the warning for such problems on export, could incorrectly report problems that were not problems if the script table wasn't sorted by effect time.
  9. Added 99 channel module option for Galaxis.
  10. Moved 'Positions > Fix position names' menu item to Admin menu>
  11. Made dragging events and cues on timeline snap-to the playhead.
  12. Added support for the new Galaxis 20-channel module.
  13. Inventory: Excluded flame, sfx, and light effects from being synched to sales orders in Finale Inventory, since they don't represent physical inventory items.
  14. Made the setting 'Show > Temporary settings > Disable price indicator in design view' also disable the price annotation for a selected range on the timeline.
  15. Added CE Number, UN Number, and EX Number as options for addressing sorts, addressing constraints, and report sorts.
  16. Changed the right click context menu item for clicking on positions in the rack layout window to say, 'Set position colors and other diagram data' instead of just 'Set position colors' and added a checkbox in the dialog invoked by that menu item called 'Disable safety circles angle adjustment'. This checkbox enables a user to create site layout diagrams for which safety circles can use a different formula for different positions, i.e., positions by default adjusting safety circles based on effect firing angle with the option of disabling the angle adjustment on a per-position basis.
  17. Added a new semi-automatic feature for the Pyromac exporter that extracts non-digit text characters before the digit characters in the track names and populates the exported Note field with those non-digit text characters, enabling the user to name the track with a useful name that is displayed on the controller for the cue instead of the name of the first effect in the cue. Example: 'Opening scene 01' --> 'Opening scene' in the Note field.
  18. Changed addressing sort field and reports sort field 'Angle' to 'Angle (Pan, Tilt, Spin)' to clarify what it really means, and added new sort field 'Tilt' which sorts strictly by the tilt field.
  19. Fixed bug in position name filter for rack diagrams that resulted in missing racks if user specified a list of specific positions.
  20. Added 'Diagram tag' property to site layout and rack layout diagrams, and a related field 'Diagram tag filter' to drawings like icons and text boxes which you can set by right clicking any drawing and choosing 'Edit properties or text' from the context menu. The tags and tag filters enable you to have multiple versions of diagrams for different purposes, such as one version for the AHJ that contains icons of firetrucks, and a different version for the setup crew that contains drawn lines representing firing system cables.
  21. Changed the 'Edit properties' menu item name to 'Edit properties and text' for right-clicking on drawings in the rack window to make it more obvious how to set the text of a text box and added helper text in the dialog to further make it more intuitive.
  22. Improved angle sweep motor speed accuracy for DMX fixture 093 DXJ120 FLI Beam 120W.
  23. Added DMX fixture 095 Beam Spot 150W.
  24. Effects: Fix effect compiler bug causing way too many particles to be emitted for effects with duplicated trail colors e.g. 'silver silver peony'.
  1. Effects: Fixed a render bug causing far-away trails to disappear.
  2. Effects: Fixed a bug causing spark colors from older custom sims to parsed incorrectly at import.
  1. New VDL effect: Charcoal Glittering Willow.
  2. New VDL effect: Chase Crackling.
  3. New VDL effect: Intense Crackling.
  4. New VDL effect: Lace.
  5. New VDL effect: Maltese Ring.
  6. New VDL effect: Sizzle Crackling.
  7. New VDL effect: Strobing Willow, e.g., Red Strobing Willow.
  8. New VDL effect: Tight Crackling.
  9. Improved VDL effect: Charcoal (trails).
  10. Improved VDL effect: Charcoal Willow.
  11. Improved VDL effect: Crackling.
  12. Improved VDL effect: Crackling Pistil now implies Tight Crackling.
  13. Improved VDL effect: Dahlia.
  14. Improved VDL effect: Ear, stars are now only ejected in one direction.
  15. Improved VDL effect: Falling Leaves.
  16. Improved VDL effect: Go Getter.
  17. Improved VDL effect: Gold Glittering Willow.
  18. Improved VDL effect: Gold (trails).
  19. Improved VDL effect: Gold Willow.
  20. Improved VDL effect: Ground Flash.
  21. Improved VDL effect: Horsetail, synonymous with Waterfall.
  22. Improved VDL effect: Palm.
  23. Improved VDL effect: Popcorn Crackling.
  24. Improved VDL effect: Ring.
  25. Improved VDL effect: Silver Glittering Willow.
  26. Improved VDL effect: Silver (trails).
  27. Improved VDL effect: Silver Willow.
  28. Improved VDL effect: Strobe Pot.
  29. Improved VDL effect: Time Rain.
  30. Improved VDL effect: Titanium Salute.
  31. Improved VDL effect: Whistle Comet, synonymous with Rising Whistle.
  32. Improved VDL: Made Scattering synonym of Shuttle.
  33. Improved VDL: Made Swimming, Scrambling, Moving, and Jetting synonyms of Go Getter.
  34. Improved VDL: Shell of Shells
  35. Effect Editor: Added vertical scroll bar to separate effect tree from right-side panel to eliminate the need to scroll to access effect parameters.
  36. Effect Editor: Folded Spark node into Trail node to reduce the number of tree nodes and improve easy of editing.
  37. Effect Editor: To reduce visual clutter, hide effect parameter adjustment sliders and only show them when a parameter is clicked.
  38. Effect Editor: Added trajectory graphs to launch nodes to make it easy to see if an effect breaks before, at, or after apogee..
  39. Effect Editor: Combined each variance with its respective parameter to reduce the number of items listed on the right hand side in the effect editor. A single adjustment slider now applies to each parameter and its variance, simply click on the value to be changed to activate the slider..
  40. Effect Editor: Added graphs for emit rate curves to provide a visual representation of emit rate over time..
  41. Effect Editor: Added sliders to adjust emit rate curves including the min/max emit rate and emit rate over time..
  42. Effect Editor: Added the ability to create custom emit rate curves by specifying a series of points..
  43. Effect Editor: Added graphs for spark intensity curves to provide a visual representation of intensity over time..
  44. Effect Editor: Added sliders to adjust spark intensity curves including the min/max intensity and intensity over time..
  45. Effect Editor: Added the ability to create custom spark intensity curves by specifying a series of points..
  46. Effect Editor: Added break time variance making easier to control break times for multi-break shells.
  47. Effect Editor: Added the ability to set the color of break flashes.
  48. Effect Editor: Make effect nodes that can't collapse have a circle next to them, instead of a triangle.
  49. Effect Editor: Fix crash that occurred if the effect editor buttons are clicked while the confirmation dialog is up.
  50. Effect Editor: Remove Trail-emit-velocity, replace with Trail-emit-distance.
  51. Effect Editor: 'Add star' actions menu entries are now disabled for launch nodes that already have stars.
  52. Effect Editor: Fix a bug that could cause multiple star phases to not be separately editable.
  53. Effect Editor: Fix issue causing node VDL tokens to get cleared when a node gets edited in the effect editor.
  54. Effect Editor: Add a color picker interface for color inputs.
  55. Effect Editor: Fix bug causing break-raggedness to snap to old values.
  56. Effect Editor: Make color picker widgets open up both colors at the same time when clicked.
  57. Effect Editor: Fix issue causing the effect editor to run very slowly when there is a large amount of test copied to the clipboard.
  58. Effects: Tune 'rising' stars to have a different wind friction than shell stars, even if they are the same nominal caliber.
  59. Effects: Make 'Ear' break pattern cone narrower.
  60. Effects: Change the motion calculation for go-getters.
  61. Effects: Fix bug causing break smoke and break flashes to show up in the wrong locations.
  62. Effects: Fix 'randomize-child-gravity' field.
  63. Effects: Fix a bug causing incorrect timeline duration bar length for some effects with DLY specified.
  64. Effects: Tune go-getter motion path to make the go-getter mines look less 'platter'-like.
  65. Effects: Fix bug causing 'rising effects to shells' to not play the rising effect sound. (So now, 'rising whistle to blue peony' will get the whistle sound like it should.)
  66. Effects: Fixed bug in 'Edit Effect VDL' dialog when editing cakes with customized effects, in which the custom effect heights weren't applying after clicking any field in the dialog.
  67. Effects: Remove translation entry causing 'VL' to become 'flying fish'.
  68. Effects: Improved the size of custom sim blob text, reducing them to about 60% of their former size
  69. Effects: Fixed minor bug with 'Copy visual description, Full VDL' when copying blob effects.
  70. Effects: Fixed bug in 'Edit Effect VDL' dialog when editing cakes with customized effects, in which height and prefire could be set incorrectly.
  71. Effects: Added a check in the 'Combine as cake' and 'Combine as chain' functions for whether VDL is too large, more than 16384 characters, and display error message to user if so.
  72. Effects: Fixed bug with inserting chains that contain very large VDLs exceeding 5k characters.
  73. Effects: Make 'Scattering' and 'Shuttle' handle short durations better.
  74. Effects: Fix a render bug causing far-away stars to disappear.
  75. Effects: Fix a bug causing old custom effects with looping intensity curves (flashing, strobing, twinkling, shimmering) to not import correctly.
  76. Timecode: Added new Timecode Documentation
  77. Timecode: Added 'Show > Timecode > Connect to timecode input device' which syncs the timeline and simulation playback to an external SMPTE timecode source. Requires SMPTE to MIDI converter device.
  78. Timecode: Added helpful dialog and error reporting to 'Show > Timecode > Connect to timecode input device' command.
  79. Timecode: Change SMPTE display to use semicolon only for 29.97DF; changed display format for all frame-based representations to HH:MM:SS:FF+DDms, i.e., always +DDms instead of +/- and always having the 'ms' to explain what the +DD means.
  80. Timecode: Improved SMPTE-in reliability for big shows that are slow to render; also improved start/stop synching.
  81. Timecode: Added a dialog after user sets 'Show > Show settings > Set effect time format' that offers to set the timeline snap-to resolution to match.
  82. Timecode: Made 'Set show duration' function display current duration in current effect time format, e.g., HH:MM:SS;FF if SMPTE drop-frame.
  83. Timecode: Added 'Show duration' field to 'Set show information' dialog.
  84. Timecode: Added 'Timecode input offset' field to 'Set show information' dialog, displaying offset in current effect time format. This field in enables user to adjust timecode input stream by frames or milliseconds to get alignment with other systems, or by hours or minutes to align a show starting at zero with timecode input starting at an allocated SMPTE hour in the 24 hour range, e.g., -17:00:00:00 would align with SMPTE hour 17, if you didn't want to shift the show to hour 17 on an 18 hour timeline.
  85. Timecode: Added dynamic text to the 'Timecode input offset' field in the 'Show information' dialog that displays the millisecond equivalent if the user is typing in time values in a SMPTE frame representation.
  86. Timecode: Add 29.97 NDF option for effect time format.
  87. Timecode: Made the 'Output Channels' field of imported songs support outputting only the left or right channel, to mute SMPTE timecode on the other channel if the user has imported a soundtrack that already has timecode on it.
  88. Timecode: Added 'Music > Mute timecode channel'.
  89. Timecode: Made the timeline waveform filter out the SMPTE timecode channel if the user mutes the timecode channel, enabling a user to import a soundtrack that already has timecode on the left or right channel, and then script to it without the timecode getting in the way audibly or obscuring the audio waveform on the timeline.
  90. Timecode: Added 'Show > Timecode > Disconnect from timecode input device' command.
  91. Timecode: Made pressing spacebar while slaving to timecode input stop the playing and disconnect.
  92. Timecode: Added timecode input logging features to the 'Show > Timecode' submenu, for users to log the timecode messages received by the computer, for problem solving or validating the integrity of the timecode input.
  93. Timecode: Added a warning message in the 'Export soundtrack' dialog for shows that use Cobra when user selects an unsupported timecode format.
  94. Timecode: Added the capability to export a music soundtrack with SMPTE timecode in various formats; COBRA users should select the SMPTE 30 fps option.
  95. Timecode: Improved smoothness and reliability of timecode input tracking.
  96. Timecode: Added 'Show > Timecode > Show timecode input log statistics' to provide information about the timecode input
  97. Timecode: Added 'File > Tools > Show timecode statistics for song file' dialog.
  98. Timecode: Added function, 'Music > Align song based on its timecode...'
  99. Timecode: When user adds a song that contains timecode, automatically prompt the user, asking if he wants to align the song on the timeline with its timecode.
  100. Timecode: pre-fill the input field of the 'Script > Time adjustments > Set time...' and related dialogs with time values in the user's chosen effect time format, so the user knows what syntax to type.
  101. Timecode: Changed frame-based time formatting in timeline, design view and effect time script column to include HH even when HH is zero, to make it more understandable Milliseconds time format will still not include HH unless it's not 00.
  102. Timecode: Firing system export warning dialog that reminds you if you are exporting with an export offset now displays in chosen effect time format, such as HH:MM:SS:FF, in addition to seconds.
  103. Timecode: Reports and diagrams will include 'Export offset' field in header if firing system export offset > 1 second.
  104. Timecode: Add 'Timecode export offset' to the 'Set show information' dialog that applies to the 'Export soundtrack' function when timecode is applies to one of the channels.
  105. Timecode: Add 'Effect time format' to the 'Set show information' dialog, same function as in settings, and display all the time fields in the chosen formation, for duration, firing system export offset, timecode export offset, and timecode input offset.
  106. Timecode: All time fields in the dialogs, such as 'Script > Time adjustments > Set time...', now show time in chosen effect time format, e.g., HH:MM:SS:FF, and accept input in frames or seconds or the optional shorthands like 2m or 1h.
  107. Timecode: Automatically extend timeline to accommodate songs when aligning with timecode, and automatically mute timecode channel.
  108. Timecode: Display timecode export offset in 'Export soundtrack' dialog.
  109. Timecode: Minor change to milliseconds time format in menus and dialogs, ms --> (ms); and minor change to 'Align song' dialog to show alignment time in effect time format instead of always milliseconds.
  110. Timecode: Allow user to enter time as HH:MM:SS:FF or HH:MM:SS;FF with either color or semicolon interchangeably when entering times in dialogs like 'Set time'. The string will be interpreted according to user's chosen effect time format, e.g., 29.97 DF or 30 fps, etc.
  111. Timecode: Improved time entry dialogs like 'Set show duration' or 'Set to time' by showing the current time format, e.g., HH:MM:SS:FF 30 fps DF, and by adding a footnote with a hint showing alternative time format options.
  112. Timecode: Add 'current time format is...' explanation footnotes to 'Create video' and 'Export soundtrack/voice cues' and 'Export camera coordinates' dialogs, and format begin/end times in current time format, which can be frame based, e.g., HH:MM:SS:FF, instead of always showing times in HH:MM:SS.DDD time format.
  113. Timecode: Add 'Show > Timecode > Other timecode functions' menu item with dialog showing the functions that are in other menus.
  114. Timecode: Added Pyrodigital FSK option in soundtrack export -- for testing only, do not rely on this yet.
  115. Site layout: add option for position name labels to include DMX fixture address, channel base.
  116. Site layout: fixed bug with scale bar showing incorrect scale.
  117. Site layout: Added 'Racks > Rack window settings > Show last printed page border' option, default ON, which shows the page border in the site layout view.
  118. Fixed limit that prevented site layout from zooming in close enough for small indoor venues.
  119. Site layout: Prevented drawings/shapes from being drawn infinitesimally small if the user has accidentally scaled them to diminutive dimensions, to prevent essentially invisible drawings from interfering with the automatic scaling of page content for printed diagrams.
  120. Site layout: Add scale bar for small distances < 10m; make site layout diagram default to not having DMX universe/channel on position labels unless user enables it; add options for position labels, selectable in blueprint; fix problem with DMX Universe on position labels; effects of type 'light' now are considered to not have meaningful safety distances, which prevents them from creating safety circles by default.
  121. Scenery: added support for SketchUp 2023 model format.
  122. DMX: Changed Sahauhy mini-par DMX channel map from 7ch to 8ch.
  123. DMX: Added support for Chauvet [] Intimidator Spot 260X Moving Head 14CH.
  124. DMX: Added support for Dominar [] Beam IP65 Moving Head 14CH.
  125. DMX: Fixed some bugs with the DMX patch implementations for moving head fixtures with IDS 081, 085, 087, 089, and 090.
  126. DMX: Add support for DXJFLI Beam 120 Moving Head fixture.
  127. DMX:Add support for Diamond Pro Venue 460 Moving Head fixture.
  128. DMX: Fixed but with :rPan540 patch parameter, which wasn't used in any of the standard fixture implementations but was available for users to use in their own moving head fixture implementations, and it basically didn't work until this fix.
  129. Drones: Added option to import drone show at time offset.
  130. Drones: Read default time offset out of VVIZ file and display as default import offset.
  131. Firing system: Modified Pyroleda F3 script exporter to enable retriggering a firing system pin at multiple times.
  132. Fixed crash that occurred if Create Video was invoked with an end time before the start time.
  133. Fixed crashing bug in the 'File > Reports > Special reports > Effect collection product report'.
  134. Fixed Lite Version's timeline bug of being blank if user selects top view camera preset.
  135. Fixed rack layout drag and drop pins UI bug if user gets into state of events having dangling rack references to non-existent racks.
  136. Fixed Galaxis GS2 importing bug with angles.
  137. Fixed CSV handling of non-breaking-space characters, which were causing problems syncing inventories with network.
  138. Fixed rare addressing bug that could be encountered while readdressing a show with locked addresses and multiple module types, some having slats and others not having slats.
  139. Fixed minor bug causing an unnecessary 'Update blueprints?' nag message if user edited standard blueprint for site layout even if user didn't change anything.
  140. Fixed minor bug in 'Copy visual description' and other context menu items, making right click select the row if not already selected since the functions didn't work if user right-clicked an unselected row.
  141. Fixed crash that would occur when parsing report mines.
  142. Fixed minor bug in 'Update per-show effects' which would in some cases indicate that some effects needed to be updated when in fact they didn't.
  143. Fixed minor bug in 'Create cake from selected effects' that caused incorrect durations in some circumstances.
  144. Fixed minor bug in 'Import show' function for importing Cobra Show Creator shows that have trigger button as AUTOFIRE or STEP.
  145. Fixed bug in copy/paste and clone inside groups being edited, which also could produce unexpected results after ungrouping a group that had be copy/pasted or cloned.
  146. Improved table UI for 'right-click > Filter to this value'; if multiple items selected, the function filters to the full set of items selected, removing duplicates, and limiting the list to max length 5 to avoid accidents.
  147. Changed per-show setting 'Hide play clock' to per-user setting 'Hide clock during playback'.
  148. Added per-user setting 'Display clock in upper right' which displays the large clock in upper right while editing AND while playing, unless user has chosen 'Hide clock during playback' setting.
  149. Added 'Show > Show settings > Set view distance of camera presets' to make it easier to create a scene of realistic dimensions with a backdrop image, especially for indoor venues.
  150. Set default render brightness to 1.0.
  151. Changed 'Firing system export offset' field in 'Set show information' dialog to display offset in current effect time format, not always decimal seconds.
  152. Added new feature 'Show > Temporary settings > Highlight positions before events while playing'.
  153. Added new feature 'Show > Temporary settings > Keep positions visible while playing'.
  154. Made 'Music > Edit properties...' work even if songs are locked or if no songs are selected.
  155. Added help text on songs edit properties dialog to help with muting timecode if necessary.
  156. Fixed 'Add racks' bug which could in some circumstances add more than the necessary number of cake racks for fixed-angle cake racks used for tilted cakes.
  157. Updated Brazilian Portuguese translations.
  158. Updated German UI translations.
  159. Updated Italian UI translation.
  160. Updated Polish UI translations.
  161. Updated Russian translation.
  162. Updated Spanish UI translation.
  163. Updated Ukrainian translation.
  1. Effects: Make the VDL term 'Crossette' on its own, with no color, default to a gold-colored crossette.
  2. Effect Editor: Fix bug causing break-raggedness to snap to old values.
  3. Effect Editor: Make color picker widgets open up both colors at the same time when clicked.
  4. Effect Editor: Fix issue causing the effect editor to run very slowly when there is a large amount of test copied to the clipboard.
  5. Fixed bug in copy/paste and clone inside groups being edited, which also could produce unexpected results after ungrouping a group that had be copy/pasted or cloned.
  6. Update German UI translation.
  7. Removed 'Pyrodigital FSK' timecode export option until it is tested.
  1. Timecode: Added Pyrodigital FSK option in soundtrack export -- for testing only, do not rely on this yet.
  2. Updated Spanish UI translation.
  3. Updated Italian UI translation.
  4. Effects: Fixed minor bug with 'Copy visual description, Full VDL' when copying blob effects.
  5. Effects: Fixed bug with 'Edit VDL' dialog when editing cakes containing blobs, in which height and prefire could be set incorrectly.
  6. Effects: Added a check in the 'Combine as cake' and 'Combine as chain' functions for whether VDL is too large, more than 16384 characters, and display error message to user if so.
  7. Effects: Fixed bug with inserting chains that contain very large VDLs exceeding 5k characters.
  8. Effects: Make 'scattering' and 'shuttle' handle short durations better.
  9. Effects: Fix bug causing 'fountain' without a color specified to dribble on the ground.
  10. Effects: Fix 'Bow Tie' break pattern.
  11. Effects: Fix Shell Of Shells.
  12. Effects: Fix Peanut.
  13. Effects: Fix Silver Tip.
  14. Effect Editor: Add a color picker interface for color inputs.
  1. DRONES: Added option to import drone show at time offset.
  2. DRONES: Read default time offset out of VVIZ file and display as default import offset.
  3. SMPTE: Changed effect time column to use the same rules for including HH in the time format as everywhere else.
  4. SMPTE: Changed the rules for including HH in the time format -- now included for all frame-based time formats even if HH is 00, and not included in milliseconds time format unless HH is not 00.
  5. SMPTE: Allow user to enter time as HH:MM:SS:FF or HH:MM:SS;FF with either color or semicolon interchangeably when entering times in dialogs like 'Set time'. The string will be interpreted according to user's chosen effect time format, e.g., 29.97 DF or 30 fps, etc.
  6. SMPTE: improved time entry dialogs like 'Set show duration' or 'Set to time' by showing the current time format, e.g., HH:MM:SS:FF 30 fps DF, and by adding a footnote with a hint showing alternative time format options.
  7. SMPTE: Add 'current time format is...' explanation footnotes to 'Create video' and 'Export soundtrack/voice cues' and 'Export camera coordinates' dialogs, and format begin/end times in current time format, which can be frame based, e.g., HH:MM:SS:FF, instead of always showing times in HH:MM:SS.DDD time format.
  8. SMPTE: Add 'Show > Timecode > Other timecode functions' menu item with dialog showing the functions that are in other menus.
  9. Effects: Fixed 'Edit effect' dialog when editing cakes with customized effects, in which the blob heights weren't applying after clicking any field in the dialog.
  10. Effects: Fix bug causing 'falling leaves' to not work correctly in a cake if the 'aerial' keyword was not added.
  11. Effects: Remove translation entry causing 'VL' to become 'flying fish'.
  12. Effects: Improved the size of custom sim blobs, reducing them to about 60% of their former size
  1. SMPTE: Added function, 'Music > Align song based on its timecode...'
  2. SMPTE: When user adds a song that contains timecode, automatically prompt the user, asking if he wants to align the song on the timeline with its timecode.
  3. SMPTE: pre-fill the input field of the 'Script > Time adjustments > Set time...' and related dialogs with time values in the user's chosen effect time format, so the user knows what syntax to type.
  4. SMPTE: Change frame-based time formatting in timeline and design view to include HH even when HH is zero, since that appears to what SMPTE users expect.
  5. SMPTE: Firing system export warning dialog that reminds you if you are exporting with an export offset now displays in chosen effect time format, such as HH:MM:SS:FF, in addition to seconds.
  6. SMPTE:Reports and diagrams will include 'Export offset' field in header if firing system export offset > 1 second.
  7. SMPTE: 'Set show information' dialog includes 'Timecode export offset', a new field that applies to the 'Export soundtrack function when you choose to export timecode on one of the channels.
  8. SMPTE: 'Set show information' dialog includes 'Effect time format' selector, same function as in settings, and displays all the time fields in the chosen formation, for duration, firing system export offset, timecode export offset, and timecode input offset.
  9. SMPTE: All time fields in the dialogs, such as 'Script > Time adjustments > Set time...', now show time in chosen effect time format, e.g., HH:MM:SS:FF, and accept input in frames or seconds or the optional shorthands like 2m or 1h.
  10. Except for the effect time column in the script table itself, which is stillunder consideration, all other displays of time in the frame format now include the HH even if the HH is 00.
  11. SMPTE: Automatically extend timeline to accommodate songs when aligning with timecode, and automatically mute timecode channel.
  12. SMPTE: Display timecode export offset in 'Export soundtrack' dialog.
  13. SMPTE: Minor change to milliseconds time format in menus and dialogs, ms --> (ms); and minor change to 'Align song' dialog to show alignment time in effect time format instead of always milliseconds.
  14. Exporters: Modified Pyroleda F3 script exporter to enable retriggering a firing system pin at multiple times.
  15. Updated Brazilian Portuguese UI translations.
  1. SMPTE: Fixed visual glitch when timecode input reaches end of end and pegs the playhead at the end of the timeline.
  2. SMPTE: Improvements to timecode log file, explicitly representing DF/NDF flag that is present in SMPTE files, and not when not present in MTC timecode input.
  3. SMPTE: Improvements to timecode statistics dialog.
  4. SMPTE: Improved the alignment time calculation for the timecode statistics file for song files, now timecode files written from Finale will read in with the exact same offset as was written.
  5. SMPTE: Improvements to the 'File > Tools > Show timecode statistics for song file' dialog.
  6. SMPTE: fixed bug in saved timecode log file with incorrect times on the right of the --> arrow in 29.97 fps mode.
  7. Effects: Fix bug causing some blob effects to have the wrong break heights.
  8. Effects: Fix bug causing some custom effects to render trails and tips incorrectly.
  9. Effects: Fix bug causing gerbs to dribble on the ground if the color comes after the word gerb (e.g. 'gerb silver').
  10. Effects: Fix bug causing 'rising effects to shells' to not play the rising effect sound. (So now, 'rising whistle to blue peony' will get the whistle sound like it should.)
  1. SMPTE: Added 'Show > Timecode > Show timecode input log statistics' to provide information about the timecode input
  2. SMPTE: Improved timecode input log, adding annotation to the specific frames that initiate locking to timecode sequence.
  3. Effects: Tune go-getter motion path to make the go-getter mines look less 'platter'-like.
  4. Effects: Fix a bug in parsing report shells.
  5. Effects: Fix a bug causing pistil to sometimes be the same size as a normal break.
  1. Effect rendering: Fixed bug causing drones to not be visible.
  2. Effect rendering: Fix bug causing 'flashing' stars to be solid color instead of flashing.
  3. BUG: Minor fix to 'Import show' function for importing Cobra Show Creator shows that have trigger button as autofire or step.
  4. SMPTE: Added the capability to export a music soundtrack with SMPTE timecode in various formats; COBRA users should select the SMPTE 30 fps option.
  5. SMPTE: Improved smoothness and reliability of timecode input tracking.
  6. SMPTE: Fixed 'begin time' offset for generated SMPTE timecode options in 'Export soundtrack' functions.
  7. Effect parsing: Fix a bug causing incorrect timeline duration bar length for some effects with DLY specified.
  1. BUG: Fixed minor bug in 'Create cake from selected effects' that caused incorrect durations in some circumstances.
  2. SMPTE: Added timecode input logging features to the 'Show > Timecode' submenu, for users to log the timecode messages received by the computer, for problem solving or validating the integrity of the timecode input.
  3. Effect Parsing: Fix bug parsing 'mine kamuro' and other mines where the 'mine' keyword was getting overridden.
  4. Effect Rendering: Fix 'randomize-child-gravity' field.
  5. Excluded the soundtrack timecode options from the Lite version
  6. Added a warning message for exporting a soundtrack for a Cobra show with a timecode format not supported by Cobra.
  1. MINOR BUG: Fixed 'Update per-show effects' which would in some cases indicate that some effects needed to be updated when in fact they didn't.
  2. SMPTE: Moved timecode input functions into 'Show' menu.
  3. SMPTE: Added 'Disconnect from timecode input device' command.
  4. SMPTE: Made pressing spacebar while slaving to timecode input stop the playing and disconnect.
  5. Effect Editor: Fix a bug that could cause multiple star phases to not be separately editable.
  6. Effect Editor: Fix issue causing node vdl tokens to get cleared when a node gets edited in the effect editor.
  7. VDL Effects: Fix Shell of Shells.
  8. Effect Rendering: Change the motion calculation for go-getters.
  9. Effect Rendering: Fix bug causing break smoke and break flashes to show up in the wrong locations.
  1. Effects: Fix broken effects. (Crossette, Waterfall, Falling Leaves, Titanium Salute, Strobing Willow, and others).
  2. Effect Editor: 'add star' menu entries are now disabled for launch nodes that already have stars.
  3. More improvements to context menus.
  4. SMPTE: (pro) Add the new feature 'Show > Temporary settings > Highlight positions before events while playing.
  5. SMPTE: (pro) Add the new feature 'Show > Temporary settings > Keep positions visible while playing.'
  6. SMPTE: Add 29.97NDF option for effect time format.
  7. DMX: Add support for DXJFLI Beam 120 Moving Head fixture.
  8. DMX:Add support for Diamond Pro Venue 460 Moving Head fixture.
  9. DMX: Fixed but with :rPan540 patch parameter, which wasn't used in any of the standard fixture implementations but was available for users to use in their own moving head fixture implementations, and it basically didn't work until this fix.
  10. Updated Polish UI translations.
  11. SMPTE:Made the 'Output Channels' field of imported songs support outputting only the left or right channel, to mute SMPTE timecode on the other channel if the user has imported a soundtrack that already has timecode on it.
  12. Made 'Music > Edit properties...' work even if songs are locked or if no songs are selected.
  13. SMPTE: Added 'Music > Options > Mute timecode'.
  14. Added help text on songs edit properties dialog to help with muting timecode if necessary.
  15. SMPTE: Made the timeline waveform filter out the SMPTE timecode channel if the user mutes the timecode channel, enabling a user to import a soundtrack that already has timecode on the left or right channel, and then script to it without the timecode getting in the way audibly or obscuring the audio waveform on the timeline.
  1. Fixed minor bug causing an unnecessary 'Update blueprints?' nag message if user edited standard blueprint for site layout even if user didn't change anything.
  2. Minor improvements to context menu items.
  3. Minor fix to 'Copy visual description' and other context menu items, making right click select the row if not already selected since the functions didn't work if user right-clicked an unselected row.
  4. Effect Parsing: Fix crash that would occur when parsing report mines.
  1. Fixed rare addressing bug that could be encountered while readdressing a show with locked addresses and multiple module types, some having slats and others not having slats.
  1. Updated German UI translations.
  2. SMPTE: Added 'Show duration' field to 'Set show information' dialog.
  3. Added 'Timecode input offset' field to 'Set show information' dialog, displaying offset in current effect time format.
  4. Changed 'Firing system export offset' field in 'Set show information' dialog to display offset in current effect time format, not always decimal seconds.
  5. SMPTE: Timecode input offset field in 'Set show information' dialog enables user to adjust input timecode stream by frames or milliseconds to get alignment with other systems, or by hours or minutes to align a show starting at zero with timecode input starting at an allocated SMPTE hour in the 24 hour range, e.g., -17:00:00:00 would align with SMPTE hour 17, if you didn't want to shift the show to hour 17 on an 18 hour timeline.
  6. DMX: Added support for Chauvet [] Intimidator Spot 260X Moving Head 14CH.
  7. DMX: Added support for Dominar [] Beam IP65 Moving Head 14CH.
  8. DMX: Fixed some bugs with the DMX patch implementations for moving head fixtures with IDS 081, 085, 087, 089, and 090.
  9. Added dynamic text to the timecode input offset field of the 'Show information' dialog that displays the millisecond equivalent if the user is typing in time values in a SMPTE frame representation.
  10. Effect Editor: 'add star' menu entries are now disabled for launch nodes that already have stars.
  1. Site layout: Add scale bar for small distances < 10m; make site layout diagram default to not having DMX universe/channel on position labels unless user enables it; add options for position labels, selectable in blueprint; fix problem with DMX Universe on position labels; effects of type 'light' now are considered to not have meaningful safety distances, which prevents them from creating safety circles by default.
  2. Changed Sahauhy mini-par DMX channel map from 7ch to 8ch.
  3. Fixed Lite Version's timeline bug of being blank if user selects top view camera preset.
  4. Fixed rack layout drag and drop pins UI bug if user gets into state of events having dangling rack references to non-existent racks.
  5. SMPTE: Change SMPTE display to use semicolon only for 29.97DF; changed display format for all frame-based representations to HH:MM:SS:FF+DDms, i.e., always +DDms instead of +/- and always having the 'ms' to explain what the +DD means.
  6. Fixed Galaxis GS2 importing bug with angles.
  7. Added 'Show > Show settings > Set view distance of camera presets...' to make it easier to create a scene of realistic dimensions with a backdrop image, especially for indoor venues.
  8. Fix CSV handling of non-breaking-space characters, which were causing problems syncing inventories with network.
  9. Set default render brightness to 1.0.
  10. Make Ear break pattern cone narrower.
  11. SMPTE: Improved SMPTE-in reliability for big shows that are slow to render; also improved start/stop synching.
  12. SMPTE: Added a dialog after user sets 'Show > Show settings > Set effect time representation' that offers to set the timeline snap-to resolution to match.
  13. SMPTE: Made 'Set show duration' function display current duration in current effect time format, e.g., HH:MM:SS;FF if SMPTE drop-frame.
  14. Fix peanut shell.
  1. Improved VDL effect: Charcoal (trails).
  2. Improved VDL effect: Charcoal Willow.
  3. Improved VDL effect: Crackling.
  4. Improved VDL effect: Crackling Pistil now implies Tight Crackling.
  5. Improved VDL effect: Dahlia.
  6. Improved VDL effect: Ear, stars are now only ejected in one direction.
  7. Improved VDL effect: Falling Leaves.
  8. Improved VDL effect: Go Getter.
  9. Improved VDL effect: Gold Glittering Willow.
  10. Improved VDL effect: Gold (trails).
  11. Improved VDL effect: Gold Willow.
  12. Improved VDL effect: Ground Flash.
  13. Improved VDL effect: Horsetail, synonymous with Waterfall.
  14. Improved VDL effect: Palm.
  15. Improved VDL effect: Popcorn Crackling.
  16. Improved VDL effect: Ring.
  17. Improved VDL effect: Silver Glittering Willow.
  18. Improved VDL effect: Silver (trails).
  19. Improved VDL effect: Silver Willow.
  20. Improved VDL effect: Strobe Pot.
  21. Improved VDL effect: Time Rain.
  22. Improved VDL effect: Titanium Salute.
  23. Improved VDL effect: Whistle Comet, synonymous with Rising Whistle.
  24. New VDL effect: Charcoal Glittering Willow.
  25. New VDL effect: Chase Crackling.
  26. New VDL effect: Intense Crackling.
  27. New VDL effect: Lace.
  28. New VDL effect: Maltese Ring.
  29. New VDL effect: Sizzle Crackling.
  30. New VDL effect: Strobing Willow, e.g., Red Strobing Willow.
  31. New VDL effect: Tight Crackling.
  32. VDL: Made Scattering synonym of Shuttle.
  33. VDL: Made Swimming, Scrambling, Moving, and Jetting synonyms of Go Getter.
  34. Tune 'rising' stars to have a different wind friction than shell stars, even if they are the same nominal caliber.
  35. Effect Editor: Added vertical scroll bar to separate effect tree from right-side panel to eliminate the need to scroll to access effect parameters.
  36. Effect Editor: Folded Spark node into Trail node to reduce the number of tree nodes and improve easy of editing.
  37. Effect Editor: To reduce visual clutter, hide effect parameter adjustment sliders and only show them when a parameter is clicked.
  38. Effect Editor: Added trajectory graphs to launch nodes to make it easy to see if an effect breaks before, at, or after apogee..
  39. Effect Editor: Combined each varience with its respecitve parameter to reduce the number of items listed on the right hand side in the effect editor. A single adjustment slider now applies to each parameter and its varience, simply click on the value to be changed to activate the slider..
  40. Effect Editor: Added graphs for emit rate curves to provide a visual representation of emit rate over time..
  41. Effect Editor: Added sliders to adjust emit rate curves including the min/max emit rate and emit rate over time..
  42. Effect Editor: Added the ability to create custom emit rate curves by specifying a series of points..
  43. Effect Editor: Added graphs for spark intensity curves to provide a visual representation of intensity over time..
  44. Effect Editor: Added sliders to adjust spark intensity curves including the min/max intensity and intensity over time..
  45. Effect Editor: Added the ability to create custom spark intensity curves by specifying a series of points..
  46. Effect Editor: Added break time varience making easier to control break times for multi-break shells.
  47. Effect Editor: Added the ability to set the color of break flashes.
  48. Effect Editor: Make effect nodes that can't collapse have a circle next to them, instead of a triangle.
  49. Effect Editor: Fix crash that occurred if the effect editor buttons are clicked while the confirmation dialog is up.
  50. Effect Editro: Remove Trail-emit-velocity, replace with Trail-emit-distance.
  51. Fix crash that occurred if Create Video was invoked with an end time before the start time.
  52. Site layout: fixed bug with scale bar showing incorrect scale.
  53. Site layout: Added 'Racks > Rack window settings > Show last printed page border' option, default ON, which shows the page border in the site layout view.
  54. Fixed limit that prevented site layout from zooming in close enough for small indoor venues.
  55. Added helpful dialog and error reporting to 'File > Admin > Connect to timecode input device' command.
  56. Fixed crashing bug in the 'File > Reports > Special reports > Effect collection product report'.
  57. Improved table UI for 'right-click > Filter to this value'; if multiple items selected, the function filters to the full set of items selected, removing duplicates, and limiting the list to max length 5 to avoid accidents.
  58. Changed per-show setting 'Hide play clock' to per-user setting 'Hide clock during playback'.
  59. Added per-user setting 'Display clock in upper right' which displays the large clock in upper right while editing AND while playing, unless user has chosen 'Hide clock during playback' setting.
  60. Site layout: Prevented drawings/shapes from being drawn infinitesimally small if the user has accidentally scaled them to diminutive dimensions, to prevent essentially invisible drawings from interfering with the automatic scaling of page content for printed diagrams.
  1. Update to Sketchup SDK 2023.
  2. Rudimentary timecode input support via MIDI protocol. Requires SMPTE to MIDI reader hardware box. To connect timeline playhead to an external timecode source, do 'File > Admin > Connect to MIDI timecode listener'. Initial implementation isn't very useful without the additional surrounding UI for adding timecode offsets, which is forthcoming.
  3. Site layout: add option for position name labels to include DMX fixture address, channel base.
  1. The Pro version of Finale 3D now generates site layouts including Google Maps imagery, safety circles, icons, drawings, company logo, legend, info panel, and more. For details, see: Site layout diagrams basic instructions and Site layout diagrams for very large shows.
  2. Google Maps: Add new Google Maps dialog flow. It is available via 'Set ground to Google map (beta)'. The older Google Maps flow will be still available until this one is fully tested.
  3. Google Maps: Improved reliability of new Google Maps downloader dialog.
  4. Google Maps: Make new google maps download flow download a larger high-resolution area.
  5. Google Maps: Fix bug causing new Google Maps downloader images to not show up in site plans and rack plans.
  6. Google Maps: Add 'Origin Man' label to map pin in new Google Maps downloader.
  7. Google Maps: Change the new Google Maps downloader dialog flow, remove Apply button and replace with Ok button.
  8. Google Maps: Change the layout of the map tiles that we download in the new Google Maps downloader.
  9. Google Maps: Improve new Google Maps downloader dialog flow.
  10. Google Maps: Make new Google Maps dialog use a default location based on the user's IP address instead of being hardcoded to New York City.
  11. Google Maps: Make new Google Maps dialog and the Network Sync dialog remember their locations.
  12. Google Maps: Make new Google Maps dialog show the 'adjust the terrain brightness?' prompt.
  13. Google Maps: Remove the old Google Maps downloader.
  14. Site layout diagrams: support google map and imported ground images as backgrounds to site and rack layout diagrams.
  15. Site layout diagrams: Add options for grid color, centering, width adjustment, position arrow size, position text size, independently settable background images per-position, centering background images on positions or on global origin, hiding the position arrow, hiding/showing rack number.
  16. Site layout: Made position name labels in the site layout window be movable, enabling the user to reposition them so as to avoid overlap in the printed site layout diagrams.
  17. Site layout: Added many new color options for position labels in site layout diagrams.
  18. Site layout: Added option to center site layout diagram on the position safety distances.
  19. Site layout: Added position safety distances to site layout diagrams.
  20. Site layout: Added additional scaling options for site layout diagrams.
  21. Site layout: Added leader lines to position labels in site layout diagrams.
  22. Site layout: Made position labels draggable in the site layout 'all positions' view of the rack layout editing window.
  23. Site layout: Fixed label shadows on single-line site layout labels.
  24. Site layout: Fix disparity on ground tile layout between 3d view and racks view.
  25. Site layout: Add position/arrow color options
  26. Site layout: Add angle calculation options, e.g., 1/3 radius, shift to apex, and others based on US and European requirements.
  27. Site layout: Add optional safety distance scale factor for wind and other externalities.
  28. Site layout: Added default safety distance options like 70ft/inch, 100% height, 80% height, 100ft/inch, etc.
  29. Site layout: Added more color options safety circles and enable diagrams to show two different safety circle calculations, for comparisons.
  30. Site layout: Added option to hide grid.
  31. Site layout: Added 'Safety distance' field to the position properties dialog.
  32. Site layout: Fixed grid line text bug.
  33. Site layout: Fixed rack layout window with google map background.
  34. Site layout: Improved speed of rack layout window w/Google map background.)And fixed cake tests that had broken in last tuning round.
  35. Site layout: Added a 'Settings' link in the site layout window, which includes easy access to the settings that are in the 'Racks > Rack window settings' submenu.
  36. Site layout: Improved the position name filter field for site layout and rack layout diagrams to enable comma separated lists of subphrases like 'pos-01,pos-02,pos-09' for choosing a list of positions, and also position group tags like '@front' and comma separated lists of position tags, like '@front,@shells,pos-09' for filtering to groups of positions and/or positions by name or subphrase.
  37. Site layout: Enlarged max zoom and pan level of site layout diagrams to 12km for large shows.
  38. Site layout: Add North arrow to diagrams, and include options to set North in the diagram configuration window, and the rack layout settings dialog and rack layout settings menu item; default to use the new 'Front view and position grid orientation' angle as North.
  39. Site layout: Add 'Front view and position grid orientation' field to 'Show > Set show information' dialog, which enables the user to redifine the angle of the Front,Top,Side camera presets along with the position grid and snapping and rulers. The chosen Front View also because the default North for the site layout diagrams. Thus if user imports a google map with North facing up on the page, but the natural orientation for designing for the show or for the site layout diagrams faces a different direction than North, the user can now set the 'Front Angle' to the natural designing angle and make use of the Front, Top, Side camera presets, as well as having appropriately adjusted UI for arranging positions on a grid aligned with the direction you are facing.
  40. Site layout: Fixed clipping bug with background image.
  41. Site layout: Made automatic diagram magnification take into consideration safeyt circle functions instead of always useing the position safety distance field.
  42. Site layout: Add right mouse button context menu item 'Set as Front View orientation' for clicking on the ground.
  43. Site layout: Added drawing tools for site layout and rack layout diagrams, for drawing circles, rects, lines, rulers, and arrows.)* Shortened attribute symbols in representation of drawings to reduce size of strings stored in table rows.
  44. Site layout: Improved the red rack tube warnings in the rack layout view, and improved the 'add racks' function to take into consideration an effect's spin angle in addition to its pan angle. Previously the spin was ignored. Also slightly relaxed the orientation compatibility requirement for pan to require only that the left/right versus forward/back facingness of a cake be correct as opposed to pan being an exact match for the rack because pan = 0 and pan = 180 are equivalent for rack compatibility as is pan = 90 and pan = 270.
  45. Site layout: Indicate rollovers and modes in rack layout view by changing cursor images.
  46. Site layout: Added 'Draw icons' option for drawing icons on site layout and rack layout diagrams.
  47. Site layout: Added a standard set of common icons like fire extinguishers, barricades, modules, and audience for user to add to site layout and rack layout diagrams, in addition to being able to select any file from user's hard drive.
  48. Site layout: Improve cursor image rollover changes for editing pins and racks in rack layout view.
  49. Site layout: Improved rack layout drawing mode UI to require fewer clicks.
  50. Site layout: Made default size of user-drawn icons be small in rack layout and large in site layout, so they are reasonable.
  51. Site layout: Double-click on background in site/rack layout returns to previous draw mode.
  52. Site layout: Improved UI for switching between edit pins nad edit racks mode, by clicking and double clicking on backgrounds, pins, and racks.
  53. Site layout: Added flame, drone, and spotlight icons for drawing.
  54. Site layout: Minor improvements to selection rectangle corners for drawing.
  55. Site layout: Added text boxes to drawing capabilities.
  56. Site layout: Made delete and Ctrl+X hotkey work for drawings also.
  57. Site layout: Drawing: ESC exits draw mode.
  58. Site layout: Drawing: double-click on drawing edits properties; control-double--click deletes drawing.
  59. Site layout: Drawings: Added option for rack layout view to show drawings from site layout.
  60. Site layout: Drawings: Added control panel icon.
  61. Site layout: Made positions in site layout view clickable and right-clickable to edit properties and diagram data and switch to rack view.
  62. Site layout: Added 'Edit position diagram data' dialog to specify different colors for positions and their labels in site layout diagrams.
  63. Site layout: Added scale bar to printed site layout diagrams.
  64. Site layout: Improved site layout diagram blueprint/template configuration dialog for setting legend descriptions of items contained in the diagram and information box content for the side bar.
  65. Site layout: Added 'paste' function to context menu in site layout view.
  66. Site layout: Made site layout legend items filter to exactly the items used in the show.
  67. Site layout: Added 'Site layout diagram text' link to site layout diagram window, which opens up a new dialog for entering text for the information panel or editing the legend items.
  68. Site layout: Added option to exclude rail/pin boxes from rack layout diagrams.
  69. Site layout: Added legend icons for positions, safety circles, and drawn icons.
  70. Site layout: Page print area calculation now takes drawings into consideration in addition to positions and safety distances.
  71. Site layout: Fixed bug with scale bar showing incorrect scale.
  72. Site layout: Added 'Racks > Rack window settings > Show last printed page border' option, default ON, which shows the page border in the site layout view.
  73. Site layout: Fixed limit that prevented site layout from zooming in close enough for small indoor venues.
  74. Site layout: Made icons support transparency in alpha channel and made all standard icons have transparent backgrounds. Also support a chromakey technique for transparency for users who want a background color in the RGB channels to indicate transparency instead of the alpha channel, since editing alpha channels is difficult in some drawing tools.
  75. Site layout: Added more standard icons, and also added colored 'Legend pin' icons that user can add to site layout to indicate drawings of a particular color correspond to a legend entry textual explanation.
  76. Site layout: added magnetic snapping of drawn lines to other drawn circles, lines, rectangles, or to positions or safety distance circles; also applies, conveniently, to rulers for showing safety distances.
  77. Site layout: Added magnetic snapping to vertical and horizontal axes in the view.
  78. Site layout: Improved rulers.
  79. Site layout: Improved text height/ font size menus.
  80. Site layout: Minor bug fixes and UI polishing improvements.
  81. Site layout: Added options for position labels in printed diagrams: name only, name and modules, no labels.
  82. Site layout: Added error handling for creating too many drawings in one diagram; current limit is about 200.
  83. Site layout: Create/edit blueprint dialog now shows the number of filtered positions if you enter text into the position name filter field.
  84. Site layout: Added shadow to safety circles to improve their contast against backgrounds.
  85. Reports: Updated the basic cue sheet, pull sheet, wiring script, spotter script, product list, and product totals report templates to use the new 'Quantity' field instead of 'Devices' so users have a choice for counting chains and the fields like price and cost that relate to that choice.
  86. Reports: Improved company logo compositing on reports if user's company logo contains alpha channel.
  87. Reports: In printed labels, changed the Angles* formatting to include the numerical angle along with the ASCII-art angles if all the angles are the same; previously the numerical angle would only be included if the label represented a single device, so previously a flight of four shells at 45 degrees would be '////' whereas now it is '//// 45'.
  88. Effects: Adjust prefire, height, and wind friction for shells larger than 3 inches.
  89. Effects: Fix bug causing gerbs on wheels to emit in the wrong direction.
  90. Effects: Adjust tuning for small caliber shells.
  91. Firing system: Piroshow: Added V2 option in script export to support DMX channel values 0-255 instead of 0-100 percents.
  92. Firing system: Parente Firemaster: Change the rail numbers to be padded with zeros to three digits, so the column sorts nicely if you have more than 99 modules.
  93. Firing system: fireTEK: Truncate effect names in export script to 30 characters.
  94. Firing system: fireTEK: For version 4 script format, sort rows by event time instead of by module.
  95. Firing system: Pyromac: Fixed DMX-BOX script export bug with some back-to-back effects due to rounding error.
  96. Firing system: Pyrodigital: Added extra script export error check to detect if user has module types that start with 01 and module types that start with 00 intermixed.
  97. Firing system: PyroDigiT: Added AFC32 SM30 slat type.
  98. Firing system: PyroDigiT: Support music begin/end markers for tracks in exported script by inserting empty cues before and after each track in the script at the begin/end time -- note you should insert empty cues, not dummy cues, because dummy cues consume a firing system pin whereas empty cues do not.
  99. Firing system: FireOne: Added first draft of CSV export format option, supporting advanced DMX.
  100. DMX: Added :tilt270 and :rTilt270 DMX Patch paramters for moving heads with 270 degree tilt range.
  101. DMX: Fixed the 'multiple definitions' annotation that wrongly labelled user-defined DMX fixtures in the menu items for choosing fixture type.
  102. DMX: Fixed UI bug in the 'Create DMX effect' dialog that used to clear the channel fields that first time you edited a DMX effect of a different fixture than the previous time.
  103. DMX: Added the :tilt270 and :rTilt270 DMX channel parameters to the channel value selector of the 'DMX > Create DMX effect' dialog
  104. DMX: Changed the default effect ID for user-created DMX effects to be 0001 instead of 0000, if user does not specify it. 0000 happened to correspond to safety channels for flames, which is not a good default because safety channels are exempted from the 'DMX > Detect and fix overlapping effects' function.
  105. DMX: Made the 'Change DMX fixture and convert effects' use effect ID 0001 or the lowest effect ID > 0001 if an exact match is not found, which supports having a 'placeholder effect' with effect ID = 0001 in effect libraries to be used for replacements when no exact match is found.
  106. DMX: Improved the 'DMX > Detect and fix PAN problems for Move-To effects' to make it identify fixable and unfixable problems.
  107. DMX: Added implementation of Beam 230 7R moving head DMX fixture.
  108. DMX: Added DMX fixture implementation for Showven Sparkular Jet, and updated Showven supplier catalog of DMX effects.
  109. DMX: Added U King B242 Moving Head LED spotlight support.
  110. DMX: Added 'comment field variables' including @nominalDurationMs for FireOne CSV exporter to facilitate using its DMX Rate ramp function for fades.
  111. DMX: Added :timeFromEffectiveSetupAndFunc1 and variations thereof to DMX Patch functions, to facilitate the Sharpy DMX fixture that uses ramp time instead of ramp speed.
  112. DMX: Optimized FireOne CSV export by not partitioning DMX events lasting longer than 25.5sec if their DMX duration is 0 and thus holding indefinitely
  113. DMX: Added :tilt244 and :rTilt244 options in DMX patches for moving head fixtures with 244 degree tilt range.
  114. DMX: Added DMX fixture definitions for Sahauhy 12 LED par, and for K King Pocket Kaleidoscope/Laser.
  115. Fixed bug in translation template file that was preventing translators from being able to update their translation files for missing phrases.
  116. Update French translation.
  117. Update Italian translation.
  118. Updated Brazilian Portuguese translation.
  119. Updated French translation.
  120. Updated German translation.
  121. Updated Polish UI translation.
  122. Updated Spanish translation.
  123. Updated Ukrainian and Russian translations.
  124. Made the 'height above position' field of 'File > Import > Import PNG as lance set piece' function be a text input field instead of a selector, to enable the user to enter a negative height to make the set piece centered on the position instead of being above the position; which enables the user to use the Motion Data field of positions to animate the position to rotate the lance set piece around its center; search for Motion Data in Help Center for documentation on position animation.
  125. Exclude vertical rulers from drone positions when positions padlock is unlocked, because the vertical rulers aren't that useful for drone positions en masse, and they slow things down.
  126. Improved and sped up the crash logging mechanism, which should cause fewer hangs when Finale3D *does* crash.
  127. Added 'Company Logo' field in 'Show > Set show information' dialog, and augmented all reports to include the company logo, if user has uploaded one, in the upper right corner of hte report.
  128. Made 'Show > Set show information' create a single operation on the undo stack instead of one per field.
  129. Added 'Physical Specifications' and 'DMX Fixture Defintition' and 'E-matches Default' columns to effects window. All three fields are just text strings at this moment, without any special functionality.
  130. Fix Finale Inventory syncing of 3 new fields: 'physicalSpecifications','dmxFixtureDefinition','ematches'.
  131. Support putting a rack's part number in the Rack Type field of an effect, to make the effect compatible with the rack as far as size, type, and rack type matching, and to restrict the effect to going into racks of that specific part number.
  132. Added a rack structure option in 'Create rack' dialog for slice cakes with tiltable rows, which makes it possible to differentiate between slice cake racks oriented left/right vs. forward/back, though current diagram graphics are still squares for the slice cakes, misleadingly, instead of rectangles.
  133. Added ability to put a rack part number in the Rack Type field of a script event to make the event compatible with that specific rack, even if the effect is of the wrong type, such as a cake going into a single-shot rack or a single-shot going into a cake rack.
  134. Extended behavior of the sleeving feature for 'sleeving' cakes or ground items into single-shot racks; the sleeve of cakes, ground, and other_effect type items changes their rack compatibility from cake or ground rack to single-shot rack.
  135. The new 'Physical Specifications' column for effects can now contain parameters including 'rackRowLengthConsumption' to specify how much of a single-shot rack row the item consumes if the rack has row length constraint as part of its definition, for racks whose rows can accommodate different numbers of effects depending on their size. The default 'normal' consumed length of an item is its tube size, but you may want to consume a different length to accommodate the difference between internal and external tube diameters or footprint overhead, or if putting a slice cake into a single shot rack it should consume the width of slice row rather than the tube size, or optionally it can consume the entire row.
  136. Added 50rpm and 75rpm options for rotating wheel macros, to accommodate slower wheels such as mechanical wheels.
  137. Changes items of type 'ground' to be rotationally symmetric, enabling them to fit in cake or ground racks without any orientation requirement. The orientation requirement previously caused cake racks to rotate 90 degrees to accommodate upright ground strobes, unnecessarily.
  138. Require that cakes that are put into single-shot racks by way of the new rack type part number feature or sleeving feature enhancement be aligned with the rows of teh rack, and made the default rack row length consumption for cakes that are in single-shot racks be 'entire row length' so that by default, cakes in single-shot racks consume entire rows of the single-shot racks, though the user can override this default by setting the 'rack row length consumption' in the Physical Specifications column of the cake effect definition, to specify an exact length consumption that overrides 'consumes entire row'.
  139. Added 'Has Rack Type Part Number' sort option for addressing sorts, to support sorting items that have rack type part numbers before others while addressing so that those items you've assigned to specific rack part numbers have first dibs on those racks in the addressing process. This field can be useful for debugging if you have assigned a rack type part number to an item and are wondering why it didn't end up in the rack you assigned it to when addressed.
  140. Added a new column in the script window called 'Quantity' which counts effects while giving the user the option of counting chains as 1 or as the number of of shells in the chain. The existing 'Devices' column always counts chains as N for N shells. Thus 'Quantity' is similar to 'Devices' except you have a choice, by way of a new setting, 'File > User settings > Chains count as one in 'used' and 'quantity' columns.' This new 'Quantity' field can be used in reports instead of 'Devices' if you want to count chains as one.
  141. Changed the 'File > User settings > Chain price is for entire chain' to 'Chain price, cost, NEQ, and weight are for entire chain' and made the setting apply to all four of these fields, which all have the same relationship to the question of whether you count chains as 1 or N.
  142. Minor improvements to menu item names for editing effects and using the effect editor.
  143. Added 'Q' hotkey for invoking effect editor.
  144. Changed exporters to filter out empty cues instead of reporting them as errors.
  145. Changed Type of 'Dummy Cue' in Generic Effects from 'flame' to 'sfx' to enable it to have adjustable duration; note it does require a firing system address for consuming a pin; and note that it does not require an ematch.
  146. Fixed a rare bug that occasionally would cause unclean shutdowns when you quit the application.
  1. Site layout: Added error handling for creating too many drawings in one diagram; current limit is about 200.
  2. Site layout: Create/edit blueprint dialog now shows the number of filtered positions if you enter text into the position name filter field.
  3. In printed labels, changed the Angles* formatting to include the numerical angle along with the ASCII-art angles if all the angles are the same; previously the numerical angle would only be included if the label represented a single device, so previously a flight of four shells at 45 degrees would be '////' whereas now it is '//// 45'.
  4. Added DMX fixture definitions for Sahauhy 12 LED par, and for K King Pocket Kaleidoscope/Laser.
  1. Site layout: added options for position labels in printed diagrams: name only, name and modules, no labels.
  2. Added :tilt244 and :rTilt244 options in DMX patches for moving head fixtures with 244 degree tilt range.
  1. Added U King B242 Moving Head LED spotlight support.
  2. Fixed bugs in FireOne CSV exporter.
  3. Added 'comment field variables' including @nominalDurationMs for FireOne CSV exporter to facilitate using its DMX Rate ramp function for fades.
  4. Added :timeFromEffectiveSetupAndFunc1 and variations thereof to DMX Patch functions, to facilitate the Sharpy DMX fixture that uses ramp time instead of ramp speed.
  5. Optimized FireOne CSV export by not partitioning DMX events lasting longer than 25.5sec if their DMX duration is 0 and thus holding indefinitely.
  1. Added scale bar to printed site layout diagrams.
  2. Improved site layout diagram blueprint/template configuration dialog for setting legend descriptions of items contained in the diagram and information box content for the side bar.
  3. Added 'paste' function to context menu in site layout view.
  4. Made site layout legend items filter to exactly the items used in the show.
  5. Added 'Site layout diagram text' link to site layout diagram window, which opens up a new dialog for entering text for the information panel or editing the legend items.
  6. Added option to exclude rail/pin boxes from rack layout diagrams.
  7. Added legend icons for positions, safety circles, and drawn icons.
  8. Updated Brazilian Portuguese.
  9. Site layout: page print area calculation now takes drawings into consideration in addition to positions and safety distances.
  10. Site layout: fixed bug with scale bar showing incorrect scale.
  11. Site layout: Added 'Racks > Rack window settings > Show last printed page border' option, default ON, which shows the page border in the site layout view.
  12. Fixed limit that prevented site layout from zooming in close enough for small indoor venues.
  13. Site layout: Made icons support transparency in alpha channel and made all standard icons have transparent backgrounds. Also support a chromakey technique for transparency for users who want a background color in the RGB channels to indicate transparency instead of the alpha channel, since editing alpha channels is difficult in some drawing tools.
  14. Added more standard icons, and also added colored 'Legend pin' icons that user can add to site layout to indicate drawings of a particular color correspond to a legend entry textual explanation.
  15. Site layout: added magnetic snapping of drawn lines to other drawn circles, lines, rectangles, or to positions or safety distance circles; also applies, conveniently, to rulers for showing safety distances.
  16. Site layout: added magnetic snapping to vertical and horizontal axes in the view.
  17. Site layout: improved rulers.
  18. Site layout: improved text height/ font size menus.
  19. Site layout: minor bug fixes and UI polishing improvements.
  20. Added first draft of FireOne CSV export format option, supporting advanced DMX.
  21. Fixed a rare bug that occasionally would cause unclean shutdowns when you quit the application.
  1. Fix 'gray screen' performance regression.
  2. Update French translation.
  3. Update Italian translation.
  4. Made positions in site layout view clickable and right-clickable to edit properties and diagram data and switch to rack view.
  5. Added 'Edit position diagram data' dialog to specify different colors for positions and their labels in site layout diagrams.
  1. Fixed bugs in copy/paste for drawings, taking into account compass rotation of scene, and handling copy/paste of imported images between shows.
  2. Double-click on background in site/rack layout returns to previous draw mode.
  3. Improved UI for switching between edit pins nad edit racks mode, by clicking and double clicking on backgrounds, pins, and racks.
  4. Added flame, drone, and spotlight icons for drawing.
  5. Minor improvements to selection rectangle corners for drawing.
  6. Added text boxes to drawing capabilities.
  7. Made delete and control-x hotkeys work for drawings also.
  8. Updated French translation.
  9. Drawing: ESC exits draw mode.
  10. Drawing: double-click on drawing edits properties; control-double--click deletes drawing.
  11. Added 'Q' hotkey for invoking effect editor.
  12. Drawings: Added option for rack layout view to show drawings from site layout.
  13. Drawings: Added control panel icon.
  14. Added AFC32 SM30 PyroDigiT slat type.
  15. Support music begin/end markers for tracks in PyroDigiT exported script by inserting empty cues before and after each track in the script at the begin/end time -- note you should insert empty cues, not dummy cues, because dummy cues consume a firing system pin whereas empty cues do not.
  16. Changed exporters to filter out empty cues instead of reporting them as errors.
  17. Changed Type of 'Dummy Cue' in Generic Effects from 'flame' to 'sfx' to enable it to have adjustable duration; note it does require a firing system address for consuming a pin; and note that it does not require an ematch.
  1. Updated Spanish translations.
  2. Updated German translations.
  3. Added DMX fixture implementation for Showven Sparkular Jet, and updated Showven supplier catalog of DMX effects.
  4. Improved company logo compositing on reports if user's company logo contains alpha channel.
  5. Indicate rollovers and modes in rack layout view by changing cursor images.
  6. Added 'Draw icons' option for drawing icons on site layout and rack layout diagrams.
  7. Added a standard set of common icons like fire extinguishers, barricades, modules, and audience for user to add to site layout and rack layout diagrams, in addition to being able to select any file from user's hard drive.
  8. Minor improvements to menu item names for editing effects and using the effect editor.
  9. Improve cursor image rollover changes for editing pins and racks in rack layout view.
  10. Improved rack layout drawing mode UI to require fewer clicks.
  11. Made default size of user-drawn icons be small in rack layout and large in site layout, so they are reasonable.
  1. Fix Finale Inventory syncing of 3 new fields: 'physicalSpecifications','dmxFixtureDefinition','ematches'.
  2. Support putting a rack's part number in the Rack Type field of an effect, to make the effect compatible with the rack as far as size, type, and rack type matching, and to restrict the effect to going into racks of that specific part number.
  3. Fixed bug in translation template file that was preventing translators from being able to update their translation files for missing phrases.
  4. Added a rack structure option in 'Create rack' dialog for slice cakes with tiltable rows, which makes it possible to differentiate between slice cake racks oriented left/right vs. forward/back, though current diagram graphics are still squares for the slice cakes, misleadingly, instead of rectangles.
  5. Added ability to put a rack part number in the Rack Type field of a script event to make the event compatible with that specific rack, even if the effect is of the wrong type, such as a cake going into a single-shot rack or a single-shot going into a cake rack.
  6. Extended behavior of the sleeving feature for 'sleeving' cakes or ground items into single-shot racks; the sleeve of cakes, ground, and other_effect type items changes their rack compatibility from cake or ground rack to single-shot rack.
  7. The new 'Physical Specifications' column for effects can now contain parameters including 'rackRowLengthConsumption' to specify how much of a single-shot rack row the item consumes if the rack has row length constraint as part of its definition, for racks whose rows can accommodate different numbers of effects depending on their size. The default 'normal' consumed length of an item is its tube size, but you may want to consume a different length to accommodate the difference between internal and external tube diameters or footprint overhead, or if putting a slice cake into a single shot rack it should consume the width of slice row rather than the tube size, or optionally it can consume the entire row.
  8. Added 50rpm and 75rpm options for rotating wheel macros, to accommodate slower wheels such as mechanical wheels.
  9. Changes items of type 'ground' to be rotationally symmetric, enabling them to fit in cake or ground racks without any orientation requirement. The orientation requirement previously caused cake racks to rotate 90 degrees to accommodate upright ground strobes, unnecessarily.
  10. Improved the red rack tube warnings in the rack layout view, and improved the 'add racks' function to take into consideration an effect's spin angle in addition to its pan angle. Previously the spin was ignored. Also slightly relaxed the orientation compatibility requirement for pan to require only that the left/right versus forward/back facingness of a cake be correct as opposed to pan being an exact match for the rack because pan = 0 and pan = 180 are equivalent for rack compatibility as is pan = 90 and pan = 270.
  11. Require that cakes that are put into single-shot racks by way of the new rack type part number feature or sleeving feature enhancement be aligned with the rows of teh rack, and made the default rack row length consumption for cakes that are in single-shot racks be 'entire row length' so that by default, cakes in single-shot racks consume entire rows of the single-shot racks, though the user can override this default by setting the 'rack row length consumption' in the Physical Specifications column of the cake effect definition, to specify an exact length consumption that overrides 'consumes entire row'.
  12. Added 'Has Rack Type Part Number' sort option for addressing sorts, to support sorting items that have rack type part numbers before others while addressing so that those items you've assigned to specific rack part numbers have first dibs on those racks in the addressing process. This field can be useful for debugging if you have assigned a rack type part number to an item and are wondering why it didn't end up in the rack you assigned it to when addressed.
  13. Updated Brazilian Portuguese translations.
  14. Added implementation of Beam 230 7R moving head DMX fixture.
  15. Added a new column in the script window called 'Quantity' which counts effects while giving the user the option of counting chains as 1 or as the number of of shells in the chain. The existing 'Devices' column always counts chains as N for N shells. Thus 'Quantity' is similar to 'Devices' except you have a choice, by way of a new setting, 'File > User settings > Chains count as one in 'used' and 'quantity' columns.' This new 'Quantity' field can be used in reports instead of 'Devices' if you want to count chains as one.
  16. Changed the 'File > User settings > Chain price is for entire chain' to 'Chain price, cost, NEQ, and weight are for entire chain' and made the setting apply to all four of these fields, which all have the same relationship to the question of whether you count chains as 1 or N.
  17. Updated the basic cue sheet, pull sheet, wiring script, spotter script, product list, and product totals report templates to use the new 'Quantity' field instead of 'Devices' so users have a choice for counting chains and the fields like price and cost that relate to that choice.
  1. Fixed Pyromac DmxBox exporter bug with some back-to-back effects due to rounding error.
  2. Added drawing tools for site layout and rack layout diagrams, for drawing circles, rects, lines, rulers, and arrows.
  3. Shortened attribute symbols in representation of drawings to reduce size of strings stored in table rows.
  4. Added extra error check for Pyrodigital exports to detect if user has module types that start with 01 and module types that start with 00 intermixed.
  5. Added 'Physical Specifications' and 'DMX Fixture Defintition' and 'E-matches Default' columns to effects window. All three fields are just text strings at this moment, without any special functionality.
  1. Updated Brazilian Portuguese translation.
  2. Added 'Company Logo' field in 'Show > Set show information' dialog, and augmented all reports to include the company logo, if user has uploaded one, in the upper right corner of hte report.
  3. Made 'Show > Set show information' create a single operation on the undo stack instead of one per field.
  4. fireTEK exporter: truncate effect names to 30 characters.
  5. fireTEK exporter: for version 4 format, sort rows by event time instead of by module.
  6. Site layout: Add North arrow to diagrams, and include options to set North in the diagram configuration window, and the rack layout settings dialog and rack layout settings menu item; default to use the new 'Front view and position grid orientation' angle as North.
  7. Site layout: add 'Front view and position grid orientation' field to 'Show > Set show information' dialog, which enables the user to redifine the angle of the Front,Top,Side camera presets along with the position grid and snapping and rulers. The chosen Front View also because the default North for the site layout diagrams. Thus if user imports a google map with North facing up on the page, but the natural orientation for designing for the show or for the site layout diagrams faces a different direction than North, the user can now set the 'Front Angle' to the natural designing angle and make use of the Front, Top, Side camera presets, as well as having appropriately adjusted UI for arranging positions on a grid aligned with the direction you are facing.
  8. Site layout: Fixed clipping bug with background image.
  9. Site layout: Made automatic diagram magnification take into consideration safeyt circle functions instead of always useing the position safety distance field.
  10. Site layout: Add right mouse button context menu item 'Set as Front View orientation' for clicking on the ground.
  1. Site layout: Fixed grid line text bug.
  2. Site layout: Fixed rack layout window with google map background.
  3. Site layout: Improved speed of rack layout window w/Google map background.)And fixed cake tests that had broken in last tuning round.
  4. Added a 'Settings' link in the site layout window, which includes easy access to the settings that are in the 'Racks > Rack window settings' submenu.
  5. Improved the position name filter field for site layout and rack layout diagrams to enable comma separated lists of subphrases like 'pos-01,pos-02,pos-09' for choosing a list of positions, and also position group tags like '@front' and comma separated lists of position tags, like '@front,@shells,pos-09' for filtering to groups of positions and/or positions by name or subphrase.
  6. Added Ukrainian and Russian translation updates.
  7. Enlarged max zoom and pan level of site layout diagrams to 12km for large shows.
  1. Adjust tuning for small caliber shells.
  2. Remove the old Google Maps downloader.
  3. Site layout: add position/arrow color options.
  4. Site layout: add angle calculation options, e.g., 1/3 radius, shift to apex, and others based on US and European requirements.
  5. Site layout: add optional safety distance scale factor for wind and other externalities.
  6. Added default safety distance options like 70ft/inch, 100% height, 80% height, 100ft/inch, etc.
  7. Added more color options safety circles and enable diagrams to show two different safety circle calculations, for comparisons.
  8. Site layout: added option to hide grid.
  9. Updated Polish UI translation.
  10. Added 'Safety distance' field to the position properties dialog.
  1. Changed the default effect ID for user-created DMX effects to be 0001 instead of 0000, if user does not specify it. 0000 happened to correspond to safety channels for flames, which is not a good default because safety channels are exempted from the 'DMX > Detect and fix overlapping effects' function.
  2. Made the 'Change DMX fixture and convert effects' use effect ID 0001 or the lowest effect ID > 0001 if an exact match is not found, which supports having a 'placeholder effect' with effect ID = 0001 in effect libraries to be used for replacements when no exact match is found.
  3. Improved the 'DMX > Detect and fix PAN problems for Move-To effects' to make it identify fixable and unfixable problems.
  4. Improved and sped up the crash logging mechanism, which should cause fewer hangs when Finale3D *does* crash.
  5. Fix bug causing new Google Maps downloader images to not show up in site plans and rack plans.
  6. Add 'Origin Man' label to map pin in new Google Maps downloader.
  7. Change the new Google Maps downloader dialog flow, remove Apply button and replace with Ok button.
  8. Fixed label shadows on single-line site layout labels.
  9. Fix disparity on ground tile layout between 3d view and racks view.
  10. Change the layout of the map tiles that we download in the new Google Maps downloader.
  11. Adjust prefire, height, and wind friction for shells larger than 3 inches.
  12. Improve new Google Maps downloader dialog flow.
  13. Make new Google Maps dialog use a default location based on the user's IP address instead of being hardcoded to New York City.
  14. Make new Google Maps dialog and the Network Sync dialog remember their locations.
  15. Make new Google Maps dialog show the 'adjust the terrain brightness?' prompt.
  16. Fix bug causing gerbs on wheels to emit in the wrong direction.
  1. Changed the Parente Firemaster rail numbers to be padded with zeros to three digits, so the column sorts nicely if you have more than 99 modules.
  2. Exclude vertical rulers from drone positions when positions padlock is unlocked, because the vertical rulers aren't that useful for drone positions en masse, and they slow things down.
  3. Make the new google maps dialog download a larger high-resolution area.
  1. Added many new color options for position labels in site layout diagrams.
  2. Added option to center site layout diagram on the position safety distances.
  3. Added position safety distances to site layout diagrams.
  4. Added additional scaling options for site layout diagrams.
  5. Added leader lines to position labels in site layout diagrams.
  6. Made position labels draggable in the site layout 'all positions' view of the rack layout editing window.
  7. Improved reliability of new Google Maps downloader dialog.
  1. Made the 'height above position' field of 'File > Import > Import PNG as lance set piece' function be a text input field instead of a selector, to enable the user to enter a negative height to make the set piece centered on the position instead of being above the position; which enables the user to use the Motion Data field of positions to animate the position to rotate the lance set piece around its center; search for Motion Data in Help Center for documentation on position animation.
  2. Added the :tilt270 and :rTilt270 DMX channel parameters to the channel value selector of the 'DMX > Create DMX effect' dialog.
  3. Made position name labels in the site layout window be movable, enabling the user to reposition them so as to avoid overlap in the printed site layout diagrams.
  4. Add new Google Maps dialog flow. It is available via "Set ground to Google map (beta)". The older Google Maps flow will be still available until this one is fully tested)
  1. Added V2 option for Piroshow exporter with DMX channel values 0-255 instead of 0-100 percents.
  2. Added :tilt270 and :rTilt270 DMX Patch paramters for moving heads with 270 degree tilt range.
  3. Fixed the 'multiple definitions' annotation that wrongly labelled user-defined DMX fixtures in the menu items for choosing fixture type.
  4. Fixed UI bug in the 'Create DMX effect' dialog that used to clear the channel fields that first time you edited a DMX effect of a different fixture than the previous time.
  5. Site layout diagrams: support google map and imported ground images as backgrounds to site and rack layout diagrams.
  6. Site layout diagrams: add options for grid color, centering, width adjustment, position arrow size, position text size, independently settable background images per-position, centering background images on positions or on global origin, hiding the position arrow, hiding/showing rack number.
  1. Effects: Tune burst heights, durations, star counts, and tip sizes for shells 2" and smaller.
  2. Effects: Tune default comet heights.
  3. Effects: Tune default mine heights.
  4. Effects: Tune break-raggedness for full range of shell sizes.
  5. Effects: Added 'Slightly Ragged/Ragged/Very Ragged' VDL adjective which increases break-raggedness.
  6. Effects: Added 'Slightly Uniform/Uniform/Very Uniform' VDL adjective which decreases break-raggedness.
  7. Effects: Change the way break-width-variance affects break 'raggedness'.
  8. Effects: Make spotlights and par lights able to be colored by scriptRGB data.
  9. Effects: Fix a bug in the parser that could cause a crash if a dimension token e.g. DUR did not have a number preceding it.
  10. Effects: Fix bug that was causing the extra word 'pattern' in e.g. 'Heart Shape Pattern' to overwrite the break shape to a smiley face pattern.
  11. Effects: Fix a crash bug when importing certain custom effects.
  12. Reduce the number of texture units the renderer requires, Improving compatibility on some older GPUs.
  13. Effect Editor: New layout, with the widgets on the side rather than the bottom.
  14. Effect Editor: Implement break-raggedness tunable value.
  15. Effect Editor: Add emit-distance field to effect editor for fountain trails.
  16. Effect Editor: Make the trail emit-distance parameter round to 2 decimal places instead of 1.
  17. Effect Editor: Fix bug causing 'mine' breaks and phases to change several values when you only intended to edit one value.
  18. Network Sync: Make the network sync process more reliable, improve retry logic to deal with transient errors.
  1. Effect Editor: New layout, with the widgets on the side rather than the bottom.
  2. Effect Editor: Make the trail emit-distance parameter round to 2 decimal places instead of 1.
  3. Effects: Tune default comet heights.
  4. Effects: Tune default mine heights.
  5. Effects: Tune burst heights, durations, star counts, and tip sizes for shells 2" and smaller.
  6. Effects: Tune break raggedness for full range of shell sizes.
  7. Effects: Added 'Slightly Ragged/Ragged/Very Ragged' VDL adjective which increases break-raggedness.
  8. Effects: Added 'Slightly Uniform/Uniform/Very Uniform' VDL adjective which decreases break-raggedness.
  1. Effects: Fix bug that was causing the extra word 'pattern' in e.g. 'Heart Shape Pattern' to overwrite the break shape to a smiley face pattern.
  2. Effect Editor: Fix bug causing 'mine' breaks and phases to change several values when you only intended to edit one value.
  3. Effects: Fix a crash bug when importing certain blob effects.
  4. Effects: Implement break-raggedness tunable value.
  5. Effect Editor: Add emit-distance field to effect editor for fountain trails.
  1. Effects: Make spotlights and parlights able to be colored by scriptRGB data.
  2. Effects: Fix a bug in the parser that could cause a crash if a dimension token e.g. DUR did not have a number preceding it.
  3. Effect Editor: Adjust layout so that the bottom panel and the parameter labels are always visible.
  4. Effect Rendering: Reduce the number of texture units the renderer requires, Improving compatibility on some older GPUs.
  5. Network Sync: Make the network sync process more reliable, improve retry logic to deal with transient errors.
  6. Effects: Change the way break-width-variance affects break 'raggediness'.
  1. Made significant changes to the structures of effects to support upcoming improvements to existing effects, the addition of new effects, and new effect editing functionality.
  2. Initial version the new the effect editor - incremental improvements to continue rolling out in upcoming releases.
  3. Added major new Pro feature -- 'File > Import > Import drone show' which adds visualization for drone swarm shows designed and exported from 3rd party drone design platforms using the newly defined VVIZ file format.
  4. Improved the 'Create effect' and 'Edit effect' dialogs to include optional fields for specifying the non-visual attributes of the effect.
  5. Added simulations in Hobbyist and Pro for stationary and moving head DMX lights.
  6. Implement strobing for DMX light effect simulations in Hobbyist and Pro.
  7. Added major new Hobbyist and Pro feature -- 'DMX > Create DMX effect' for defining your own effects for your own fixtures or for the pre-defined fixtures.
  8. Implemented new DMX fixtures: ADJ Inno Pocket Spot Pearl Moving Head Spotlight, Anonymous Fog Jet 7CH, Anonymous Small Steel Gun moving head, Chauvet EZpar 64 par light, Chauvet Geyser RGB Fog Jet, Froggy's Fog Hyperion D6 fog jet, High End Uno Moving Head Spotlight, Karma Par Light, Moka E11 cold sparks machine, Moka H-E04 Flame Machine, OPPSK Light Bar, Rockville 24 Light Bar, Rockville Battery Par 50 Par Light, Rockville BestBAR60, Showven SonicBoom Plus SmokeJet, SpecialFx.it Cold Sparks Machine, SpecialFx.it 18x12W IP65 RGBWAU Par Light, Tengchang Party Fog Jet, U King Two-Bar Spider light, YF Beam 230 Moving Head, Generic 1CH light fixture, and 2CH fogger DMX patch.
  9. Added 'Insert empty cue' to Lite version.
  10. Added major new Hobbyist and Pro feature -- effect macros. Create effect macros from the effect menu, store them in your effect libraries, and click on them to insert a re-usable piece of a script, similar to copy/paste.
  11. Added Hobbyist and Pro feature 'Script > Insert moving effect > Insert spinning wheel' and 'Effects > Effect macros > Create spinning wheel macro'.
  12. Added Hobbyist and Pro feature 'Script > Insert moving effect > Insert girandola' and 'Effects > Effect macros > Create girandola effect macro.
  13. Added Hobbyist and Pro feature 'File > Import > Import PNG file as lance set piece' and 'Effects > Effect macros > Create lance set piece macro from PNG file'. Each Red, Green, or Blue pixel in the PNG becomes a lance. Sims of the individual lance effects don't yet look good, but you can modify them in the Per-show effects table after importing the set piece, if you want.
  14. Added Hobbyist and Pro feature 'Effects > Effect macros > Create set piece macro from selection in script' to convert the selected effects arranged on multiple positions at different coordinates into a macro that inserts onto a single position while maintaining the lance coordinates as position offsets in the Effect Data column of their script rows.
  15. Added Hobbyist and Pro feature 'Script > Insert moving effect > Insert line rocket...'
  16. Cobra: Added firmware version #comment, script header row, and event row attribute #labels to make CSV script files easier to read in other applications like Excel.
  17. Cobra: Added warning in the script export options dialog when the Audio Box filename is too long.
  18. Cobra: Added warning in script export options dialog when Audio Box filename contains invalid characters.
  19. Cobra: Enhanced script export options dialog to differentiate between v5.0.X and v5.1.X firmware versions.
  20. Cobra: Enabled Audio Box support for v3.X and v4.X firmware versions.
  21. Cobra: Added support for script notes -- script rows with a text in the 'Notes' column but not containing a 'Part Number' are now included as note rows in exported Cobra scripts.
  22. Cobra: Made script files exclude part number in braces and fixture ID in brackets in the description field for DMX events, to create more room within the character limit for the DMX channel labels.
  23. FireOne: Fixed bug where semi-auto (.SEM) script files were exported with .FIR file extension.
  24. Mongoose: Made cue numbers in exported scripts increment sequentially.
  25. Mongoose: Made event IDs in exported scripts stable across reloading the show without making changes.
  26. Mongoose: Various improvements to the script file exporter.
  27. Pyromac: Added support for V2 script format export, and for the DMX-BOX.
  28. Pyromac: Fixes and improvements to V2 script export.
  29. Pyromac: Limited DMX comment on script export to 25 characters.
  30. Pyromac: Fixed bug in script exporter DMX Box, and improved handling of simultaneous DMX effects.
  31. Pyrodigital: Added NULL terminator to PDM files to make them compatible with external downloaders to the FC-E Raptor.
  32. Galaxis: Added support for GS2 version 2.7 and 2.8.
  33. Piroshow: Fixed module count in script exporter and added DMX universe count, 0 or 1, if show contains DMX events.
  34. Piroshow: Fixed Piroshow exporter DMX channel value rounding in latest release which caused problems with Explo X2 Wave Flamer macros.
  35. Fixed module count in Cobra and Pyromac export summary dialogs, which previously conflated DMX universes with modules.
  36. Added Show Director export options, and updated documentation page for Show Director CSV export format; options include angle convention, various calculations for cue number.
  37. Added XLSX option for Show Director CSV export, choosing the file type in the filename selection dialog.
  38. Fixed FireOne FIR import to make it preserve imported prefires instead of using effect defaults.
  39. Fixed bug with importing Finale Generic CSV that contain a coordinates column, which would import all positions at the origin instead of at the specified position coordinates.
  40. Improved the show import function for importing show files that contain a 'coordinates' column containing the position coordinates, position angles, and effect angles. The import function now incorporates all that information in the imported show. Finale Generic CSV imported and/or exported from Finale 3D contains and makes use of this data; previously it only imported position coordinates, not position angles, and only a tilt angle for effects, not the full pan, tilt, spin set of three angles.
  41. Fixed rare but possible crash bug during importing Cobra CSV scripts.
  42. Fixed bug in 'Import show' function pertaining to importing the HPR effect angles in the Coordinates column, for imported data that contains a Coordinates column.
  43. Changed the wording in the fan and sequence dialog options to make them more understandable.
  44. Changed hotkey for 'Rotate cakes'.
  45. Fixed undo for 'Flights > Make flights into chains', which previously left residual delays on the effects.
  46. Fixed minor bug in 'Flights > Make flights or chains into fans', which previously could get chain shells out of order in some circumstances.
  47. Resurrected the 'Script > Flights' submenu and functions, for the Pro version.
  48. Added selector options in 'Flights > Make flights into sequences' for different orders, like center to outside and alternating.
  49. Minor UI improvement for 'Script > Chains > Combine as chain' (Ctrl+H) function for error handling case in which effect times and event times are not in the same order.
  50. Made the new height, duration, size, and prefire fields in the 'Create Effect' dialog affect derived values, so changing the height will change the duration or prefire accordingly, etc.
  51. Made the Type field of the new 'Create Effect' dialogs show the user's initial value from the Type column even if different from the type implied by the description.
  52. In the report configuration dialog, removed the consolidation options for the effects window, since they didn't work or make sense for that data set.
  53. Fixed possible crash bug when creating report templates for effects window with collection other than per-show effects.
  54. Fixed minor blemish on pdf reports from effects window by removing the insert button icon from the header of the icon column.
  55. Added special case in labels for cakes rotated at 180 degrees -- Angles* field in labels now prints '180' if cake rotated 180 degrees instead of '| 0' based on the tilt.
  56. Fix bug causing Finale Inventory sync to fail with certain 'strange' part sizes, like 0.76".
  57. Effects: Changed ground flare and bengal effect heights in Generic Effects to 1m.
  58. Effects: Fix bug caused by using a 'mine' break patter for aerial effects
  59. Effects: Fix bug that affected ghost shells with multi-phase stars.
  60. Effects: Fixed rendering bug causing stars and sparks to appear out of nowhere when the scene complexity hit the render particle limit.
  61. Effects: Fix missing fuse trails from effects.
  62. Effects: Improve mortar flare and smoke.
  63. Effects: Re-add break smoke back into the effect parser.
  64. Effects: Fix bug causing break smoke to disappear almost immediately.
  65. Effects: Fix bug in parsing rising crossettes in cakes and fans.
  66. Effects: Fix an effect parsing crash that happened when reading some customized custom sim effects.
  67. Effects: Fix another crash bug with default 'rising' vs 'shell' effects in cakes.
  68. Effects: Fix a tuning bug causing flame effects to last longer than they used to.
  69. Effects: Fix VDL parsing bug causing 'meteor', 'pearl', and 'tail' to not be correctly applied to the rising effect of shells.
  70. Effects: Remove break smoke puffs from popcorn crackle breaks.
  71. Effects: Fix bug causing fountain-style emitters to be affected by wind currents too much.
  72. Effects: Fix cake orientation bug.
  73. Effects: Fix bug causing breaks to be too regular.
  74. Effects: Improve performance of gray screen loading time.
  75. Effects: Fix mine break orientation bug.
  76. Effects: Stop disabling smoke by default on Mac computers.
  77. Effects: Fix simulation issue causing some effects to not behave correctly on some Macs.
  78. Effects: Fix bug causing 'Draw smoke' and 'Draw reflections' to not be saved in per-show-settings.
  79. Effects: Fix bug causing customized mine effects to have their breaks rotated 90 degrees.
  80. Effects: Make effects handle 'pos' and 'hpr' curves in the script table.
  81. Effects: fix a bug causing stale data to be used for position curve data when the effect timestamp or duration changes.
  82. Effects: Fix bug causing some DMX light effects to turn off.
  83. Effects: Fix effect launch locations not taking EffectData into account. This fixes the bug causing breaks at the end of girandolas to burst at the position start location.
  84. Effects: Fix a bug causing petals with identical random-group-ids to not match up their orientations correctly.
  85. Effects: Fixed an import bug causing certain SIM mines to launch some stars very high.
  86. Effects: re-tune basic mine properties.
  87. Effect Editor: Fix window closing bug.
  88. Effect Editor: Fixed color swatches in effect editor.
  89. Effect Editor: Added horizontal sliders for most numerical fields in the effect editor
  90. Effect Editor: Make effect editor only accept valid effect types.
  91. Effect editor: Made editing the prefire field in the effect editor not cause a VDL effect to turn into a custom sim.
  92. Effect Editor: Reimplement sounds in new effect editor.
  93. Effect Editor: Fix bug causing minor changes to alter the randomness of shell breaks.
  94. Effect Editor: Fix bug causing newly typed-in effects to not get a valid effect type.
  95. Effect Editor: Fix bug causing many undo steps to be created when dragging sliders.
  96. Effect Editor: Fixed bug where dragging sliders in the effect editor was very slow and choppy.
  97. Effect editor: Fix broken spark intensity slider.
  98. Effect editor: Allow out-of-range slider values to be typed in.
  99. Effect editor: Make phase color swatches only use the tip colors, not the trail colors, unless there are no tip colors.
  100. Effect editor: Remove bug causing effect values to 'jitter' around values when being edited.
  101. Effect editor: Make an empty string in the VDL field of the effect editor cause a 'magenta comet' to appear like other completely unrecognized strings do.
  102. Effect Editor: Fix a bug in importing custom sim effects with invalid/missing emit curves not getting assigned the default emit curve.
  103. Effect Editor: Remove chain-number-of-devices from Effect Editor.
  104. Effect Editor: Fix a crash bug affecting some rising effects.
  105. Effect Editor: Fix negative numbers inside of customized effects.
  106. Effect Editor: Hide the 'shot' node when there is a single shot node in the tree.
  107. Effect Editor: Put an Input/Output box at the top of the frame again, and remove the effect fields that corresponded to columns in the effects table.
  108. Effect Editor: Add break smoke tuning values to the effect editor.
  109. Effect Editor: Fix bug with some sliders having too large a 'snap-to' granularity when dragging the slider.
  110. Effect Editor: Fix bug where sounds below 'Helicopter' on the dropdown list could not be chosen.
  111. Effect Editor: Fix bug where adding a blank launch node would not work.
  112. Effect Editor: Fix bug causing effect editor to not save & restore window position.
  113. Effect Editor: Fix bug causing certain sound types e.g. 'whistle' to disappear.
  114. Effect Editor: Re-enable the prefire field on the effect node.
  115. Effect Editor: Fix a bug causing certain effect node types to not be copy/paste-able.
  116. Effect Editor: Make editing color values slightly less painful.
  117. Made clicking on fixtures in design view automatically switch to collection of compatible effects in effects window, if there are any.
  118. Fixed DMX channel labels in exported scripts for user-created fixture definitions.
  119. Changed DMX fixture DMX patches for ADJ Fog Fury Jet to turn fot jet on at the same time as lights.
  120. Made DMX effects dialog tell user the name of the catalog to subscribe to for the selected fixture.
  121. Simplified the filter for DMX effects, removing DmxPatch != ''.
  122. Changed Explo X2 Wave Flamer, Showven Circle Flamer and Spark Fabrica Moving Head fixture hardware defined macro effects to be called 'Programs' instead of 'Macros' to clear the way for the upcoming Finale 3D feature of effect macros, seeking to avoid naming confusion.
  123. Changed part numbers of some Explo X2 Wave Flamer, Showven Circle Flamer, and Spark Fabrica Moving Head fixture effects to make the 'Program' effects sort last in the effects window.
  124. Made the right-click on position 'Configure as DMX fixture' command automatically switch to the Effects Window to collection of effects that are compatible with the just defined fixture.
  125. Updated speeds of MARQ moving head DMX fixture.
  126. Changed the heights of light fixture effects.
  127. Updated the VDL of light fixture effects.
  128. Fixed addressing bug in which DMX effects were given pyro addresses if pyro events were at exactly the same times and if modules were not constrained to positions.
  129. Improved DMX strobe time values for Rockville Battery Par 50 Par Light fixture.
  130. Changed the range of fixture IDs reserved for user-defined fixtures to 100-199.
  131. Added 'DMX > Edit DMX effect' dialog for editing existing DMX effects.
  132. Make par light and spotlight show effect type of 'light' instead of 'ground'.
  133. Minor improvements to the 'DMX > Create DMX effect' dialog to make it easier to use.
  134. Excluded DMX fixture positions from rack layout.
  135. Added context-sensitive help text to 'Configure position as DMX fixture' dialog to tell the user what to do.
  136. Improved right-click context menu dialog for configuring position as DMX fixture.
  137. Added support for pyro payloads on drones.
  138. Added 'Admin > Remove imported drone show'.
  139. Excluded drone effects from addressing and racking and rack layout.
  140. Made drone positions render invisible when scrubbing play head.
  141. Fix bug causing drones to light up sometimes when they should not.
  142. Fixed nonlinear motion bug with first sample of drone and other animation data.
  143. Invert Z-axis of imported VVIZ drone show data, according to revised definition of the VVIZ file standard.
  144. Fixed 'Number of tubes around the circle' field in Wheel/Girandola dialogs.
  145. Fixed minor user interface bugs in the dialog of set pieces, wheels, girandolas, and line rockets.
  146. Added wheel orientation options and reversal options in the create spinning wheel dialog.
  147. Improved random number seed initial value for wheels, girandolas, line rockets, and imported set pieces to avoid part number collisions that were confusing to users.
  148. Improved set piece, wheel, and girandola automatically constructed part numbers for user-specified VDL effects by making them globally unique, to avoid part number collisions between set piece, wheel, and girandola effects created at different times with different VDL effects.
  149. Fixed bug in line rockets for 'from' positions that are not in world orientation
  150. Fixed bug with 'File > Import > Import PNG as lance set piece' that had made it unreliable.
  151. Fixed lance set piece bug in user's specification of part number to use for lance; this bug also affected wheels, girandolas, and line rockets.
  152. Extended the 'Import PNG as lance set piece' functions to support up to 6 colors of lances.
  153. Centered imported set pieces on the position horizontally.
  154. Fixed bug in additional three colors added to lance set pieces.
  155. Update Italian UI translations.
  156. Update Spanish UI translations.
  157. Updated Polish UI translation.
  158. Updated Brazilian Portuguese UI translation.
  159. Updated German UI translation.
  160. Updated Ukrainian and Russian UI translation.
  161. Added 'Click action for positions in Design Window' user setting to turn off the automatic collection switching if you don't want it.
  162. Simplified racks and addressing menus for Hobbyist and Pro.
  163. Disabled loading last window arrangement for demo/Lite version.
  164. Moved 'New show from show template' function to Admin menu.
  165. Improved the text vertical alignment in the selectors at top of table windows.
  166. Fixed text overlapping close box in full text filter of table windows.
  167. Added user-defined 'while-playing hotkeys' for effect macros that are active while the show simulation is playing.
  168. Added 'Show > Temporary settings' submenu for the mode options that are not saved.
  169. Added 'Show > Temporary settings > Expand all groups on timeline'.
  170. Improved and fixed some minor bugs in the automatic Effect Window filtering triggered by clicking on fixture positions.
  171. Added new looping feature with 'Show > Looping > Add loop start/end marker' function to loop a section of the show while you are working on it and optionally use the 'while-playing' effect macros to add effects to the section you are working on, layering them in while the simulation is playing.
  172. Added a warning dialog to detect and warn if the active collection has conflicting keyboard shortcuts for effect macros.
  173. Made soundtrack reset correctly for looping start/end markers with new looping feature.
  174. Improved timeline UI for grouped effects involving Move-To effects
  175. Added option in effect macro dialog to make macro always apply to recorded positions no matter what positions are selected.
  176. Made it possible to group a single event, which is useful if you want the event's timeline bar to cascade vertically on the timeline as groups do instead of being at a fixed Y coordinate based on the fixture, for DMX effects.
  177. Improved menu names for custom collection/layout hot keys in effects menu.
  178. Added 'Effects > Effect macros > Find and replace inside macros' to facilitate making global substitutions of effects or positions in a batch of selected macros in one fell swoop.
  179. Fixed bug in 'Edit VDL dialog' recently introduced when the effect macro dialog was added.
  180. Fixed bug where sometimes sounds got skipped during playback.
  181. Added right-click context menu for timeline cue flags.
  182. Added 'Add to My Effects' main menu item and right-click context menu item for Effects Window.
  183. Improved right-click context menus for Effects Window by removing functions that don't apply to read-only collections.
  184. Added hover highlight for stretch bracket on right end of timeline bars.
  185. Improved menu item names in Effects menu.
  186. Fixed bug introduced by effect macros that the 'i' key for inserting had stopped working while the show was playing.
  187. Added informative warning message if attempting to apply a macro with references to positions that are not present in the show.
  188. Added 'Export > Export camera coordinates...' as a Pro feature that exports a CSV file.
  189. Added 'Camera > Display camera coordinates' as a Pro feature that pops up current camera coordinates in a dialog.
  190. Fixed a 'dropdown not working' issue
  191. Added icons for effect editor dropdowns
  192. Made effect macro names not automatically include the position names if the user has not checked the 'Apply to recorded positions' checkbox.
  193. Fixed printing crash bug on the 'Special reports > Effects Collection Product Report'.
  194. Added 'Edit > Select special > Select all DMX/drone/pyro events'.
  195. Added 'Script > Hide special > Hide as group / Hide timeline bars and trajectories / Hide timeline bars and trajectories as group.
  196. Added 'Positions > Options > Show drone position names'.
  197. Added 'Positions > Options > Hide position shadows'.
  198. Minor fix to manual editing of Motion Data and Effect Data fields to enable clearing the field by entering empty string.
  199. Removed obsolete 'compatibility mode' render setting from 'File > Render settings'
  200. Fixed problem with spaces in table filter/selector values.
  201. Fixed minor voice cues bug occurring if user has no module types in script and relies on show information's default module type, and that module type is custom module.
  202. Added 'Subtype' to the script window, referencing the effects window.
  203. Added 'Tubes' column to script window, referencing effects window, so it can be used in reports to count the total number of shots in the show, using the Tubes column to count the number of tubes in the device, which is one for individual effects and the same as the number of shots for cakes
  204. Added Pyrodigital options in the addressing dialog to start from FM 01 instead of FM 00.
  205. Added new functions in the right-click context menu in the Effects Window to 'Copy visual description' and 'Paste visual description', which copy/paste a 'full VDL' text string that includes the size, height, prefire, and duration parameters in the VDL, similar to the input field in Create/Edit effect dialog.
  206. Fixed problem of dialogs appearing in bad locations on multi-monitor configurations in which a monitor has negative global desktop origin coordinates.
  207. Small change to the 'Re-address' link at the bottom of the rack layout window - now the 'beginning with module XYZ' field of the dialog applies with higher priority than starting from the same module as the position currently uses.
  208. Improved blue gear menu 'Export table' function by adding option to include hidden columns in export.
  209. Reduced and simplified txt/csv export options relating to character encoding.
  210. Added 'Edit > Paste special > Paste including rail/pin/rack addresses'.
  211. Added new function, 'Effects > Quotas > Set quotas to on hand...'.
  212. Added 'Effects > Quotas > Subtract used from quotas...'.
  213. Added 'File > Export > Export quotas...'.
  214. Added 'File > Export > Export used quantities...'.
  215. Added 'Edit > Select special > Select events not in effects collection'.
  216. Adjusted default Effects Window table layout to widen icon view to make preview arrow visible on narrow screens.
  217. Improve real-time rendering performance on Mac computers.
  218. Changed specification of the Coordinates column of the Finale Generic CSV export format to include the effects' position-relative PAN, TILT, SPIN angles instead of world-relative HEADING, PITCH, ROLL angles; leaving the angles of the positions themselves as world-relative HEADING, PITCH, ROLL; and also made the corresponding change to the show import functions for importing Finale Generic CSV with full PAN, TILT, SPIN effect angles. Please see updated documentation on the website - search for 'coordinates' to see specification of PAN, TILT, SPIN and HEADING, PITCH, ROLL. Search for 'Finale Generic CSV' to see the file format specification.
  219. Make W and Ctrl+Enter keyboard shortcuts fill empty cues at play head time even when empty cue is not selected.
  220. Make W and Ctrl+Enter keyboard shortcuts expand an effect macro instead of inserting the macro itself, which doesn't make any sense and which was a bug.
  221. Improved contrast of selected event bars on timeline.
  222. Made it possible to adjust durations of multiple effects on timeline simultaneously by dragging their endcap, if effects all have the same trigger time; a common use case is adding safety channels or DMX light modifiers like 'With Strobing' to multiple positions all at once and then wanting to stretch their durations together.
  223. Clear all filters when launching the application, to avoid users' forgetting and being confused.
  224. Clear all filters when filtering for compatible DMX fixtures such as when clicking on a fixture in the design view.
  225. Better error handling in 'Rename positions' dialog for catching the @-sign, which causes problems.
  226. Minor UI fix for copy/paste event over unselected empty cue; previously added pasted content without removing the empty cue, now pasted content replaces the empty cue.
  227. Fixed a UI bug for copy/paste on timeline when editing within a group, which previously copied the entire group if script table option to display groups as a single row was checked ON.
  228. Added new rack layout context menu item for right-click on racks -- 'Rearrange racks based on addresses' which rearranges the selected racks left to right by increasing rail and pin addresses.
  1. Improved contrast of selected event bars on timeline.
  2. Made it possible to adjust durations of multiple effects on timeline simultaneously by dragging their endcap, if effects all have the same trigger time; a common use case is adding safety channels or DMX light modifiers like 'With Strobing' to multiple positions all at once and then wanting to stretch their durations together.
  3. Clear all filters when launching the application, to avoid users' forgetting and being confused.
  4. Clear all filters when filtering for compatible DMX fixtures such as when clicking on a fixture in the design view.
  5. Effects: Fix effect launch locations not taking EffectData into account. This fixes the bug causing breaks at the end of girandolas to burst at the position start location.
  6. Updated German UI translations.
  7. Minor UI improvement for control+H Make-Into-Chain function for error handling case in which effect times and event times are not in the same order.
  8. Better error handling in 'Rename positions' dialog for catching the @-sign, which causes problems.
  9. Minor UI fix for copy/paste event over unselected empty cue; previously added pasted content without removing the empty cue, now pasted content replaces the empty cue.
  10. Updated Ukrainian and Russian UI translations.
  11. Fixed a UI bug for copy/paste on timeline when editing within a group, which previously copied the entire group if script table option to display groups as a single row was checked ON.
  12. Effects: Fix a bug causing petals with identical random-group-ids to not match up their orientations correctly.
  13. Effects: Fixed an import bug causing certain SIM mines to launch some stars very high.
  14. Effects: re-tune basic mine properties.
  15. Added special case in labels for cakes rotated at 180 degrees -- Angles* field in labels now prints '180' if cake rotated 180 degrees instead of '| 0' based on the tilt.
  16. Added new rack layout context menu item for right click on racks -- 'Rearrange racks based on addresses' which rearranges the selected rakcs left to right by increasing rail and pin addresses.
  17. Effect Editor: Make editing color values slightly less painful.
  1. Updated Ukrainian and Russian translations.
  2. Fixed lance set piece bug in user's specification of part number to use for lance; this bug also affected wheels, girandolas, and line rockets.
  3. Fixed minor user interface bugs in the dialog of set pieces, wheels, girandolas, and line rockets.
  4. Added wheel orientation options and reversal options in the create spinning wheel dialog.
  5. Improved random number seed initial value for wheels, girandolas, line rockets, and imported set pieces to avoid part number collisions that were confusing to users.
  6. Extended the 'Import PNG as lance set piece' functions to support up to 6 colors of lances.
  7. Centered imported set pieces on the the position horizontally.
  8. Fixed bug in additional three colors added to lance set pieces.
  9. Improved set piece, wheel, and girandola automatically constructed part numbers for user-specified VDL effects by making them globally unique, to avoid part number collisions between set piece, wheel, and girandola effects created at different times with different VDL effects.
  10. Make hotkeys W and control+enter select the empty event at playhead if no events selected, prior to inserting, which causes the inserted effect to fill into the selected empty effect.
  11. Make hotkeys W and control+enter expand an effect macro instead of inserting the macro itself, which doesn't make any sense and which was a bug.
  12. Updated Brazilian Portuguese translation.
  13. Effects: Fix bug causing some DMX light effects to turn off.
  1. Implement strobing modifiers for DMX effects.
  1. Fixed 'Number of tubes around the circle' field in Wheel/Girandola dialogs.
  2. Fixed nonlinear motion bug with first sample of drone and other animation data.
  3. Invert Z-axis of imported VVIZ drone show data, according to revised definition of the VVIZ file standard.
  4. Added 'File > Import > Import PNG file as lance set piece' and 'Effects > Effect macros > Create lance set piece macro from PNG file'. Each Red, Green, or Blue pixel in the PNG becomes a lance. Sims of the individual lance effects don't yet look good, but you can modify them in the Per-show effects table after importing the set piece, if you want.
  5. Added 'Effects > Effect macros > Create set piece macro from selection in script' to convert the selected effects arranged on multiple positions at different coordinates into a macro that inserts onto a single position while maintaining the lance coordinates as position offsets in the Effect Data column of their script rows.
  6. Added 'Script > Insert moving effect > Insert line rocket...'
  7. Fixed bug with 'File > Import > Import PNG as lance set piece' that had made it unreliable.
  8. Fix bug causing Finale Inventory sync to fail with certain 'strange' part sizes, like 0.76".
  1. Effects: Fix bug causing customized mine effects to have their breaks rotated 90 degrees.
  2. Fix bug causing drone show drones to light up with orange lights sometimes when they should not.
  3. Update Ukrainian and Russian translations.
  4. Effects: Make effects handle 'pos' and 'hpr' curves in the script table.
  5. Added 'Script > Insert moving effect > Insert spinning wheel' and 'Effects > Effect macros > Create spinning wheel macro'.
  6. Added 'Script > Insrt moving effect > Insert girandola' and 'Effects > Effect macros > Create girandola effect macro.
  7. Effects: fix a bug causing stale data to be used for position curve data when the effect timestamp or duration changes.
  1. Effects: Stop disabling smoke by default on Mac computers.
  2. Fix simulation issue causing some effects to not behave correctly on some Macs.
  3. Fix bug causing 'Draw smoke' and 'Draw reflections' to not be saved in per-show-settings.
  1. Improve performance on Mac computers.
  2. Changed specification of the Coordinates column of the Finale Generic CSV export format to include the effects' position-relative PAN, TILT, SPIN angles instead of world-relative HEADING, PITCH, ROLL angles; leaving the angles of the positions themselves as world-relative HEADING, PITCH, ROLL; and also made the corresponding change to the show import functions for importing Finale Generic CSV with full PAN, TILT, SPIN effect angles. Please see updated documentation on the website, search for the word 'coordinates' to see specification of PAN, TILT, SPIN and HEADING, PITCH, ROLL, and search for 'Finale Generic CSV' to see the file format specification.
  1. Small change to the 'readdress' link at the bottom of the rack layout window - now the 'beginning with module XYZ' field of the dialog applies with higher priority than starting from the same module as the position currently uses.
  2. Fixed Cobra exporter for v3 and v4 hardware, enabling user to turn on/off audiobox.
  3. Test for invalid characters in Cobra audiobox filename and display red warning text if so.
  4. Improved blue gear menu 'Export table' function by adding option to include hidden columns in export.
  5. Reduced and simplified txt/csv export options relating to character encoding.
  6. Fixed minor blemish on pdf reports from effects window by removing the insert button icon from the header of the icon column.
  7. Added 'Edit > Paste special > Paste including rail/pin/rack addresses'.
  8. Updated German UI translation.
  9. Added new function, 'Effects > Quotas > Set quotas to on hand...'.
  10. Added 'Effects > Quotas > Subtract used from quotas...'.
  11. Added 'File > Export > Export quotas...'.
  12. Added 'File > Export > Export used quantities...'.
  13. Added 'Edit > Select special > Select events not in effects collection'.
  14. Adjusted default effects window table layout to widen icon view to make preview arrow visible on narrow screens.
  15. Fixed bug in 'Import show' function pertaining to importing the HPR effect angles in the Coordinates column, for imported data that contains a Coordinates column.
  1. Fixed bug in exporter for Pyromac DMX Box, and improved handling of simultaneous DMX effects.
  2. Added Pyrodigital options in the addressing dialog to start from FM 01 instead of FM 00.
  3. Added new functions in the right-click context menu in the effects window to 'Copy visual description' and 'Paste visual description', which copy/paste a 'full VDL' text string that includes the size, height, prefire, and duration parameters in the VDL, similar to the input field in the control-G dialog for creating or editing effects. These new functions make it easy to copy/paste simulations between effects and into or out of email or excel as just a single line like '50mm 58m 3.1s Red Comet' instead of just the VDL field itself which is typically stripped down to just 'Red Comet' and is therefore incomplete as a full visual description.
  4. Effects: Fix bug causing breaks to be too regular.
  5. Effects: Improve performance of gray screen loading time.
  6. Fixed problem of dialogs appearing in bad locations on multi-monitor configurations in which a monitor has negative global desktop origin coordinates.
  7. Effects: Fix mine break orientation bug.
  1. Improvements to drone show import function and features.
  2. Added support for Moka E11 cold sparks machine, DMX.
  3. Added Show Director export options, and updated documentation page for Show Director CSV export format; options include angle convention, various calculations for cue number.
  4. Added XLSX option for Show Director CSV export, choosing the file type in the filename selection dialog.
  5. Made drone positions render invisible when scrubbing playhead.
  6. Minor fix to manual editing of Motion Data and Effect Data fields to enable clearing the field by entering empty string.
  7. Added context-sensitive help text to 'Configure position as DMX fixture' dialog to tell the user what to do.
  8. Effects: Fix a tuning bug causing flame effects to last longer than they used to.
  9. Effect Editor: Re-enable the prefire field on the effect node.
  10. Effect Editor: Fix a bug causing certain effect node types to not be copy/paste-able.
  11. Disable smoke by default on Mac, until we figure out the performance issue.
  12. Remove the 'compatibility mode' render setting. It was already no longer affecting renderer output.
  13. Updated Brazilian Portuguese translation.
  14. Improved right-click context menu dialog for configuring position as DMX fixture.
  15. Fixed FireOne FIR import to make it preserve imported prefires instead of using effect defaults.
  16. Fixed problem with spaces in table filter/selector values.
  17. Fixed minor voice cues bug occuring if user has no module types in script and relies on show informaiton's default module type, and that module type is custom module.
  18. Fixed bug with importing Finale Generic CSV that contain a coorrdinates column, which would import all positions at the origin instead of at the specified position coordinates.
  19. Improved the show import function for importing show files that contain a 'coordinates' column containing the position coordinates, position angles, and effect angles. The import function now incorporates all that information in the imported show. Finale Generic CSV imported and/or exported from Finale 3D contains and makes use of this data; previously it only imported position coordinates, not position angles, and only a tilt angle for effects, not the full pan, tilt, spin set of three angles.
  20. Added 'Subtype' to the script window, referencing the effects window.
  21. In the report configuration dialog, removed the consolidation options for the effects window, since they didn't work or make sense for that data set.
  22. Fixed rare but possible crash bug during importing Cobra CSV scripts.
  23. Fixed possibel crash bug when creating report templates for effects window with collection other than per-show effects.
  24. Added 'Tubes' column to script window, referencing effects window, so it can be used in reports to count the total number of shots in the show, using the Tubes column to count the number of tubes in the device, which is one for individual effects and the same as the number of shots for cakes; thanks Paul Souza for this clever idea!
  25. Effects: Fix VDL parsing bug causing 'meteor', 'pearl', and 'tail' to not be correctly applied to the rising effect of shells.
  26. Remove break smoke puffs from popcorn crackle breaks.
  27. Fix bug causing fountain-style emitters to be affected by wind currents too much.
  1. Added support for pyro payloads on drones.
  2. Added 'Admin > Remove imported drone show'.
  3. Excluded drone effects from addressing and racking and rack layout.
  4. Excluded DMX fixture positions from rack layout.
  5. Updated Ukrainian and Russian UI translations.
  6. Effects: Fix another crash bug with default 'rising' vs 'shell' effects in cakes.
  1. Fix an effect parsing crash that happened when reading some customized blob effects.
  1. Work in progress -- File > Import > Import drone show.
  2. Added 'Edit > Select special > Select all DMX/drone/pyro events'.
  3. Added 'Script > Hide special > Hide as group / Hide timeline bars and trajectories / Hide timeline bars and trajectories as group.
  4. Added 'Positions > Options > Show drone position names'.
  5. Added 'Positions > Options > Hide position shadows'.
  6. Effects: Re-add break smoke back into the effect parser.
  7. Effect Editor: Add break smoke tuning values to the effect editor.
  8. Effect Editor: Fix bug with some sliders having too large a 'snap-to' granularity when dragging the slider.
  9. Effect Editor: Fix bug where sounds below 'Helicopter' on the dropdown list could not be chosen.
  10. Effect Editor: Fix bug where adding a blank launch node would not work.
  11. Effects: Fix bug causing break smoke to disappear almost immediately.
  12. Effects: Fix bug in parsing rising crossettes in cakes and fans.
  13. Effect Editor: Fix bug causing effect editor to not save&restore window position.
  14. Effect Editor: Fix bug causing certain sound types e.g. 'whistle' to disappear.
  1. Additional minor improvements to Cobra export dialog.
  2. Effect Editor: Put an Input/Output box at the top of the frame again, and remove the effect fields that corresponded to columns in the effects table.
  3. Effect Parsing: Improve mortar flare and smoke.
  1. Fixes and improvements to Pyromac V2 script export.
  2. Limited DMX comment on Pyromac exporter to 25 characters.
  3. Added NULL terminator to Pyrodigital PDM files to make them compatible with external downloaders to the FC-E Raptor.
  4. Improvements to Cobra exporter and better error checking against firmware limitations.
  5. Effect Editor: Remove chain-number-of-devices from Effect Editor.
  6. Effect Editor: Fix a crash bug affecting some rising effects.
  7. Minor improvements to the 'DMX > Create DMX effect' dialog to make it easier to use.
  8. Updated Russian and Ukrainian translations.
  9. Added support for Galaxis GS2 version 2.7 and 2.8.
  10. Minor improvement to Cobra export dialog relating to audiobox filename.
  11. Fixed module count in Cobra and Pyromac export summary dialogs, which previously conflated DMX universes with modules.
  12. Effect Editor: Fix negative numbers inside of customized effects.
  13. Fixed module count in Piroshow exporter and added DMX universe count, 0 or 1, if show contains DMX events.
  14. Effect Editor: Hide the 'shot' node when there is a single shot node in the tree.
  1. Various improvements to the Mongoose exporter.
  2. Added support for Pyromac V2 script format export, and for the DMX-BOX.
  3. Fixed rendering bug causing stars and sparks to appear out of nowhere when the scene complexity hit the render particle limit.
  4. Fix missing fuse trails from effects.
  5. Effect editor: Fix broken spark intensity slider.
  6. Effect editor: allow out-of-range slider values to be typed in.
  7. Effect editor: Make phase color swatches only use the tip colors, not the trail colors, unless there are no tip colors.
  8. Effect editor: Remove bug causing effect values to 'jitter' around values when being edited.
  9. Fixed printing crash bug on the 'Special reports > Effects Collection Product Report'.
  10. Effect editor: Make an empty string in the VDL field of the effect editor cause a 'magenta comet' to appear like other completely unrecognized strings do.
  11. Fix a bug in importing blob effects with invalid/missing emit curves not getting assigned the default emit curve.
  1. Made effect macro names not automatically include the position names if the user has not checked the 'Apply to recorded positions' checkbox.
  2. Made cue numbersin Mongoose exported scripts increment sequentially.
  3. Made event IDs in Mongoose exported scripts stable across reloading the show without making changes.
  4. Fix bug that affected ghost shells with multi-phase stars.
  5. Fix bug causing minor effect editor changes to change the randomness of shell breaks.
  6. Fix effect editor bug causing newly typed-in effects to not get a valid effect type.
  7. Fix effect editor bug causing many undo steps to be created when dragging sliders.
  8. Fixed bug where dragging sliders in the effect editor was very slow and choppy.
  1. Added support for the ADJ Inno Pocket Spot Pearl Moving Head Spotlight fixture.
  2. Improved DMX strobe time values for Rockville Battery Par 50 Par Light fixture.
  3. Added 'DMX > Create DMX effect' dialog for defining your own effects for your own fixtures or for the pre-defined fixtures.
  4. Changed the range of fixture IDs reserved for user-defined fixtures to 100-199.
  5. Added 'DMX > Edit DMX effect' dialog for editing existing DMX effects.
  6. EFFECT EDITOR: The effect editor is still considered 'alpha' software.
  7. Fixed color swatches in effect editor.
  8. Added horizontal sliders for most number fields.
  9. Fixed a 'dropdown not working' issue, but more still remain to be fixed.
  10. Make alpha blurb not overlap effect tree.
  11. Fixed: Effect editor selects need dropdown icons.
  12. Make effect editor only accept valid effect types.
  13. Make par light and spotlight show effect type of 'light' instead of 'ground'.
  14. Make editing the prefire field not cause a VDL effect to turn into a blob.
  15. Wire up sound nodes.
  16. Fix bug from Jon Loreto around using mine breaks in the sky.
  1. THIS IS THE FIRST PUBLIC BETA RELEASE WITH THE NEW EFFECT PARSER AND EFFECT EDITOR CHANGES.
  2. The new Effect Editor is an alpha-level feature, you may need to stay on an older version if you need to edit effects. Effects edited with older versions should work fine in this release, but you may have trouble editing them with this release.
  3. There are many changes to the way VDL effects are parsed and built. There may be small differences in the looks of effects between older releases and this one. There should not be large differences, if you see some, please report them to us.
  4. This release is the first public beta that supports 'move-to' effects and light beams.
  5. ---
  6. Added script notes feature for Cobra exports -- script rows with a 'Note' field but not containing 'Part Number' field are included as note rows in exported Cobra scripts.
  7. Updated Polish UI translation.
  8. Fixed undo for 'Flights > Make flights into chains', which previously left residual delays on the effects.
  9. Fixed minor bug in 'Flights > Make flights or chains into fans', which previously could get chain shells out of order in some circumstances.
  10. Resurrected the 'Script > Flights' submenu and functions, for the Pro version.
  11. Added selector options in 'Flights > Make flights into sequences' for different orders, like center to outside and alternating.
  12. Updated Brazilian Portuguese UI translation.
  13. Added major new feature -- effect macros. Create effect macros from the effect menu, store them in your effect libraries, and click on them to insert a re-usable piece of a script, similar to copy/paste.
  14. Added user-defined 'while-playing hotkeys' for effect macros that are active while the show simulation is playing.
  15. Added 'Show > Temporary settings' submenu for the mode options that are not saved.
  16. Added 'Show > Temporary settings > Expand all groups on timeline'.
  17. Improved and fixed some minor bugs in the automatic effect window filtering triggered by clicking on fixture positions.)Fixed clang detected bugs
  18. Added new looping feature with 'Show > Looping > Add loop start/end marker' function to loop a section of the show while you are working on it and optionally use the 'while-playing' effect macros to add effects to the section you are working on, layering them in while the simulation is playing.
  19. Added a warning dialog to detect and warn if the active collection has conflicting keybowrd shortcuts for effect macros.
  20. Made soundtrack reset correctly for looping start/end markers with new looping feature.
  21. Improved timeline UI for grouped effects involving Move-To effects)* Fixed some of the cake assembler tests
  22. Added option in effect macro dialog to make macro always apply to recorded positions no matter what positions are selected.
  23. Made it possible to group a single event, which is useful if you want the event's timeline bar to cascade vertically on the timeline as groups do instead of being at a fixed Y coordinate based on the fixture, for DMX effects.
  24. Improved menu names for custom collection/layout hot keys in effects menu.
  25. Added 'Effects > Effect macros > Find and replace inside macros' to facilitate making global substitutions of effects or positions in a batch of selected macros in one fell swoop.
  26. Fixed bug in 'Edit VDL dialog' recently introduced when the effect macro dialog was added.
  27. Added DMX support for Froggy's Fog Hyperion D6 fog jet, and U King Two-Bar Spider light, and Tengchang Party Fog Jet.
  28. Fixed bug in 'Edit VDL dialog' recently introduced when the effect macro dialog was added.
  29. Added DMX support for Froggy's Fog Hyperion D6 fog jet, and U King Two-Bar Spider light, and Tengchang Party Fog Jet.
  30. Fixed bug where sometimes sounds got skipped during playback.
  31. Added 2-channel fogger DMX patch.
  32. Updated speeds of MARQ moving head DMX fixture.
  33. Added 'Insert empty cue' to LITE version.
  34. Added right click context menu for timeline cue flags.
  35. Added a generic 1CH light fixture.
  36. Added 'Add to My Effects' main menu item and right click context menu item for Effects Window.
  37. Improved right click context menus for Effects Window by removing r/w functions on read-only collections.
  38. Changed the heights of light fixture effects.
  39. Updated the VDL of light fixture effects.
  40. Added hover highlight for stretch bracket on right end of timeline bars.
  41. Improved the 'Create effect' and 'Edit effect' dialogs to include optional fields for specifying the non-visual attributes of the effect.
  42. Improved menu item names in Effects menu.
  43. Fixed bug introduced by effect macros that the 'i' key for inserting had stopped working while the show was playing.
  44. Made the new height, duration, size, and prefire fields in the 'Create Effect' dialog affect derived values, so changing the height will change the duration or prefire accordingly, etc.
  45. Made the Type field of the new 'Create Effect' dialogs show the user's initial value from the Type column even if different from the type implied by the description.
  46. Added informative warning message if attempting to apply a macro with references to positions that are not present in the show.
  47. Added DMX fixture implementations for Moka H-E04 Flame Machine, Rockville BestBAR60, Rockville 24 Light Bar, Anonymous Fog Jet 7CH, OPPSK Light Bar, Karma Par Light.
  48. Added support for DMX fixture High End Uno Moving Head Spotlight.
  49. Added DMX implementation for Chauvet Geyser RGB Fog Jet, and Chauvet EZpar 64 par light.
  50. Changed ground flare and bengal effect heights in Generic Effects to 1m.
  51. Fixed addressing bug in which DMX effects were given pyro addresses if pyro events were at exactly the same times and if modules were not constrained to positions.
  52. Added Rockville Battery Par 50 Par Light, and YF Beam 230 Moving Head DMX support.
  53. Added 'Export > Export camera coordinates...' as a Pro feature that exports a CSV file.
  54. Added 'Camera > Display camera coordinates' as a Pro feature that pops up current camera coordinates in a dialog.
  1. Fix effect editor window closing bug.
  2. Update Spanish and Italian UI translations.
  3. Made DMX effects dialog tell user the name of the catalog to subscribe to for the selected fixture.
  4. Simplified the filter for DMX effects, removing DmxPatch != ''.
  5. Changed Explo X2 Wave Flamer, Showven Circle Flamer and Spark Fabrica Moving Head fixture hardware defined macro effects to be called 'Programs' instead of 'Macros' to clear the way for the upcoming Finale 3D feature of effect macros, seeking to avoid naming confusion.
  6. Changed part numbers of some Explo X2 Wave Flamer, Showven Circle Flamer, and Spark Fabrica Moving Head fixture effects to make the 'Program' effects sort last in the effects window.
  7. Fixed text overlapping close box in full text filter of table windows.
  8. Made the right click on position 'Configure as DMX fixture' command automatically switch to the effects window to collection of effects that are compatible with the just defined fixture.
  9. Made clicking on fixtures in design view automatically switch to collection of compatible effects in effects window, if there are any.
  10. Added 'Click action for positions in Design Window' user setting to turn off the automatic collection switching if you don't want it.
  1. In Cobra exporter, exclude part number in braces and fixture ID in brackets in the description field for DMX events, to create more room within the character limit for the DMX channel labels.
  2. Fixed DMX channel labels in exported scripts for user-created fixture definitions.
  3. Updated Brazilian Portuguese UI.
  4. Simplified racks and addressing menus for Hobbyist and Pro.
  5. Fixed SEM exporting for FireOne.
  6. Disabled loading last window arrangement for demo/Lite version.
  7. Added new Anonymous Small Steel Can moving head gobo light fixture DMX support, Standard Fixture ID 059.
  8. Moved 'New show from show template' function to Admin menu.
  9. Changed the wording in the fan and sequence dialog options to make them more understandable.
  10. Improved the text vertical alignment in the selectors at top of table windows.
  11. Added DMX support for SpecialFx.it 18x12W IP65 RGBWAU Par Light, Standard Fixture ID 060.
  12. Changed hotkey for 'Rotate cakes'.
  13. Added DMX support for SpecialFx.it Cold Sparks Machine, Standard Fixture ID 061.
  14. Fixed Piroshow exporter DMX channel value rounding in latest release which caused problems with Explo X2 Wave Flamer macros.
  15. Changed DMX fixture DMX patches for ADJ Fog Fury Jet to turn fot jet on at the same time as lights.
  16. Added DMX support for ShowVen SonicBoom Plus SmokeJet, Standard Fixture ID 062.
  1. Widened menus on report config dialogs.
  2. Added option to turn off zebra striping on reports.
  3. Added a large section of conditional formatting options to reports for changing the formatting of cells or rows based on user-defined criteria.
  4. Added support for Cobra 36 LED Par Light, which is compatible with EasyDancing fixtures.
  5. Added EX Number, UN Number, and CE Number script columns, refering effects table, making them available to reports and labels.
  6. Added Safety Distance column to positions window and added 'Position Safety Distance' to the script window by reference to make it available in reports, especially for the safety distance report that compares effect safety distances with position safety distance.
  7. Fix the couple of missing properties from the sort-by selectors and other selectors in the report config dialogs.
  8. For printed reports, disabled the automatic quantity in parentheses prepended to the description names, since reports typically have a separate column for device quantity if desired.
  9. Fixed the description field formatting in rows so that it contains ellipses at the end if and only if the row represents multiple devices that are not all the same; no ellipsis if they are the same.
  10. Fixed annoying bug in the gear menu 'Select/edit/save table layout from report' functions that reformatted the window unnecessarily.
  11. Fixed gear menu 'Reset table layout' which didn't work in the racks window.
  12. Added report configuration option to center text alignment in chosen fields.
  13. Added highlights for multiiple e-match rows in Wiring Script report; also highlighted non-blank notes fields; centered text in various columns; highlighted rail/pin columns; general formatting improvements
  14. Improved formatting of Cue Sheet report and changed name to Pinboard Cue Sheet. Added box around the rail field when it changes from previous row to indicate to alert the operator of the pinboard.
  15. Added Safety Distance report that compares positions' declared safety distance against the safety distance of effects launched from the position, and highlights any rows with insufficient position safety distances.
  16. Fixed bad crashing bug in labels introduced in the last release.
  17. Added 'Print again to temporary file' function to main File menu to make it quick to print a preview of a report multiple times without choosing a filename each time.
  18. Added support for new Pyrodigy script file format that has full DMX capabilities.
  19. Updated the Pyrotronix PTX2 exporter for DMX support for triggering pre-defined presets on the controller -- please see new Pyrotronix PTX documentation in the firing systems section on the finale software documentation page.
  20. Fixed minor problem with ptx2 extension being added twice.)NTOE(Added error checking for ptx2 DMX effects that are missing the information in the Category and Custom Part Field information that is required for Pyrotronix scripts.
  21. Removed the Pyrotronix DMX-specific module types and made the general Pyrotronix module types support both pyro and DMX, based on whether the positions are configured as DMX fixtures.
  22. Added support for ADJ QWH12X RGB Par light fixture by DMX.
  23. Added support for MARQ Gesture Spot 100 Moving Head DMX fixture.
  24. Added support for Cauvet Slim Par 56 par light DMX fixture.
  25. Minor additions to the DMX Patch language with shorter terms to make DMX Patches fewer characters.
  26. Defined standard flash effects and move-to DMX effects for the color orange, and implemented in the MARQ Gesture Spot 100 effects, which are in the Assorted DMX supplier catalog.
  27. Added DMX support for the Hansol Volcano flame system.
  28. Added Polish UI translation.
  29. Changed the automatic 1-sec and 5-sec timeline playhead snapping UI from engaging whenever cursor Y delta exceeds threshold to engaging whenever cursor Y is dragged above timeline, because users didn't understand that the snapping was a feature and thought it was just broken.
  30. Added 'File > Admin > Update standard blueprints in show...' menu item to update blueprints saved in show if the software has a more up to date version available.
  31. Added check when opening show for out of date blueprints, and put up a dialog asking if user wants to update them if there are any. Record a flag if user declines so as not to harass user every time the show is opened.
  32. Made the 'Used' and 'Available' fields in the effecs window display the number zero if the contents are zero, instead of blank. Display blank if the contents are undefined.
  33. Made the 'Used' and 'Available' columns in the effect window show the red and green highlights when their values are zero and the highlighting conditions are met, but not if their values are undefined/blank.
  34. Improvements to Mongoose exporter.
  35. Fixed unnecessary safety channel warning on Showven uFlamer fixtured.
  36. Minor fixes to the 'Pinboard Cue Sheet' report.
  37. Fixed right click hit detection on position group flower icon labels and camera preset labels.
  38. Updated Ukrainian and Russian UI translations.
  39. Added absolute value function ABS to conditional formattiong expression language to facilitate comparing numbers with precision error tolerance.
  40. Added CONTAINSSUBSTRING function to conditional formatting expression language.
  41. Changed the 'Padding' field in label customizations to 'Vertical padding' and added 'Horizontal padding' field, to decouple the two types of padding.
  42. Added a checkbox 'Shift interiors away from zero-margin edges' to label customizations to enable the user to turn this feature off.
  43. Fixed reports conditional formatting for special table cells like locked address cells.
  44. Added 'Renumber racks right to left', to complement the existing feature 'Renumber racks left to right' on the context menu for right clicking on racks in the layout view.
  45. Revamped the 'Make into sequence' dialog and added more patterns -- progression in pairs, and center to outside alternating.
  46. Added menu options to 'Make into sequence' dialog that give user explicit control over whether items are sorted and/or grouped by position or angle. Also added the option to apply multiple effects toward multiple cycles of the sequence, and a similar option to make multiple cycles of the sequence bouncing back and forth.
  47. If user creates a bouncing sequence in the 'Make into sequence' dialog and has the same number of effects at every position, present a dialog to the user offering to remove the doubled up turnarounds automatically.
  48. Added DMX support for Hansol Sunshine 5 head flame system.
  49. Revamped the 'Make into fan' dialog, adding the capability to make fans sorting by effect time, center to outside or outside to center, and adding a help message box on the dialog that explains what all the options do.
  50. Improved the styling of warning and info messages in fan/sequence dialogs.
  51. Fixed minor bug in sequence dialog info message.
  52. Further improvements to the fan and sequence dialogs.
  53. Added 'Dummy Cue' to Generic Effects collection, to use for dummy script rows that do get firing system addresses.
  54. Updated standard report templates that filter out items without firing system addresses to filter based on pin field instead of type field, so they don't get confused by dummy cues.
  55. Added 'Reverse order' checkbox to 'Make into sequence' dialog.
  56. Moved 'Easy Racks user settings' and 'Save startup template' into 'File > User settings' submenu and moved 'Print again' into reports, labels, and diagrams submenus, to simplify the main file menu.
  57. Removed the 'Select similar' options since the yellow position flowers serve the need for positions.
  58. Updated Ukrainian and Russian translations.
  59. Changed a few hot keys so common functions would have convenient hot keys.
  60. Improved 'Delete songs' function to work even if no songs are selected.
  61. Improved backdrop image adjustment dialog.
  62. Removed 'Background images > Ground tile images' since it wasn't used that much. Added 'Reset ground image' menu item.
  63. Added 'Beginning with module number []' option on addressing dialog, making it easy to begin addressing for the show at any module number.
  64. 'Tools > Open firing system script as generic table' now shows raw data for Cobra CSV files.
  65. Added 'Alternate' column in script table for firing systems that support triggering alternate effects manually during or after a pyromusical; implemented Cobra's Alternate 1 and Alternate 2 options.
  66. Minor improvement to sorting of options in the fixture context menu 'Add DMX effect for fixture.'
  67. Minor improvement to timeline bar stretching UI for circumstances in which two items are selected.
  68. Present 'Firing system script options' dialog when user exports firing system scripts, the dialog containing options specific to the firing systems involved, such as standard/semi-auto, time resolution, script format version, trigger button, alternate button, etc. To the extent these options had been represented in module type choices like 'FireOne 32 Pin Module (SEM)' vs. 'FireOne 32 Pin Module (FIR)', the options have now been removed from the module types since they are now specified in the export options dialog instead. This change results in fewer module types to choose from for a number of firing systems. Affected firing systems are: Cobra, FireOne, fireTEK, Galaxis, PTX, Pyrodigital, StarFire, Firemaster, Pyrosure, FireByWire.
  69. Added Jingduan firing system exporter.
  70. Make the 'Import show' function include the Notes 2, Notes 3, Custom Numeric Field, and Alternate columns.
  71. Prevent windows from getting buried underneath other apps by hoisting all 3D windows to the front whenever the user clicks any 3D window to the front.
  72. Added ability to make 'Notes' column a filter/selector in the table windows.
  73. Made the 'Import show' function include the Notes 2, Notes 3, Custom Numeric Field, and Alternate columns.
  74. Added cancel box to full text search box on table windows.
  75. Changed the table window filter/selector UI to make multiselect easy and to create radio buttons automatically for chosen filter options.
  76. Removed the preview window that would appear if you hover over an effect icon in the effect window at tjust the right place, on the theory that it was more annoying than appreciated.
  77. Improved the styling of the effect icon/buttons on the effect window.
  78. Added a demo mode notification in the upper right corner if you are operating in demo mode.
  79. Change module name from 'Cobra 18 pin module' to 'Cobra 18M, 36M or 72M'.
  80. Changed AUTO-FIRE to AUTOFIRE in exported Cobra script.
  81. Added 'Deadman' button option for deadman trigger in exported Cobra script.
  82. Added 'Script Name' option in Cobra export options instead of always using the FIN show name, but leaving field blank defaults to using FIN show name, and there's a context sensitive help message to explain that.
  83. Added 'Default Filename' to Cobra export options so user can write cobra.csv, since 99% of the time that's the filename the user wants rather than the name of the FIN show; ignore default in multi-universe or multi-firing system shows.
  84. Change the per-show setting 'Create position groups manually' to a per-user settings with the opposite sense and default, 'Automatically create position groups', defaulting to off, so users to get a proliferation of yellow position group flowers on the left side of the screen without knowing how to delete them.
  85. Added '2D Lock' mode option in design view, which moves all position names down into a ribbon at the base of the view, changes click-drag above ribbon to be selection rect without requiring the shift key, and changes click-drag in the ribbon to be scroll horizontally.
  86. Improve hit detection for clicking position names by sorting them back to front.
  87. Added title in the upper right of design view to explain if you are in 'Customize Simulation' mode or 'Break Apart Cake' mode or 'Demo' mode.
  88. Updated French UI translation.
  89. Added 'VendorNumber' field to FireOne exporter, drawing from the 'Manufacturer' column in Finale 3D.
  90. Added 'Subtype' as an optional script table column, referencing the effect field.
  91. Fixed 'clicky' sound bug for when cursor hovers over position nametags, particularly evident on some computers with new 2D lock mode.
  92. Fixed bug that close box in table window filter field would also clear quantity selector.
  93. Added 'Request trial license' link in upper right if running in demo mode.
  94. Made the 'Re-address' function/link in the rack layout view respect the 'Beginning with module number' field of the dialog.
  95. Prevent hit detection of positions and trajectoies below the ribbon in new 2D lock mode.
  96. Synchronize clicking sound effect for angling trajectories with graphics updates.
  97. Made shift-click-drag in the position ribbon in 2D Lock mode drag a selection rect that applies exclusively to position nametags in the ribbon.
  98. Fixed Pyrodigital export option for manual scripts, which was broken in our initial release of the per-firing system export options dialog.
  99. Made the 'Script > Angles > Rotate cakes 180' function add or subtract the text '180' to the notes field if the notes field does not already contain text other than the word '180'.
  100. Changed importer to read VendorNumber as Manufacturer instead of Manufacturer Part Number.
  101. Disable the automatically loaded show template if user does not have a hobbyist or pro license.
  102. Changed default position names from Pos-01, Pos-02, etc., to P-01, P-02, ...
  103. Added text wrapping option for label fields.
  104. Added text wrapping option for labels and reports; and updated all standard reports to use text wrapping on the Description field. The text wrapping options are in the dialogs for editing report and label templates.
  105. Updated German UI translation.
  106. Improved the 'Why am I in demo mode?' dialog and 'Request free trial license' button.
  107. Improved visual styling of table windows by adjusting font size, padding, and contrast of font colors.
  108. Implement new logic for keeping certain windows on top of other windows.
  109. Make the effect editor placement and topmost logic work like other windows.
  1. Implement new logic for keeping certain windows on top of other windows
  2. Make the effect editor placement and topmost logic work like other windows
  1. Improved visual styling of table windows by adjusting font size, padding, and contrast of font colors.
  1. Added text wrapping option for label fields.
  2. Added text wrapping option for labels and reports; and updated all standard reports to use text wrapping on the Description field. The text wrapping options are in the dialogs for editing report and label templates.
  3. Updated German UI translation.
  4. Improved the 'Why am I in demo mode?' dialog and 'Request free trial license' button.
  1. Made shift-click-drag in the position ribbon in 2D Lock mode drag a selection rect that applies exclusively to position nametags in the ribbon.
  2. Fixed Pyrodigital export option for manual scripts, which was broken in our initial release of the per-firing system export options dialog.
  3. Made the 'Script > Angles > Rotate cakes 180' function add or subtract the text '180' to the notes field if the notes field does not already contain text other than the word '180'.
  4. Changed importer to read VendorNumber as Manufacturer instead of Manufacturer Part Number.
  5. Disable the automatically loaded show template if user does not have a hobbyist or pro license.
  6. Changed default position names from Pos-01, Pos-02, etc., to P-01, P-02, ...
  1. Fixed 'clicky' sound bug for when cursor hovers over position nametags, particularly evident on some computers with new 2D lock mode.
  2. Fixed bug that close box in table window filter field would also clear quantity selector.
  3. Added 'Request trial license' link in upper right if running in demo mode.
  4. Made the 'Re-address' function/link in the rack layout view respect the 'Beginning with module number' field of the dialog.
  5. Prevent hit detection of positions and trajectoies below the ribbon in new 2D lock mode.
  6. Synchronize clicking sound effect for angling trajectories with graphics updates.
  1. Change module name from 'Cobra 18 pin module' to 'Cobra 18M, 36M or 72M'.
  2. Changed AUTO-FIRE to AUTOFIRE in exported Cobra script.
  3. Added 'Deadman' button option for deadman trigger in exported Cobra script.
  4. Added 'Script Name' option in Cobra export options instead of always using the FIN show name, but leaving field blank defaults to using FIN show name, and there's a context sensitive help message to explain that.
  5. Added 'Default Filename' to Cobra export options so user can write cobra.csv, since 99% of the time that's the filename the user wants rather than the name of the FIN show; ignore default in multi-universe or multi-firing system shows.
  6. Change the per-show setting 'Create position groups manually' to a per-user settings with the opposite sense and default, 'Automatically create position groups', defaulting to off, so users to get a proliferation of yellow position group flowers on the left side of the screen without knowing how to delete them.
  7. Added '2D Lock' mode option in design view, which moves all position names down into a ribbon at the base of the view, changes click-drag above ribbon to be selection rect without requiring the shift key, and changes click-drag in the ribbon to be scroll horizontally.
  8. Improve hit detection for clicking position names by sorting them back to front.
  9. Added title in the upper right of design view to explain if you are in 'Customize Simulation' mode or 'Break Apart Cake' mode or 'Demo' mode.
  10. Updated French UI translation.
  11. Added 'VendorNumber' field to FireOne exporter, drawing from the 'Manufacturer' column in Finale 3D.
  12. Added 'Subtype' as an optional script table column, referencing the effect field.
  1. Added ability to make 'Notes' column a filter/selector in the table windows.
  2. Made the 'Import show' function include the Notes 2, Notes 3, Custom Numeric Field, and Alternate columns.
  3. Fix Finale Inventory location menu chooser. It now shows the locations of all Finale Inventories you are connected to.
  4. Added cancel box to full text search box on table windows.
  5. Changed the table window filter/selector UI to make multiselect easy and to create radio buttons automatically for chosen filter options.
  6. Removed the preview window that would appear if you hover over an effect icon in the effect window at tjust the right place, on the theory that it was more annoying than appreciated.
  7. Improved the styling of the effect icon/buttons on the effect window.
  8. Added a demo mode notification in the upper right corner if you are operating in demo mode.
  9. Improved the styling of warning and info messages in fan/sequence dialogs.
  10. Fixed minor bug in sequence dialog info message.
  11. Further improvements to the fan and sequence dialogs.
  12. Added 'Dummy Cue' to Generic Effects collection, to use for dummy script rows that do get firing system addresses.
  13. Updated standard report templates that filter out items without firing system addresses to filter based on pin field instead of type field, so they don't get confused by dummy cues.
  14. Added 'Reverse order' checkbox to 'Make into sequence' dialog.
  15. Moved 'Easy Racks user settings' and 'Save startup template' into 'File > User settings' submenu and moved 'Print again' into reports, labels, and diagrams submenus, to simplify the main file menu.
  16. Removed the 'Select similar' options since the yellow position flowers serve the need for positions.
  17. Updated Ukrainian and Russian translations.
  18. Changed a few hot keys so common functions would have convenient hot keys.
  19. Improved 'Delete songs' function to work even if no songs are selected.
  20. Improved backdrop image adjustment dialog.
  21. Removed 'Background images > Ground tile images' since it wasn't used that much. Added 'Reset ground image' menu item.
  22. Added 'Beginning with module number []' option on addressing dialog, making it easy to begin addressing for the show at any module number.
  23. 'Tools > Open firing system script as generic table' now shows raw data for Cobra CSV files.
  24. Added 'Alternate' column in script table for firing systems that support triggering alternate effects manually during or after a pyromusical; implemented Cobra's Alternate 1 and Alternate 2 options.
  25. Minor improvement to sorting of options in the fixture context menu 'Add DMX effect for fixture.'
  26. Minor improvement to timeline bar stretching UI for circumstances in which two items are selected.
  27. Present 'Firing system script options' dialog when user exports firing system scripts, the dialog containing options specific to the firing systems involved, such as standard/semi-auto, time resolution, script format version, trigger button, alternate button, etc. To the extent these options had been represented in module type choices like 'FireOne 32 Pin Module (SEM)' vs. 'FireOne 32 Pin Module (FIR)', the options have now been removed from the module types since they are now specified in the export options dialog instead. This change results in fewer module types to choose from for a number of firing systems. Affected firing systems are: Cobra, FireOne, fireTEK, Galaxis, PTX, Pyrodigital, StarFire, Firemaster, Pyrosure, FireByWire.
  28. Added Jingduan firing system exporter.
  29. Make the 'Import show' function include the Notes 2, Notes 3, Custom Numeric Field, and Alternate columns.
  30. Prevent windows from getting buried underneath other apps by hoisting all 3D windows to the front whenever the user clicks any 3D window to the front.
  1. Changed the 'Padding' field in label customizations to 'Vertical padding' and added 'Horizontal padding' field, to decouple the two types of padding.
  2. Added a checkbox 'Shift interiors away from zero-margin edges' to label customizations to enable the user to turn this feature off.
  3. Fixed reports conditional formatting for special table cells like locked address cells.
  4. Added 'Renumber racks right to left', to complement the existing feature 'Renumber racks left to right' on the context menu for right clicking on racks in the layout view.
  5. Fixed an issue causing Finale 3D to hang when running on some multi-monitor configurations.
  6. Revamped the 'Make into sequence' dialog and added more patterns -- progression in pairs, and center to outside alternating.
  7. Added menu options to 'Make into sequence' dialog that give user explicit control over whether items are sorted and/or grouped by position or angle. Also added the option to apply multiple effects toward multiple cycles of the sequence, and a similar option to make multiple cycles of the sequence bouncing back and forth.
  8. If user creates a bouncing sequence in the 'Make into sequence' dialog and has the same number of effects at every position, present a dialog to the user offering to remove the doubled up turnarounds automatically.
  9. Added DMX support for Hansol Sunshine 5 head flame system.
  10. Revamped the 'Make into fan' dialog, adding the capability to make fans sorting by effect time, center to outside or outside to center, and adding a help message box on the dialog that explains what all the options do.
  1. Use new digital certificate to sign builds.
  1. Added Polish UI translation.
  2. Changed the automatic 1-sec and 5-sec timeline playhead snapping UI from engaging whenever cursor Y delta exceeds threshold to engaging whenever cursor Y is dragged above timeline, because users didn't understand that the snapping was a feature and thought it was just broken.
  3. Added 'File > Admin > Update standard blueprints in show...' menu item to update blueprints saved in show if the software has a more up to date version available.
  4. Added check when opening show for out of date blueprints, and put up a dialog asking if user wants to update them if there are any. Record a flag if user declines so as not to harass user every time the show is opened.
  5. Made the 'Used' and 'Available' fields in the effecs window display the number zero if the contents are zero, instead of blank. Display blank if the contents are undefined.
  6. Made the 'Used' and 'Available' columns in the effect window show the red and green highlights when their values are zero and the highlighting conditions are met, but not if their values are undefined/blank.
  7. Improvements to Mongoose exporter.
  8. Fixed unnecessary safety channel warning on Showven uFlamer fixtured.
  9. Minor fixes to the 'Pinboard Cue Sheet' report.
  10. Fixed right click hit detection on position group flower icon labels and camera preset labels.
  11. Updated Ukrainian and Russian UI translations.
  12. Added absolute value function ABS to conditional formattiong expression language to facilitate comparing numbers with precision error tolerance.
  13. Added CONTAINSSUBSTRING function to conditional formatting expression language.
  1. Widened menus on report config dialogs.
  2. Added option to turn off zebra striping on reports.
  3. Added a large section of conditional formatting options to reports for changing the formatting of cells or rows based on user-defined criteria.
  4. Added support for Cobra 36 LED Par Light, which is compatible with EasyDancing fixtures.
  5. Added EX Number, UN Number, and CE Number script columns, refering effects table, making them available to reports and labels.
  6. Added Safety Distance column to positions window and added 'Position Safety Distance' to the script window by reference to make it available in reports, especially for the safety distance report that compares effect safety distances with position safety distance.
  7. Fix the couple of missing properties from the sort-by selectors and other selectors in the report config dialogs.
  8. For printed reports, disabled the automatic quantity in parentheses prepended to the description names, since reports typically have a separate column for device quantity if desired.
  9. Fixed the description field formatting in rows so that it contains ellipses at the end if and only if the row represents multiple devices that are not all the same; no ellipsis if they are the same.
  10. Fixed annoying bug in the gear menu 'Select/edit/save table layout from report' functions that reformatted the window unnecessarily.
  11. Fixed gear menu 'Reset table layout' which didn't work in the racks window.
  12. Added report configuration option to center text alignment in chosen fields.
  13. Added highlights for multiiple e-match rows in Wiring Script report; also highlighted non-blank notes fields; centered text in various columns; highlighted rail/pin columns; general formatting improvements
  14. Improved formatting of Cue Sheet report and changed name to Pinboard Cue Sheet. Added box around the rail field when it changes from previous row to indicate to alert the operator of the pinboard.
  15. Added Safety Distance report that compares positions' declared safety distance against the safety distance of effects launched from the position, and highlights any rows with insufficient position safety distances.
  16. Fixed bad crashing bug in labels introduced in the last release.
  17. Added 'Print again to temporary file' function to main File menu to make it quick to print a preview of a report multiple times without choosing a filename each time.
  18. Added support for new Pyrodigy script file format that has full DMX capabilities.
  19. Updated the Pyrotronix PTX2 exporter for DMX support for triggering pre-defined presets on the controller -- please see new Pyrotronix PTX documentation in the firing systems section on the finale software documentation page.
  20. Fixed minor problem with ptx2 extension being added twice.)NTOE(Added error checking for ptx2 DMX effects that are missing the information in the Category and Custom Part Field information that is required for Pyrotronix scripts.
  21. Removed the Pyrotronix DMX-specific module types and made the general Pyrotronix module types support both pyro and DMX, based on whether the positions are configured as DMX fixtures.
  22. Added support for ADJ QWH12X RGB Par light fixture by DMX.
  23. Added support for MARQ Gesture Spot 100 Moving Head DMX fixture.
  24. Added support for Cauvet Slim Par 56 par light DMX fixture.
  25. Minor additions to the DMX Patch language with shorter terms to make DMX Patches fewer characters.
  26. Defined standard flash effects and move-to DMX effects for the color orange, and implemented in the MARQ Gesture Spot 100 effects, which are in the Assorted DMX supplier catalog.
  27. Added DMX support for the Hansol Volcano flame system.
  1. Added 'Load into racks' button/function to the rack layout window, enabling user to load items into racks after then have firing system addresses.
  2. Updated Hungarian UI translation.
  3. Added 'Set track...' to context menu for events on timeline and in script window.
  4. Added optional dmxSpeedMin and dmxSpeedMax parameters to :power and :rpower functions in DMX Patches.
  5. Added limits to DMX speed parameters given to Explo, Showven, and Spark Fabrica wave flamers to avoid ranges for which the Explo hardware is unreliable.
  6. Fix missing translation entry for 'Apply changes' button.
  7. Updated Brazilian Portuguese and Italian UI translations.
  8. Added a new addressing constrain option called 'Tube Index -- Chain' that can be added as a pin constraint to force chains to cross-load across racks. Please see documentation article on cross-loading chains with straight-up shells.
  9. Updated Polish UI translation.
  10. Added support for Thomann Fun generation LED Pot 12X1W RGBW fixture.
  11. Added DMX support for ADJ Fog Fury Jett.
  12. Added DMX support for Showven uFlamer Vulcano 5-head fixture.
  13. Improved DMX effect names and grouping in menus of fixed angle effects for MagicFX Flamaniac, Anonymous 5-head flamer, and Showven uFlamer Vulcano.
  14. Updated French UI translation.
  15. Added a new kind of label called 'Rack Labels' for the purpose of helping the crew identify where racks go when setting up the show.
  16. Added a new rack layout diagram report, 'Rack Layout (With Rack Numbers)'.
  17. Added an option to display rack numbers in the rack layout view, 'Show/hide rack numbers', which is another link in the upper left of the window.
  18. Added option in rack layout report configuration, 'Show rack numbers'.
  19. Added a number of new field options for labels in order to support rack labels, namely, Rack Part Number, Rack Part Number And Description, Rack Size, Rack Size And Description, Rack Annotation, Rack Cluster Annotation, Rack Angle.
  20. Added 'Rack Description' field option to labels, supporting the new rack labels.
  21. Updated German UI translation.
  22. Added 'Racks > Renumber all racks consecutively'
  23. Improved rack layout context menu item 'Renumber racks left to right' by making it resolve conflicts in a more intuitive way.
  24. Fixed a bug with the 'Rack Number' sort field option in the assignment order paragraph of the addressing dialogs.
  25. Updated Russian and Ukrainian UI translations.
  26. Made cake importing and the 'create cake by combining selected effects' function use the new 'exact simulation syntax VDL' for the cake VDL in order to get an exact simulation whenever the standard cake VDL syntax is not able to express the desired shot angles and timing.
  27. Added a 'Use exact simulation syntax' checkbox on the combine-as-cake dialog so user can choose to generate the exact simulation syntax even if the standard syntax is substantially accurate, having timing within 2ms and angles within 5 degrees.
  28. Improved the standard VDL syntax generated by the combine-as-cake function to return fewer row descriptions by combining the first row with other rows that are equivalent except for the delay in front of the row, exploiting the fact that the delay of the first row in VDL is not used.
  29. Extend VDL language to include an 'exact simulation syntax row description' for cakes that is able to represent arbitrary timing and angles of shot to a resolution of 1ms and 1 degree, and make cake-combiner function fall back to using this exact simulation syntax automatically when the standard syntax doesn't work well.
  30. Made cake combiner function automatically replace plus signs with ampersands in the effect descriptions being combined since extraneous plus signs mess up cake syntax.
  31. Fixed end-of-file checksum problem that affected a small number (0.4%) of exported Pyrodigital PDM files.
  1. Made cake combiner function automatically replace plus signs with ampersands in the effect descriptions being combined since extraneous plus signs mess up cake syntax.
  2. Fixed end-of-file checksum problem that affected a small number (0.4%) of exported Pyrodigital PDM files.
  1. Updated Russian and Ukrainian UI translations.
  2. Made cake importing and the 'create cake by combining selected effects' function use the new 'exact simulation syntax VDL' for the cake VDL in order to get an exact simulation whenever the standard cake VDL syntax is not able to express the desired shot angles and timing.
  3. Added a 'Use exact simulation syntax' checkbox on the combine-as-cake dialog so user can choose to generate the exact simulation syntax even if the standard syntax is substantially accurate, having timing within 2ms and angles within 5 degrees.
  4. Improved the standard VDL syntax generated by the combine-as-cake function to return fewer row descriptions by combining the first row with other rows that are equivalent except for the delay in front of the row, exploiting the fact that the delay of the first row in VDL is not used.
  5. Extend VDL language to include an 'exact simulation syntax row description' for cakes that is able to represent arbitrary timing and angles of shot to a resolution of 1ms and 1 degree, and make cake-combiner function fall back to using this exact simulation syntax automatically when the standard syntax doesn't work well.
  1. Added 'Load into racks' button/function to the rack layout window, enabling user to load items into racks after then have firing system addresses.
  2. Updated Hungarian UI translation.
  3. Added 'Set track...' to context menu for events on timeline and in script window.
  4. Added optional dmxSpeedMin and dmxSpeedMax parameters to :power and :rpower functions in DMX Patches.
  5. Added limits to DMX speed parameters given to Explo, Showven, and Spark Fabrica wave flamers to avoid ranges for which the Explo hardware is unreliable.
  6. Fix missing translation entry for 'Apply changes' button.
  7. Updated Brazilian Portuguese and Italian UI translations.
  8. Added a new addressing constrain option called 'Tube Index -- Chain' that can be added as a pin constraint to force chains to cross-load across racks. Please see documentation article on cross-loading chains with straight-up shells.
  9. Updated Polish UI translation.
  10. Added support for Thomann Fun generation LED Pot 12X1W RGBW fixture.
  11. Added DMX support for ADJ Fog Fury Jett.
  12. Added DMX support for Showven uFlamer Vulcano 5-head fixture.
  13. Improved DMX effect names and grouping in menus of fixed angle effects for MagicFX Flamaniac, Anonymous 5-head flamer, and Showven uFlamer Vulcano.
  14. Updated French UI translation.
  15. Added a new kind of label called 'Rack Labels' for the purpose of helping the crew identify where racks go when setting up the show.
  16. Added a new rack layout diagram report, 'Rack Layout (With Rack Numbers)'.
  17. Added an option to display rack numbers in the rack layout view, 'Show/hide rack numbers', which is another link in the upper left of the window.
  18. Added option in rack layout report configuration, 'Show rack numbers'.
  19. Added a number of new field options for labels in order to support rack labels, namely, Rack Part Number, Rack Part Number And Description, Rack Size, Rack Size And Description, Rack Annotation, Rack Cluster Annotation, Rack Angle.
  20. Added 'Rack Description' field option to labels, supporting the new rack labels.
  21. Updated German UI translation.
  22. Added 'Racks > Renumber all racks consecutively'
  23. Improved rack layout context menu item 'Renumber racks left to right' by making it resolve conflicts in a more intuitive way.
  24. Fixed a bug with the 'Rack Number' sort field option in the assignment order paragraph of the addressing dialogs.
  1. Updated Russian and Ukrainian UI translations.
  2. Added 'Size Or Sleeve' to addressing sort options on addressing dialog.
  3. Made the function that fixes bad position names also fix bad references in the racks window.
  4. Made the timeline bar ends that are draggable be higher priority for clicking on than the middle of a timeline bar, so the endcaps can be clicked and dragged even if timeline bars are overlapping.
  5. Changed menu item 'Sort racks left to right' to 'Renumber racks left to right' and changed 'Move racks to last' to 'Renumber racks as last, after all others'.
  6. Draw the rack number above the rack when cursor is over rack in racks view.
  7. Added a new addressing sort criterion 'Rack Number' that sorts address assignments such so as to fill the racks in order as user has laid them out and renumbered them, satisfying a common user request to assign addresses based on the racks as laid out instead of by size or angle or other criterion.
  8. Fixed the Parente Firemaster exporter for supporting overlapping sequences.
  9. Made the function 'Set tracks based on groups sequentially...' be based on event time instead of effect time; and made the function support adding leading zeros to the track numbers if the user selects it on the dialog.
  10. Fixed bug with 'One voice cue per track' feature, applying to tracks for which first event time is not from the event that has the first effect time.
  11. Added two new addressing sort options: Fan Flights First, and Fan Flights Last. These sort terms enable user to sort flights/chains that have multiple angle shots as first or last to be assigned addresses, which is useful if you want to cross-load fan chains across racks while still straight-loading single-angle chains along single racks length-wise.
  12. Added two new sort terms, Fan Chains First and Fan Chains Last, giving user control over addressing chains with multiple angles separately from chains with all shells at the same angle.
  13. Updated Brazilian Portuguese UI translation.
  14. Fixed a few phrases that weren't in the localization table.
  15. Changed the way the 'Address' column in the script represents multiple addresses when multiple rows are combined, as with the default option of combining chains and groups as single rows. The new format shows the range of combined addresses. The old format was just blank if multiple addresses were combined.
  16. Made the 'Address' field of labels support the 'Fancy Address Colors' of black for module, red for pin, even when the field contains an address range of multiple addresses.
  17. Fixed minor bug with the leading zeros formatting of pins in full address fields of labels.
  18. Fixed bug with wildcard custom fields in addressing.
  19. Updated Brazilian Portuguese, Polish, Russian, and Ukrainian UI translations.
  20. Fixed a bug in the 'Add racks for show' dialog that caused the effect count fields to be zero, even though the correct number of racks was counted and added.
  21. Fixed the long standing deficiency that if you lock addresses with racks already assigned and then add additional items to the show and then address the new effects while leaving the locked addresses as is, the software used to create rack assignment conflicts with the new effects colliding with racks of locked assignments. Delighted to report that this deficiency is finally fixed.
  22. Updated French and Hungarian UI translations.
  23. Added Hungarian Forint currency symbol option.
  24. Added error message if user sets Pre-Wired Rails of racks without also listing the pre-wired rails as Pre-Assigned Rails in the position properties.
  25. Added new function, 'Racks > Load effects with firing system addresses into racks...' to enable users to make rack assignments AFTER setting the firing system addresses, which is necessary if a user imports a pre-addressed show into Finale and wants to add racks without changing the firing system addresses.
  26. Added new function 'Racks > Re-load selected effects from script into racks...' which assigns or re-assigns racks/tubes to the selected effects in the script.
  1. Updated French and Hungarian UI translations.
  2. Added Hungarian Forint currency symbol option.
  3. Added error message if user sets Pre-Wired Rails of racks without also listing the pre-wired rails as Pre-Assigned Rails in the position properties.
  4. Added new function, 'Racks > Load effects with firing system addresses into racks...' to enable users to make rack assignments AFTER setting the firing system addresses, which is necessary if a user imports a pre-addressed show into Finale and wants to add racks without changing the firing system addresses.
  5. Added new function 'Racks > Re-load selected effects from script into racks...' which assigns or re-assigns racks/tubes to the selected effects in the script.
  1. Fixed bug with wildcard custom fields in addressing.
  2. Updated Brazilian Portuguese, Polish, Russian, and Ukrainian UI translations.
  3. Fixed a bug in the 'Add racks for show' dialog that caused the effect count fields to be zero, even though the correct number of racks was counted and added.
  4. Fixed the long standing deficiency that if you lock addresses with racks already assigned and then add additional items to the show and then address the new effects while leaving the locked addresses as is, the software used to create rack assignment conflicts with the new effects colliding with racks of locked assignments. Delighted to report that this deficiency is finally fixed.
  1. Updated Brazilian Portuguese UI translation.
  2. Fixed a few phrases that weren't in the localization table.
  3. Changed the way the 'Address' column in the script represents multiple addresses when multiple rows are combined, as with the default option of combining chains and groups as single rows. The new format shows the range of combined addresses. The old format was just blank if multiple addresses were combined.
  4. Made the 'Address' field of labels support the 'Fancy Address Colors' of black for module, red for pin, even when the field contains an address range of multiple addresses.
  5. Fixed minor bug with the leading zeros formatting of pins in full address fields of labels.
  1. Updated Russian and Ukrainian UI translations.
  2. Added 'Size Or Sleeve' to addressing sort options on addressing dialog.
  3. Made the function that fixes bad position names also fix bad references in the racks window.
  4. Made the timeline bar ends that are draggable be higher priority for clicking on than the middle of a timeline bar, so the endcaps can be clicked and dragged even if timeline bars are overlapping.
  5. Changed menu item 'Sort racks left to right' to 'Renumber racks left to right' and changed 'Move racks to last' to 'Renumber racks as last, after all others'.
  6. Draw the rack number above the rack when cursor is over rack in racks view.
  7. Added a new addressing sort criterion 'Rack Number' that sorts address assignments such so as to fill the racks in order as user has laid them out and renumbered them, satisfying a common user request to assign addresses based on the racks as laid out instead of by size or angle or other criterion.
  8. Fixed the Parente Firemaster exporter for supporting overlapping sequences.
  9. Made the function 'Set tracks based on groups sequentially...' be based on event time instead of effect time; and made the function support adding leading zeros to the track numbers if the user selects it on the dialog.
  10. Fixed bug with 'One voice cue per track' feature, applying to tracks for which first event time is not from the event that has the first effect time.
  11. Added two new addressing sort options: Fan Flights First, and Fan Flights Last. These sort terms enable user to sort flights/chains that have multiple angle shots as first or last to be assigned addresses, which is useful if you want to cross-load fan chains across racks while still straight-loading single-angle chains along single racks length-wise.
  12. Added two new sort terms, Fan Chains First and Fan Chains Last, giving user control over addressing chains with multiple angles separately from chains with all shells at the same angle.
  1. Release Highlights Video
  2. FINALE INVENTORY USERS: Moved 'Finale Inventory' submenu from the 'Effects' menu to the 'File' menu.
  3. ALL USERS: Moved 'Effects files' submenu from effect window collections drop-down list to the main 'File' menu.
  4. Made minor optimization to Pyromac exporter for overlapping DMX events.
  5. Fixed bug that move-to DMX events near the beginning of a track could cause track to start with an offset if semi-auto firing.
  6. Added Fire Control G2 exporter including pd, f1, and fm modules and dmx.
  7. Added 4-pin and 8-pin module types for RJ Equip firing systems.
  8. Fixed 'Update durations' dialog bug wherein dialog appeared even if no editable duration effects were selected.
  9. Fixed 'Delete unreferenced per-show effects' bug wherein racks were deleted without considering their references from the layout window.
  10. Updated Russian user interface translation.
  11. Disabled the 'DMX effect in pyro position' warning dialogs if the default firing system in 'Show > Set show information...' is RJEquipamentos or the other two firing systems with non-DMX flame support, Explo and Galaxis.
  12. Reduced number of window arrangement presets to three and added three slots for custom window arrangement presets that are saved in user settings.
  13. Added 'Window > Save window arrangement as custom preset' function.
  14. Changed behavior of the 11 window type menu items at the bottom of the Window menu to always bring the window to the front instead of toggling it between visible/hidden, which is more useful when the window can get hidden behind others.
  15. Added 'Images window' hot key in 'Window' menu; added 'Window > Set main window to > Images window' option also, which was missing.
  16. Save and restore window minimization and maximization status in saved window arrangements.
  17. Improved SmartShow importer to allow double quote characters in the imported file.
  18. Save and restore current window arrangement when quitting and restarting the app; and use default arrangement if monitor configuration is different from when arrangement was saved.
  19. Changed Fire Control G2 exporter to limit duration of events in tracks to duration of track.
  20. Changed Cobra, Mongoose, and Fire Control G2 exporters to assume DMX channel values are 0 start of all tracks, and to make optimizations based on that assumption.
  21. Changed DMX patch term name from 'prefireBeginEndPatch' to 'setupBeginEndPatch' but still support old name.
  22. For G2 export, include all fixtures and modules pre-assigned to positions in equipment list, event those without events.
  23. Added optional maxInitialDmxSetupDelayMs per-show setting to give advanced users the ability to shorten the DMX setup delay on the first events of triggered tracks.
  24. Simplified DMX patches for Explo X2 Wave Flame macro/programs, removing unnecessary channel commands and optimizing the program channel and speed channel.
  25. Reset maximization status of hidden windows when invoking predefined window arrangement presents, to avoid previously maximized and hidden windows reappearing as maximized.
  26. Updated Polish UI translation.
  27. Fixed but we introduced in Explo X2 Wave Flamer effects in the last beta release when changing DMX Patch terminology from 'prefire' to 'setup'.
  28. Fixed bug in cue order in Fire Control G2 exporter.
  29. Fixed the Label Planet labels dimensions.
  30. Updated Russian UI translation.
  31. Fixed Ukrainian Hyvernia and Russian Ruble currency symbols in printed reports, replacing with space character since code page 1251 encoder used for printed reports cannot represent those characters.
  32. Added 'With Angle' effect for setting the rest angle for Explo X2 Wave Flamer macros; will add to Showven Circle Flamer and Spark Fabrica MH flamer supplier catalogs when promote beta to full release.
  33. Updated Russian UI translation
  34. Updated Brazilian Portuguese UI translation.
  35. Fixed Ukrainian Hyvernia currency symbol and Russian Ruble currency symbol in printed reports, removing them instead of printing a question mark.
  36. Added 'With Default Angle' effect for setting the rest angle for Explo X2 Wave flamer macros.
  37. Changed 'Import show' menus to add explicit menu items for each type of script file that can be imported.
  38. Added 'Import show' capability for Cobra Show Creator CSV files, including all four types of scripts -- step script by events, step script by tracks, separate scripts for tracks, and standard script.
  39. Updated Chinese UI translation.
  40. Fixed undo bug wherein undoing after 'Combine as chain' left a residual chain delay in the unchained items.
  41. Automatically save current table layouts when quitting application, and restore when launch, similar to window arrangements.
  42. Change gear menu item 'Reset column widths' to 'Reset table layout'.
  43. Added helpful instructions dialog regarding puzzle pieces if user does the 'Reset table layout' menu item.
  44. Save list of currently loaded FDB effects files and load them automatically when launching app.
  45. Added customizable effects window presets in the effects menus to make it easy to switch between effects collections and table layouts with hot keys.
  46. Save and restore the effects window table layout and active collection when quitting and relaunching app.
  47. Updated Russian and Ukrainian UI translations.
  48. Fixed minor bug with user setting for cue flags visibility; checkbox was wrong and menu item didn't work the very first time used.
  49. Fixed 'Straight up' and 'Pair' and 'Is Chain' fields in the script window, making them filterable with text in the search bar like: straight up = true.
  50. Fixed 'Chain Gap' column in the script and the 'Chain Specifications Report' to calculate the correct chain delays for chains with devices that have different prefires.
  51. Fixed StarFire track validation to allow the full range 1..932 instead of 100..9999.
  52. Preserve existing table layouts when open a show.
  53. In addition to preserving table layouts of script and effects when switching between shows or openingor creating a show, also preserve table layouts of positions window, keyframes window, and racks window.
  54. Prevent loading duplicate FDB effects files.
  55. Expanded 'SequenceFire' page numbers for StarFire exporter by supporting 4-digit and 5-digit Track numbers. See StarFire page in documentation section.
  56. Added 1sec and 5sec snap-to on timeline when user moves cursor vertically while dragging playhead or items horizontally.
  57. Changed behavior of clicking on selected item on timeline -- no longer teleport playhead to item's blip unless user double-clicks.
  58. Fixed bug with Mongoose and Cobra exporters for DMX effects with Type = 'other_effect', which had caused durations to be blank. As a workaround you could also change the effect's type to 'sfx' bug the workaround is no longer necessary with this release.
  59. Updated Russian and Ukrainian UI translations.
  60. Fixed startup crash caused by quitting app while main window is minimized.
  61. Added 'File > Save show as start-up template' which saves current show as template that is loaded automatically when software launched.
  62. Save current view point along with show, and restore it when loading show.
  63. Made camera preset icons update dynamically so the white selection indication is always valid.
  64. Apex exporter improvements.
  65. Added 'File > User settings > Set timeline playback scrolling margin.
  66. Added 'File > User settings > Set timeline right edge editing margin.
  67. Removed the Images menu since mostly redundant.
  68. Tuned default timeline right edge scrolling and playback margins.
  69. Updated Spanish UI translation.
  70. Added 32 pin and 16 pin options for fireTEK firing systems.
  71. Updated Russian and Ukrainian UI translation.
  72. Improved copy/paste between shows, enabling copy/paste of events or positions or models, and automatically including and copying over any positions that events depend on or models that positions depend.
  73. Added menu item 'Positions > Fix position names (invisible effects)...' to fix any script events whose position names don't match actual positions, which is is a common source of 'Why are my effects invisible?' confusion.
  74. Added a background process that checks if user ever creates mis-matching position names by editing the script window or positions window, and pops up a dialog offering to fix them automatically, the fix being able to detect and fix upper/lower case sensitivity problems and problems of user manually changing position names in position table instead of using the 'Rename position' function, which may leave events with mis-matching position names.
  75. Fixed positions window invalidation problem wherein rows didn't highlight reliably when selected in the design view.
  76. Made the 'Fix position names (invisible effects)...' function select any events in the script that remain for the user to fix manually.
  77. Enhanced copy/paste to support the following use case: copy events from multiple positions A, B, C, and paste into a different set of selected positions X, Y, Z. Existing behavior is preserved for when all copied events are from the same position A, in which case they a clone will be pasted into selected positions if more than one position is selected.
  78. Made the new copy/paste enhancement work for copying between shows also.
  79. Added support for Le Maitre Salamander flame fixture, and added standard effects for it in the Assorted DMX Effects downloadable catalog.
  80. Added support for the beamZ BBP60 par lights and added standard effects for them in the Assorted DMX Effects downloadable catalog.
  81. Added 'With Default Angle' effects in the effect libraries for Showven Circle Flamer, part number SHV1191, and Spark Fabrica Moving Head Flamer, part number SPF1191, and changed the DMX patches to remove the automatic default angles for the macro/program effects. This change removes the angle channel DMX events from the macros in exported script in order to make the first DMX channel events from the macros occur at the effect time itself as opposed to in advance of the effect time for purpose of setting the angle; from now on if you want a default angle for macros, please insert a 'With Default Angle' effect and adjust its duration to cover the period of operation.
  82. Removed fractional second sparks effects and added two-sec duration sparks effects for Sparkular and Sparkular Cycle, part numebrs SHV3019, SHV3020, SHV3021, SHV3119, SHV2120, SHV2121; and for MAGICFX Sparxtar, part numbers MAFX3019, MAFX3020, MAFX3021, and for Auvi Spark, part numbers AUV1019, AUV1020, AUV1021.
  83. Fixed main menu item 'Effects > Edit effect VDL > From item in show' to make it work even if the effects window has a filter applied that hides the effect being edited.
  84. Fixed bug that caused effect editor to pause for long periods of time.
  85. Made all position functions respect the locked flag. Positions functions that enter an interactive mode for dragging a coordinate axis or angle will clear the locked flag; and other positions functions will pop up a dialog asking if you want to clear the locked flag, and will have no effect if you say no.
  86. Sorted items alphabetically in gear menu > 'Hide or unhide column' and gear menu > 'Add or remove filter'.
  87. Added 'File > User settings > Set timeline response for clicking row in script' with options to center selected event on timeline, etc.
  88. Added 'File > User settings > Pasted events include rail, pin, and rack addresses' which give you the choice of whether copy/pasting includes the addresses, which is useful if you are copying from Excel, or does not include addresses, which is the default and the current behavior.
  89. Changed max positions insertable at one time from the menu from 400 to 10000. Yes, somebody asked for this change.
  90. Changed minimum size of a position to 0.01m. Yes, somebody asked for this change too.
  91. Minor optimization to Mongoose exporter for DMX events longer than 10s.
  92. Added Pyrodigy exporter.
  93. Updated Anonymouse 5 Head Flamer DMX Patches to enable rotating the flame effects in the user interface.
  94. Updated MagicFX Flamaniac Mode 1 DMX Patches to enable rotating the flame effects in the user interface.
  95. Added new parameters to the DMX Patch language to support rotating flame effects in the user interface for DMX personalities that have different channel numbers for different angles.
  96. Added Moka H-E01 Genius Flame Machine and Moke H-E01 Triple Way Flame Machine, with effects in the Assorted DMX catalog.
  97. Added Moka P-18 Washer Light with effects in the Assorted DMX catalog.
  98. Improved the dialogs and undo functionality for renaming positions by editing directly in the positions window, with new functionality that updates script rows that reference the renamed positions.
  99. Updated Brazilian Portuguese UI translation.
  100. Fixed bring-to-front behavior of 'Windows > Racks window' menu item.
  101. Fixed saved state of the 'ignore' checkbox in the Add Racks dialog.
  102. Improved formatting of the Add Racks dialog, changing the 'ignore' checkbox to be a 'do not ignore' checkbox at the beginning of the rows; and other formatting changes.
  103. Made the Add Racks dialog provide explanations for disabled rows, e.g., effects fill into existing racks, or effects fill into other rack choices, or row is ignored; these explanatins are intended to make the dialog more understandable, particularlly in complex situations with single-shot racks that accommodate multiple size tubes.
  104. Added error messages to the 'Add racks' dialog when user attempts to select a rack whose Rack Type doesn't match the effects.
  105. Fixed a bug wherein pasting a model with attached positions could result in slightly wrong position coordinates adjusted by 1m if they happened to collide with existing positions when pasted.
  106. Fixed addressing limitation that racking errors could prevent pins from being shared up to max-ematches-per-pin even if the racking errors appear unrelated.
  107. Fixed 'Add racks' dialog user interface issue wherein selecting a rack part choice for single-shot row in the dialog could result in an unexpected jumping around of rack part choices in that row and other rows for single-shots of different sizes if some of the choices were fixed-any-size varieties that applied to multiple rows.
  108. Fixed bugs and added support in the 'Add Racks' dialog for handling racks from different collections that have conflicting/same part numbers. Previously there were some bugs that made it impossible for a user to use the collection filter to resolve conflicting/same part number ambiguities.
  109. Added the collection name to the warning dialog for mismatching rack types, to explain what collection the rack with mismatching rack type came from.
  110. Enlarged selector and menu width for part number in the 'Add Racks' dialog.
  111. Minor other improvements to the 'Add racks' dialog.
  112. Added 'Custom Numeric Field' to the addressing sort and constraint options.
  113. Added a new option on the addressing dialog, 'Treat blank values for script custom fields as wildcards' which makes it possible to implement more custom addressing schemes using Custom Script Field and blank values as wildcards.
  114. reformatting, remove BreadCrumbTrail.scs
  115. Update to Ukrainian and Russian UI translations.
  116. Added 'Edit > Paste special > Paste models and positions as new instances' to enable you to copy/paste multiple instances of a model and its attached positions into a show. For example, if you had set pieces for the digits of 2 0 2 1, you could copy the set piece model of '2' and its positions, and then paste it twice into a show for the two occurrences of that digit in 2 0 2 1. Previously that was difficult to do.
  117. Improved copy/paste of models and positions from the design view, fixing a bug wherein copying a model from one show to another show that already contained a different model wouldn't have the correct result of both models in the pasted-into show.
  118. Enhanced copying rows in the positions window to include any referenced models in the copy buffer, as copying does if you copy from the design view window, making it easier to copy/paste positions with attached models from one show to another.
  119. Added 'Positions > Detach positions from models' which allows you to move or remove the model without affecting positions that were attached to it. Also, if you need to export positions' world coordinates instead of model-relative coordinates, you can now detach the positions, then export, then undo to reattach.
  120. Improved copy/paste for positions in a few edge cases.
  121. Fixed minor bug wherein if you close all shows, leaving windows blank, and then open a show, its script window table layout would appear with all columns unhidden instead of the default table layout.
  122. Removed the unnecessary 'Some events are missing module type' warning message when triggered by empty cues that can be ignored without concern.
  123. Added 'File > New > New show from start-up template' and bound to Control+Shift+N as keyboard shortcut; Made the 'Edit properties' keyboard shortcut, previously Control+Shift+N, changed to Control-R, which was unused.
  124. Added new 'Script > Tracks' menu with functions 'Set track...' and 'Set track to next available number...' and 'Set track based on groups sequentially...' and 'Clear track'.
  125. Added user settings option and checkbox on the voice cues dialogs for 'One voice cue per track'.
  126. Minor improvements to the layout of the addressing dialog checkboxes.
  1. Enhanced copying rows in the positions window to include any referenced models in the copy buffer, as copying does if you copy from the design view window, making it easier to copy/paste positions with attached models from one show to another.
  2. Added 'Positions > Detach positions from models' which allows you to move or remove the model without affecting positions that were attached to it. Also, if you need to export positions' world coordinates instead of model-relative coordinates, you can now detach the positions, then export, then undo to reattach.
  3. Improved copy/paste for positions in a few edge cases.
  4. Fixed minor bug wherein if you close all shows, leaving windows blank, and then open a show, its script window table layout would appear with all columns unhidden instead of the default table layout.
  5. Removed the unnecessary 'Some events are missing module type' warning message when triggered by empty cues that can be ignored without concern.
  6. Added 'File > New > New show from start-up template' and bound to Control+Shift+N as keyboard shortcut; Made the 'Edit properties' keyboard shortcut, previously Control+Shift+N, changed to Control-R, which was unused.
  7. Added new 'Script > Tracks' menu with functions 'Set track...' and 'Set track to next available number...' and 'Set track based on groups sequentially...' and 'Clear track'.
  8. Added user settings option and checkbox on the voice cues dialogs for 'One voice cue per track'.
  9. Minor improvements to the layout of the addressing dialog checkboxes.
  1. Improve create photo dialog UI flow.
  2. Fixed bugs and added support in the 'Add Racks' dialog for handling racks from different collections that have conflicting/same part numbers. Previously there were some bugs that made it impossible for a user to use the collection filter to resolve conflicting/same part number ambiguities.
  3. Added the collection name to the warning dialog for mismatching rack types, to explain what collection the rack with mismatching rack type came from.
  4. Enlarged selector and menu width for part number in the 'Add Racks' dialog.
  5. Minor other improvements to the 'Add racks' dialog.
  6. Added 'Custom Numeric Field' to the addressing sort and constraint options.
  7. Added a new option on the addressing dialog, 'Treat blank values for script custom fields as wildcards' which makes it possible to implement more custom addressing schemes using Custom Script Field and blank values as wildcards.
  8. Update to Ukrainian and Russian UI translations.
  9. Added 'Edit > Paste special > Paste models and positions as new instances' to enable you to copy/paste multiple instances of a model and its attached positions into a show. For example, if you had set pieces for the digits of 2 0 2 1, you could copy the set piece model of '2' and its positions, and then paste it twice into a show for the two occurrences of that digit in 2 0 2 1. Previously that was difficult to do.
  10. Improved copy/paste of models and positions from the design view, fixing a bug wherein copying a model from one show to another show that already contained a different model wouldn't have the correct result of both models in the pasted-into show.
  1. Change the UI flow for the Create Photo dialog.
  2. Fix bug with Create Photo dialog causing main app window to become unresponsive.
  3. Added error messages to the 'Add racks' dialog when user attempts to select a rack whose Rack Type doesn't match the effects.
  4. Fixed a bug wherein pasting a model with attached positions could result in slightly wrong position coordinates adjusted by 1m if they happened to collide with existing positions when pasted.
  5. Fixed addressing limitation that racking errors could prevent pins from being shared up to max-ematches-per-pin even if the racking errors appear unrelated.
  6. Fixed 'Add racks' dialog user interface issue wherein selecting a rack part choice for single-shot row in the dialog could result in an unexpected jumping around of rack part choices in that row and other rows for single-shots of different sizes if some of the choices were fixed-any-size varieties that applied to multiple rows.
  1. Implement new Create Photo dialog and flow.
  2. Updated Brazilian Portuguese UI translation.
  3. Fixed bring-to-front behavior of 'Windows > Racks window' menu item.
  4. Fixed saved state of the 'ignore' checkbox in the Add Racks dialog.
  5. Improved formatting of the Add Racks dialog, changing the 'ignore' checkbox to be a 'do not ignore' checkbox at the beginning of the rows; and other formatting changes.
  6. Made the Add Racks dialog provide explanations for disabled rows, e.g., effects fill into existing racks, or effects fill into other rack choices, or row is ignored; these explanatins are intended to make the dialog more understandable, particularlly in complex situations with single-shot racks that accommodate multiple size tubes.
  1. Updated Anonymouse 5 Head Flamer DMX Patches to enable rotating the flame effects in the user interface.
  2. Updated MagicFX Flamaniac Mode 1 DMX Patches to enable rotating the flame effects in the user interface.
  3. Added new parameters to the DMX Patch language to support rotating flame effects in the user interface for DMX personalities that have different channel numbers for different angles.
  4. Added Moka H-E01 Genius Flame Machine and Moke H-E01 Triple Way Flame Machine, with effects in the Assorted DMX catalog.
  5. Added Moka P-18 Washer Light with effects in the Assorted DMX catalog.
  6. Improved the dialogs and undo functionality for renaming positions by editing directly in the positions window, with new functionality that updates script rows that reference the renamed positions.
  1. FINALE INVENTORY USERS: Moved 'Finale Inventory' submenu from the 'Effects' menu to the 'File' menu.
  2. Made all position functions respect the locked flag. Positions functions that enter an interactive mode for dragging a coordinate axis or angle will clear the locked flag; and other positions functions will pop up a dialog asking if you want to clear the locked flag, and will have no effect if you say no.
  3. Sorted items alphabetically in gear menu > 'Hide or unhide column' and gear menu > 'Add or remove filter'.
  4. Added 'File > User settings > Set timeline response for clicking row in script' with options to center selected event on timeline, etc.
  5. Added 'File > User settings > Pasted events include rail, pin, and rack addresses' which give you the choice of whether copy/pasting includes the addresses, which is useful if you are copying from Excel, or does not include addresses, which is the default and the current behavior.
  6. Changed max positions insertable at one time from the menu from 400 to 10000. Yes, somebody asked for this change.
  7. Changed minimum size of a position to 0.01m. Yes, somebody asked for this change too.
  8. Minor optimization to Mongoose exporter for DMX events longer than 10s.
  9. Added Pyrodigy exporter.
  1. FINALE INVENTORY USERS: Moved 'Finale Inventory' submenu from the 'Effects' menu to the 'File' menu.
  2. Updated Spanish UI translation.
  3. Added 32 pin and 16 pin options for fireTEK firing systems.
  4. Updated Russian and Ukrainian UI translation.
  5. Improved copy/paste between shows, enabling copy/paste of events or positions or models, and automatically including and copying over any positions that events depend on or models that positions depend.
  6. Added menu item 'Positions > Fix position names (invisible effects)...' to fix any script events whose position names don't match actual positions, which is is a common source of 'Why are my effects invisible?' confusion.
  7. Added a background process that checks if user ever creates mis-matching position names by editing the script window or positions window, and pops up a dialog offering to fix them automatically, the fix being able to detect and fix upper/lower case sensitivity problems and problems of user manually changing position names in position table instead of using the 'Rename position' function, which may leave events with mis-matching position names.
  8. Fixed positions window invalidation problem wherein rows didn't highlight reliably when selected in the design view.
  9. Made the 'Fix position names (invisible effects)...' function select any events in the script that remain for the user to fix manually.
  10. Enhanced copy/paste to support the following use case: copy events from multiple positions A, B, C, and paste into a different set of selected positions X, Y, Z. Existing behavior is preserved for when all copied events are from the same position A, in which case they a clone will be pasted into selected positions if more than one position is selected.
  11. Made the new copy/paste enhancement work for copying between shows also.
  12. Added support for Le Maitre Salamander flame fixture, and added standard effects for it in the Assorted DMX Effects downloadable catalog.
  13. Added support for the beamZ BBP60 par lights and added standard effects for them in the Assorted DMX Effects downloadable catalog.
  14. Added 'With Default Angle' effects in the effect libraries for Showven Circle Flamer, part number SHV1191, and Spark Fabrica Moving Head Flamer, part number SPF1191, and changed the DMX patches to remove the automatic default angles for the macro/program effects. This change removes the angle channel DMX events from the macros in exported script in order to make the first DMX channel events from the macros occur at the effect time itself as opposed to in advance of the effect time for purpose of setting the angle; from now on if you want a default angle for macros, please insert a 'With Default Angle' effect and adjust its duration to cover the period of operation.
  15. Removed fractional second sparks effects and added two-sec duration sparks effects for Sparkular and Sparkular Cycle, part numebrs SHV3019, SHV3020, SHV3021, SHV3119, SHV2120, SHV2121; and for MAGICFX Sparxtar, part numbers MAFX3019, MAFX3020, MAFX3021, and for Auvi Spark, part numbers AUV1019, AUV1020, AUV1021.
  16. Fixed main menu item 'Effects > Edit effect VDL > From item in show' to make it work even if the effects window has a filter applied that hides the effect being edited.
  17. Fixed bug that caused effect editor to pause for long periods of time.
  1. FINALE INVENTORY USERS: Moved 'Finale Inventory' submenu from the 'Effects' menu to the 'File' menu.
  2. Fixed StarFire track validation to allow the full range 1..932 instead of 100..9999.
  3. Preserve existing table layouts when open a show.
  4. In addition to preserving table layouts of script and effects when switching between shows or openingor creating a show, also preserve table layouts of positions window, keyframes window, and racks window.
  5. Moved 'Effects files' submenu from effect window collections selector menu to the main 'File' menu.
  6. Prevent loading duplicate FDB effects files.
  7. Expanded 'SequenceFire' page numbers for StarFire exporter by supporting 4-digit and 5-digit Track numbers. See StarFire page in documentation section.
  8. Added 1sec and 5sec snap-to on timeline when user moves cursor vertically while dragging playhead or items horizontally.
  9. Changed behavior of clicking on selected item on timeline -- no longer teleport playhead to item's blip unless user double-clicks.
  10. Fixed bug with Mongoose and Cobra exporters for DMX effects with Type = 'other_effect', which had caused durations to be blank. As a workaround you could also change the effect's type to 'sfx' bug the workaround is no longer necessary with this release.
  1. Updated Russian UI translation.
  2. Fixed Ukrainian Hyvernia and Russian Ruble currency symbols in printed reports, replacing with space character since code page 1251 encoder used for printed reports cannot represent those characters.
  3. Added 'With Angle' effect for setting the rest angle for Explo X2 Wave Flamer macros; will add to Showven Circle Flamer and Spark Fabrica MH flamer supplier catalogs when promote beta to full release.
  4. Updated Russian UI translation.
  5. Updated Brazilian Portuguese UI translation.
  6. Fixed Ukrainian Hyvernia currency symbol and Russian Ruble currency symbol in printed reports, removing them instead of printing a question mark.
  7. Added 'With Default Angle' effect for setting the rest angle for Explo X2 Wave flamer macros.
  8. Changed 'Import show' menus to add explicit menu items for each type of script file that can be imported.
  9. Added 'Import show' capability for Cobra Show Creator CSV files, including all four types of scripts -- step script by events, step script by tracks, separate scripts for tracks, and standard script.
  10. Updated Chinese UI translation.
  11. Fixed undo bug wherein undoing after 'Combine as chain' left a residual chain delay in the unchained items.
  12. Automatically save current table layouts when quitting application, and restore when launch, similar to window arrangements.
  13. Change gear menu item 'Reset column widths' to 'Reset table layout'.
  14. Added helpful instructions dialog regarding puzzle pieces if user does the 'Reset table layout' menu item.
  15. Save list of currently loaded FDB effects files and load them automatically when launching app.
  16. Added customizable effects window presets in the effects menus to make it easy to switch between effects collections and table layouts with hot keys.
  17. Save and restore the effects window table layout and active collection when quitting and relaunching app.
  18. Updated Russian and Ukrainian UI translations.
  19. Fixed minor bug with user setting for cue flags visibility; checkbox was wrong and menu item didn't work the very first time used.
  20. Fixed 'Straight up' and 'Pair' and 'Is Chain' fields in the script window, making them filterable with text in the search bar like: straight up = true.
  21. Fixed 'Chain Gap' column in the script and the 'Chain Specifications Report' to calculate the correct chain delays for chains with devices that have different prefires.
  1. Updated Polish UI translation.
  2. Fixed bug that we introduced in Explo X2 Wave Flamer effects in the last beta release when changing DMX Patch terminology from 'prefire' to 'setup'.
  3. Fixed bug in cue order in Fire Control G2 exporter.
  4. Fixed the Label Planet labels dimensions.
  1. EXPERIMENTAL BUILD. This build has a bug with X2 Wave Flamer effects.
  2. Changed Fire Control G2 exporter to limit duration of events in tracks to duration of track.
  3. Changed Cobra, Mongoose, and Fire Control G2 exporters to assume DMX channel values are 0 start of all tracks, and to make optimizations based on that assumption.
  4. Changed DMX patch term name from 'prefireBeginEndPatch' to 'setupBeginEndPatch' but still support old name.
  5. For G2 export, include all fixtures and modules pre-assigned to positions in equipment list, event those without events.
  6. Added optional maxInitialDmxSetupDelayMs per-show setting to give advanced users the ability to shorten the DMX setup delay on the first events of triggered tracks.
  7. Simplified DMX patches for Explo X2 Wave Flame macro/programs, removing unnecessary channel commands and optimizing the program channel and speed channel.
  8. Reset maximization status of hidden windows when invoking predefined window arrangement presents, to avoid previously maximized and hidden windows reappearing as maximized.
  1. Added 'Images window' hot key in 'Window' menu; added 'Window > Set main window to > Images window' option also, which was missing.
  2. Save and restore window minimization and maximization status in saved window arrangements.
  3. Improved SmartShow importer to allow double quote characters in the imported file.
  4. Save and restore current window arrangement when quitting and restarting the app; and use default arrangement if monitor configuration is different from when arrangement was saved.
  1. Made minor optimization to Pyromac exporter for overlapping DMX events.
  2. Fixed bug that move-to DMX events near the beginning of a track could cause track to start with an offset if semi-auto firing.
  3. Added Fire Control G2 exporter including pd, f1, and fm modules and dmx.
  4. Added 4-pin and 8-pin module types for RJ Equip firing systems.
  5. Fixed 'Update durations' dialog bug wherein dialog appeared even if no editable duration effects were selected.
  6. Fixed 'Delete unreferenced per-show effects' bug wherein racks were deleted without considering their references from the layout window.
  7. Updated Russian user interface translation.
  8. Disabled the 'DMX effect in pyro position' warning dialogs if the default firing system in 'Show > Set show information...' is RJEquipamentos or the other two firing systems with non-DMX flame support, Explo and Galaxis.
  9. Reduced number of window arrangement presets to three and added three slots for custom window arrangement presets that are saved in user settings.
  10. Added 'Window > Save window arrangement as custom preset' function.
  11. Changed behavior of the 11 window type menu items at the bottom of the Window menu to always bring the window to the front instead of toggling it between visible/hidden, which is more useful when the window can get hidden behind others.
  1. Release Highlights Video
  2. Added 'Scenery > Background images > Set backdrop image...' as a simple way to import background images, similar to how Finale Business worked.
  3. Added options to the 'Add backdrop image...' function for importing images with alpha transparency for creating scenes in which some fireworks are in front of the image and others are in back of the image.
  4. Added a transparent color option for the backdrop images so user can designate a particular color as transparent, as an alternative to using a PNG image with an alpha channel.
  5. Added 'Scenery > Set window to standard aspect ratio...' as an alternative to render settings because it is such an important feature for using backdrop images.
  6. Made the position rulers only appear when positions are unlocked. That was almost the case already but they would still be drawn when dragging a selection box even when positions were locked, which is now fixed.
  7. Made the 'Add position' function automatically unlock positions, to save you a mouse click.
  8. Fixed 'Script > Chains > Set chain delays' which previously was based on delays between effect times, which isn't correct if shells in the chain have different prefires.
  9. Change the Control-H 'Script > Chains > Combine as chain' function to combine as chain AND pop up the dialog to set or update the chain delays, which makes it obvious if the current deltas between effects are incorrect by virtue of prefire differences and gives user a way to fix it by simply typing a single number as the delta between shells and then press enter.
  10. Added 'File > User settings > Hide cue flag numbers unless selected or hovered over' as a new option for keeping the cue flag vertical lines but ditching the flags/numbers.
  11. Added new timeline feature -- ability to stretch durations of groups or selections sets by dragging hotspot at right end of timeline bar.
  12. Added timeline feature to stretch durations of individual effects that have editable duration by dragging hotspot at right end of their timeline bar; the Type of the effect determines whether its duration is editable -- sfx and lights have editable duration, whereas flame and pyro type effects do not.
  13. Fixed rack layout view of 16-pin fireTEK slats, previously showing 12 pins.
  14. Fixed crash bug that occurred when addressing a show with events that are not on a valid position.
  15. Updated Brazilian Portuguese UI translation.
  16. Added support for Korean character set.
  17. Added support for making the Korean UI translation.
  18. Added Hryvnia currency symbol for Ukrainian.
  19. Added new 'Assorted DMX Effects' supplier catalog and made various enhancements to DMX UI and workflow.
  20. Added DXM fixtures including Explo GX2 and GX3, Sigma Services FireFly, Auvi Spark, generic 5 head 7CH flamer fixture and multiple Magic FX fixtures along with related effects.
  1. Added support for Sigma Services FireFly flame systems.
  2. Created new supplier catalog called 'Assorted DMX Effects' to hold effects for fixtures that don't have supplier catalogs but that don't belong in Generic Effects; and moved Chauvet and Auvi effects into that catalog.
  3. Sorted effects better in the right-click 'Add compatible DMX effect' submenu, and added separators to separate the different kinds of effects like move-to effects from with-gobo, etc.
  4. Made Explo GX2 and GX3 flamer effects always use pin 1 in SHW files exported for the Explo Ignition System.
  5. Added Hryvnia currency symbol for Ukrainian.
  6. Added filters to all script reports and labels to exclude DMX effects.
  7. Added new timeline feature -- ability to stretch durations of groups or selections sets by dragging hotspot at right end of timeline bar.
  8. Added timeline feature to stretch durations of individual effects that have editable duration by dragging hotspot at right end of their timeline bar; the Type of the effect determines whether its duration is editable -- sfx and lights have editable duration, whereas flame and pyro type effects do not.
  9. Fixed crash bug that occurred when addressing a show with events that are not on a valid position.
  10. Changed terminology 'Background image' --> 'Backdrop image'.
  11. Added 'Lights blueprint' table layout preset puzzle piece to the script window.
  12. Fixed minor overlap problem with timeline effect bars overlapping in sequences of Move-To events with flames.
  13. Added 'DMX > Detect and fix PAN angle problems with Move-To effects...' to fix Move-To animations that have inconsistent PAN angles.
  14. Added export warning to detect any PAN angle problems with DMX fixtures.
  15. Disabled the auto-zoom-out for inserting DMX effects, since auto-zoom-out is a nicety for large pyro effects that can be annoying for close-prox effects particularly if using a backdrop image.
  1. Added effect library for Explo GX2 and GX3 flame units.
  2. Fixed rack layout view of 16-pin fireTEK slats, previously showing 12 pins.
  3. Added :duration500MsTo2500Ms parameter to DMX Patch languge to support Explo G3 flame units.
  4. Removed VDL from safety channel effects to make them show up as dotted lines on timeline.
  5. Minor optimizatin to fireTEK DMX exporter, removing duration field when channel value is zero.
  6. Minor optimization to Cobra exporter, removing duration field when value will be set by next event with no gap.
  7. Added 'Nonphysical' to VDL of all safety channel effects and modifier effects.
  8. Fixed Pan180/Mirror bug for slave fixtures for animated moving head effects.
  9. Clarified that move-to effects only work on fixtures, and must have a prefire equal to the max reachback, and must have the term 'Move-To' in the VDL.
  10. Fixed move-to bug applying when script window is sorted backwards.
  11. Changed Move-To effects to reach back and begin and previous event's action time, rather then at the end of the previous effect, because that is more intuitive.
  12. Fixed minor rounding rror in DMX exporter that could yield a 1ms error in some event times.
  13. Made 'Move-To' effects ignore modifier effects like 'With Gobo' or 'Safety Channel' when reaching back to connect to the 'from' event; added 'Modifier' as a new VDL term for effects that are modifiers like 'With Gobo' and 'Safety Channel'.
  14. Added DMX channel descriptions and position names to Cobra script exports.
  15. Updated Brazilian Portuguese translation.
  16. Updated MagicFX flame and sparks fixtures.
  17. Added 'Auvi Spark' fixture.
  18. Added generic 5 head 7CH flamer fixture.
  19. Moved assorted DMX fixture effects into a new supplier catalog called 'Assorted DMX', moving them out of Generic Effects.
  1. Reduced/simplified effects in Explo, G-Flame, EasyDancing, Uking, and Tomshine effect libraries.
  2. Made 'Replace effect' function put up a dialog offering to update effect durations that were editable or not, if any selected events had editable durations.
  3. Changed timeline algorithm for cascading efffect bars for effects on fixtures, to give each fixture its own row on the timeline when possible.
  4. Added 'File > User settings > Hide cue flag numbers unless selected or hovered over' as a new option for keeping the cue flag vertical lines but ditching the flags/numbers.
  5. Added a new VDL term 'Move-To' for moving head flamers and light fixtures that create continuous sweeps over angle-ranges defined by the trajectory dots.
  6. Improved DMX exporter for moving head gobo light fixtures by making gobo setup time initiate exactly one second before effect begins instead of much longer, which didn't matter but was confusing if you were trying to understand the exported script.
  7. Made timeline bars that have no VDL such as 'With Gobo' and 'With Strobing' and 'Safety Channel' appear as dotted lines instead of solid lines so they don't obscure the timeline bars of effects on the same fixture that they apply to.
  8. Added support for Korean character set.
  9. Added support for making the Korean UI translation.
  10. Added 'Scenery > Background images > Add background image...' as a simple way to import background images, similar to how Finale Business worked.
  11. Added options to the 'Add background image...' function for importing images with alpha transparency for creating scenes in which some fireworks are in front of the image and others are in back of the image.
  12. Added a transparent color option for the background images so user can designate a particular color as transparent, as an alternative to using a PNG image with an alpha channel.
  13. Added 'Scenery > Set window to standard aspect ratio...' as an alternative to render settings because it is such an important feature for using background images.
  14. Minor fixes to MAGICFX safety channel fixtures.)NOTE(Added Explo GX2 fixture as an option.
  1. Added fixture definition for TomShine 30W moving head light fixture -- but no simulations yet.
  2. Added support for user-defined DMX fixtures. Previously users could define DMX effects but would need to select '' for the fixture type of the position instead of being able to select the fixture by name; also the 'Assign DMX channel ranges...' function previously only applied to pre-defined fixture types in Finale, and it now applies to user-defined fixtures also.
  3. Added 'DMX > Detect fixture definition inconsistencies...' for troubleshooting if you are defining your own fixtures.
  4. Added fixture definition for U 'King RGBW moving head fixture light'.
  5. Tuned motor speed functions for pre-defined moving head fixtures.
  6. Added support for user-defined motor speed functions in DMX patches.
  7. Removed the 'DMX effect filter' field from the position properties and 'Configure position as DMX fixture' dialogs, since it is no longer needed now that we have user-defined fixtures.
  8. Improved the 'Fixture Type' field of the position properties and 'Configure position as DMX fixture' dialogs to include user-defined fixtures from all supplier catalogs and other effect collections.
  9. Added a 'multiple definitions' warning to fixture types that have multiple definitions.
  10. Added 'Initialize fixture' and 'Reset fixture' effects for fixtures that need them, and warning messages if you need them and don't have them.
  1. Improved appearance of menu items in 'Add DMX effect to fixture' menu by removing unnecessary information.
  2. Tuned motor speed formula for Tomshine moving head fixture to make it more accurate.
  3. Sped up strobing speeds on EasyDancing par light fixtures.
  1. Made the position rulers only appear when positions are unlocked. That was almost the case already but they would still be drawn when dragging a selection box even when positions were locked, which is now fixed.
  2. Made the 'Add position' function automatically unlock positions, to save you a mouse click.
  3. Updated Brazilian Portuguese UI translation.
  4. Validated all Spark Fabrica sims and fixed the two that were wrong.
  5. Improved descriptions of Wave Flamer effects, using convention that A>>B means all steps from A to B, whereas A>B means A first, then B.
  6. Fixed 'Script > Chains > Set chain delays' which previously was based on delays between effect times, which isn't correct if shells in the chain have different prefires.
  7. Change the Control-H 'Script > Chains > Combine as chain' function to combine as chain AND pop up the dialog to set or update the chain delays, which makes it obvious if the current deltas between effects are incorrect by virtue of prefire differences and gives user a way to fix it by simply typing a single number as the delta between shells and then press enter.
  8. Added support for Tomshine moving head gobo fixture.
  9. Draw timeline bars in the color of light effects for DMX fixtures.
  10. Support move-in-black and move-to light fixture effects.
  11. Add strobing effects to EasyDancing par light fixture effects list.
  12. Improving naming of light fixture effects.
  1. CLICK HERE FOR RELEASE HIGHLIGHTS VIDEO
  2. IMPORTANT NOTICE: In this version, please no longer subtract 1 when setting 'DMX Channel Base'. Also, for any shows started in previous versions, update your 'DMX Channel Base' values (to NOT subtract 1) and do 'Effects > Update per-show effects...' before exporting your script.
  3. Updated Brazilian Portuguese UI translation.
  4. Made it possible to use a shared Start Module among multiple positions in different addressing groups, see finale3d.com/documentation/start-module/
  5. Fixed bug wherein Pre-Assigned Rails in different universes or in different firing systems in the same show could conflict.
  6. Added error checking for conflicts with Pre-Assigned Rails.
  7. Updated Polish UI translation.
  8. Add to the rack selector menus in the racks dialog all the racks that would be compatible were it not for a mismatching Rack Type. Make these items disabled, and include explanatory annotation, 'Mismatching Rack Type'.
  9. Changed Mongoose exporter field delimiter to comma, and apply Excel-style double quote escaping, and allow double quote in descriptions.
  10. Improved clicking/dragging hysteresis for effects in timeline, making it possible to make minor adjustments by sliding the item on the timeline without feeling like you have to break it free of its initial position.
  11. Added snap-suppression for dragging effects on the timeline when user holds shift while dragging; items dragged while holding shift will not snap to nearby other items.
  12. Changed scrollbars to page up/down when clicked in track area above and below thumb instead of moving to clicked position, unless shift key held, which produced previous behavior.
  13. Adjusted page up/down amounts for all tables, timeline, and graphics window to leave a small overlap of the previously visible range.
  14. Reverted menu item change to reverse and randomize function, M and shift-M, poaching hot keys from the letters functions for the new addressing functions instead, O and Q.
  15. Improved 'Update translation file for missing phrases...' by making it ignore errors in NON-MATCHING lines.
  16. Minor improvement by turning position rulers off entirely when positions are locked, so less clutter on screen.
  17. Import weight and NEQ properties when importing effects file.
  18. Added Cobra DMX support.
  19. Updated Spanish UI translation.
  20. Changed all 'DMX patches' to be 0-based instead of 1-based. Please no longer subtract 1 when setting 'DMX Channel Base'. Also, do 'Effects > Update per-show effects...' for any existing DMX shows when you upgrade to this release, in addition to changing your DMX Channel Base values to NOT subtract 1.
  21. Added right-click context menu on positions to configure them as DMX fixtures, 'Configure as DMX fixture...'
  22. Added context menu item on positions to filter effects window to compatible effects for the fixture type that the position represents.
  23. Made DMX fixture positions appear as blue boxes instead of yellow disks, for pyro.
  24. Added context menu item for positions to 'Add compatible DMX effect' with a list of compatible effects to choose from.
  25. Added DMX Universe as a field on positions, which is now required for DMX scripts.
  26. Internally separated DMX addressing functions from pyro addressing functions, to enable completely decoupling them in the user interface.
  27. Changed the user interface paradigm for DMX. In the new paradigm, you configure positions to represent DMX fixtures like lights and flame projectors, from the 'Configure as DMX fixture...' context menu item, which opens a DMX fixture configuration dialog.
  28. Added the DMX fixture configuration dialog, which makes it easy to configure a position as a DMX fixture and to set the DMX Universe, DMX Channel Base, Position Type, DMX Fixture Type, and DMX Effect Filter.
  29. Added support for DMX slave fixtures. Simply set the Position Type in the DMX fixture configuration dialog to 'DMX Fixture (Slave)' instead of 'DMX Fixture (Master)' and set the DMX Universe and DMX Channel Base to match a master DMX fixture position. Add effects to the master position and they will appear mirrored on all of the corresponding slaves. Very fun. Try it with 100 slaves!
  30. Added warning dialogs when adding pyro to DMX fixture position or vice versa, or adding incompatible DMX effects based on the DMX Fixture Type, e.g., trying to add a G-Flame effect to an Explo flame projector.
  31. Updated all DMX related documentation and example files to reflect the change that DMX Channel Base should now be set to match the DMX fixtures Start Channel in the real world -- no longer subtract one.
  32. Added a new optimization to the DMX script exporter that reduces the size of the script 10-20% on most DMX capable firing systems.
  33. Added preliminary effects for the EasyDancing DMX par light with LED colors and strobing effects. The effects are added to Generic Effects and they generate the correct DMX output for the channels but we do not yet have visualization of lights so the rendering stand-in is ground strobes and flares, which look terrible but which do enable you to script DMX shows with stage lights of this type. Please email the staff at Finale if you have (non-moving) DMX stage lights that you would like Finale to include as standard effects. Moving lights will come later this year.
  34. Updated German UI translation.
  35. Changed 'Show information' dialog to say 'Default' firing system/module type to avoid confusion.
  36. Made shift-clicking items in selector menus work in real time to add/remove terms to the filter criteria quickly without re-opening the menu every time.
  37. Also made shift-clicking 'Move left/right' for table columns work.
  38. Also made shift-clicking work for 'Hide or unhide column'.
  39. Also made shift-clicking work for 'Add/remove filter' menu for tables.
  40. Made inserting items directly on top of a blank cue replace/remove the blank cue even if it was not selected at the time of inserting.
  41. When duration bars on the timeline are turned off, showing only the blips, the hit test area now shrinks to the blip.
  42. When selecting a cue from the script window, the timeline bar now gets brought into view on the timeline with a margin cushion from the edge, to make it easier to see.
  43. The 'Make into sequence' dialog now calculates the initial default duration to be the initial time range of the selected effects.
  44. The 'Make into sequence' and 'Spread out evenly/accelerating/etc.' dialogs now save the state of the grouping checkbox so you don't need to check it every time, and also automatically check it if any groups from the combine-as-group action, g-key, exist in the selected effects, since you generally always want to keep them together.
  45. Fixed the 'Create position groups manually' setting, which was preventing the green plus button from creating position groups also.
  46. Tuned/reduced the time hysteresis value for dragging effects small distances on the timeline from 200ms to 100ms, making it easier to drag events small distances at the expense of reducing the protection against accidentally nudging an effect when clicking on it to select it. Theory is that 100ms is enough protection, and feels better.
  47. Fixed Cobra exporter for long DMX durations, changing format to include minutes instead of just seconds.
  48. Added 'Script > Angles > Rotate cakes 180 degrees'.
  49. Added 'Show > Zoom to selected effects on timeline' menu item and hotkey; same as button on timeline
  50. Changed the 'X' hotkey to be selection box.
  51. Added new fireTEK script format, V4, with 12 columns.
  52. Added 16-pin slat option for fireTEK.
  53. Added DMX support for Mongoose and updated exproted script format.
  54. Updated Polish UI translation.
  55. Updated Brazilian Portuguese UI translation.
  56. Updated German UI translation.
  57. Made EasyRacks try harder to create single shot racks with all rows lengths the same, even if that means making the maxtrix of tubes more rectangular, less square.
  58. Fixed minor UI bug with initial state of the 'Use values from default addressing blueprint' checkbox on dialog from rack layout addressing link.
  59. Added significant new feature: 'Re-arrange tubes in adjustable angle racks to avoid collisions' option on addressing dialogs, which automatically re-arranges tubes in an optimized layout within single-shot racks such that tubes do not angle at each other and such that, to the extent possible, sets of adjacent tubes have the same size and part number to make the layout appear sensible to the crew setting up the racks; in addition to other subtle optimizations like optimizing for symmetry and a preference for tubes angling away from the rack instead of across it.
  60. Added support for the tiltable rows type of rack in the new addressing function, 'Re-arrange tubes in adjustable angle racks to avoid collisions.'
  61. Fixed minor UI bug wherein 'Effects > Update per-show effects' would always show effects with DMX Patches to needing an update even if they were already up to date.
  62. Fixed 'Replace with effect from effect window' and 'Replace selected events with this effect' right-click functions and the control-shift-enter replacement hotkey on the effects window and the 'Replace effect' main menu item to handle replacing items with chains, chains with items, and chains with chains, while preserving angles and addresses and adding or removing shells if the chains have different numbers of shells. Support replacing items within chains in addition to full chains as units.
  63. Improved 'Effects > Update per-show effects' to work correctly when updating chain effects in all circumstances, including when effect definition changed from being a chain to not a chain or vice versa or changed number of shells in the chain; the rows in the script now automatically adjust accordingly.
  64. Added error checking in addressing operation for DMX effects with conflicting channel ranges, while still enabling safety channel effects and flame effects to be on similarly configured master fixture positions.
  65. Added error checking and a warning dialog when playing a show for DMX fixtures missing universe, channel base fields, or having conflicts, or slave fixtures not referring to a master, or slave fixtrues having effects.
  66. Changed DMX slave fixture positions to be rendered as diamonds instead of squares so you can easily tell what is a slave versus what is a master.
  67. Made hovering over a master DMX fixture position automatically highlight any slave fixtures associated with it; and made hovering over a slave fixture automatically highlight the master that it refers to.
  68. Fixed the layout view to show positions as circles, squares, or diamonds depending on whether they are pyro, DMX master fixtures, or DMX slave fixtures.
  69. Added a new field on positions -- DMX Fixture Angle -- with an option to rotate the fixture 180 degrees since you may want to flip the fixture around in the real world or configure it in a 'mirror' mode.
  70. Updated German and French UI translations.
  71. Added 'Spray the fire' flame projector to DMX fixture options.
  72. Added generic on/off DMX flame projector to DMX fixture options.
  73. Added variable height generic DMX flame projector fixture option.
  74. Added generic DMX safety channel effects for flames with channel values 128, 180, and 255 to accommodate safety channel active value ranges on different hardware.
  75. Minor UI fix that if you right click on a position for context menu, it becomes selected.
  76. Made hover-over highlighting apply for DMX fixtures apply also to any referenced DMX slave fixtures or DMX master fixture referenced from the hovered-over position.
  77. Fix Brazilian Portuguese language detection.
  78. Fixed import effects dialog 'Prefire units' selector, which didn't work in some circumstances.
  79. Added menu item 'Change fixture and convert effects' to be able to change the type of a DMX fixture such as from Explo to MagicFX and to automatically convert all effects in the show over to the new fixture type.
  80. Added 'Exact match only' and 'Near match' options for the 'Change fixture and convert effects' option for switching between fixtures with different capabilities, like flame systems with and without angles.
  81. Made the 'Pan 180 / Mirror' option for fixtures appear as a column on the Reports > Special reports > DMX Fixture setup' report and also added the fixture type as a column to the report and gussied up the formatting a little.
  82. Shorten menu item names in 'Add compatible DMX effect' menu by removing the fixture type since it isn't necessary.
  83. If user has slave AND master position selected and user adds an effect to the master with right-click menu, deselect the slaves so the effect is only added to the master.
  84. Updated German, French, and Polish UI translations.
  85. Fixed a bug with Spray The Fire fixture configuration.
  86. Added support for Showven Sparkular, Sparkular Cyclone, uFlamer, and Circle Flamer; and Spark Fabrica Moving Head Flamer; and generic DMX relay and dimmer flamers.
  87. Improved error message when exporting a DMX script using Cobra V5 to explain you need to switch to Cobra V6.
  88. Updated Brazilian Portuguese UI.
  89. Added main DMX menu with all DMX functions.
  90. Added 'Choose catalogs of effects to download' menu item.
  91. Made 'Filter effects window to compatible DMX effects' detect if you need to switch collections, and do it for you automatically after a confirmation dialog.
  92. Made 'Filter effects window to compatible DMX effects' detect if you need to download a supplier catalog, and tell you if so.
  93. Added a check for overlapping DMX channel ranges; check occurs when you play the show.
  94. Added contextual error checking and instructional error messages to all DMX functions to make it easy to learn.
  95. Added instructions dialogs with do-not-show-again options for main menu DMX functions.
  96. Made right-click menu 'Add DMX effects' detect if you need to download a supplier catalog and tell you if so.
  97. Added a new DMX Fixture Type for Galaxis Safety Channel and Flamaniac Safety Channel, since those two flame systems have safety channels that can be configured independently of the fixture's fire channels and thus need to be in separate positions.
  98. Added back the EasyDancing fixture type.
  99. Added generic DMX safety channel fixture type.
  100. Minor improvements to some fixture type names.
  101. Improvements to MagicFX Flamaniac effects to improve effect conversions when user switches between Mode1 and Mode2.
  102. Update German UI translation.
  103. Add DMX channel range column to positions window, read-only, based on fixture type.
  104. Add global coordinates and global angles for positions and effects to Finale Generic CSV export file format in 'Coordinates' column. See Finale Generic CSV documentation and Scenery position coordinates documentation for details.
  105. Add 'DMX > Assign DMX channel ranges to fixtures' function to allocate channel ranges compactly for selected or all fixtures.
  106. Fixed error messages when adding DMX effect to pyro position.
  107. Add error message if user attempts to do 'Change DMX Fixture Type and convert effects' if multiple fixture types are selected or if unspecific fixture type selected.
  108. Add error message if user attempts to add DMX effect from right-click menu to multiple positions that do not agree on fixture type.
  109. Add stronger test for conflicting DMX channel base configurations that catches single-channel DMX personalities also.
  110. Add play time warnings for dmx effect in pyro position, and vice versa, and incopmatible dmx effect with fixture.
  111. If user does 'Change DMX Fixture Type and convert effects' with master fixtures selected and matching but unselected slaves, then pop up dialog to ask if user wants to convert the slave fixtures also.
  112. Fixed bug in top level menu item 'Add DMX effect to fixture'.
  113. Fixed old bug that the 'Add racks' functions would skip adding the names of rack groups comprised of sideways/rotated racks.
  114. Fixed bug that site layout view shows the position names in the upper left corner instead of attached to each position.
  115. Updated German UI translation.
  116. Improved DMX error checking when user presses play button, enabling the user to defer setup until later.
  117. Add DMX error checking dialog in front of addressing function.
  118. Improve the 'do not show again' checkbox on dialogs by making it not create an undo record if user doesn't change it.
  119. Narrowed the error checking regarding unconfigured DMX universe/channel base positions to those positions that have effects in them.
  120. Changed the 'Go to supplier catalog page to download effects' dialogs to offer to open the web page directly.
  121. Changed Finale Inventory settings dialog to go to the specific web page instead of finale3d home page.
  122. Add helpful annotations to the DMX errors in the addressing dialog to tell user what the errors are.
  123. Add effect-incompatible-with-fixture error checking in the addressing algorithm to avoid possibility of bad addressing.
  124. Auto-focus the continue button on do-not-show-again continue/cancel dialogs so you can just press enter to dismiss it.
  125. Added DMX error checking in front of 'Export firing system script' function.
  126. Added more explanatory error message if user tries to export a file without addressing it.
  127. Added more helpful error message if user tries to address before having assigned any DMX universe or channel bases to the fixtures.
  128. Improved 'Effects > Finale Inventory > Settings' dialog with buttons to connect or adjust settings.
  129. If user does 'Assign DMX channel ranges' for fixtures that include just one master and all the rest slaves, and if all of them do not yet have DMX universe and channel base, then infer that the user wants those slaves associated with that master and do it for him.
  130. Add a pre-export check to see if show is missing safety channel effects for DMX fixtures that need than, and display instructional dialog if so.
  131. Make the function 'Assign DMX channel ranges' assign new, blank fixtures to available channels in existing used universes, similar to filling available pyro module pins, instead of starting a new universe for them.
  132. Added a checkbox 'Auto-assign DMX channel ranges' to the 'Configure as DMX fixture' properties dialog, as a convenience.
  133. In the list of DMX effects that can be added to a fixture from the right-click menu, keep the list sorted by part number except promote important effects like safety channels to the top of the list.
  134. Added pre-export checks for events having errors, events having no addresses, and other circumstances and display context sensitive instructional dialog.
  135. Fixed Explo X2 Wave Flamer sims for programss #63-66, which were incorrect.
  1. Add a pre-export check to see if show is missing safety channel effects for DMX fixtures that need than, and display instructional dialog if so.
  2. Make the function 'Assign DMX channel ranges' assign new, blank fixtures to available channels in existing used universes, similar to filling available pyro module pins, instead of starting a new universe for them.
  3. Added a checkbox 'Auto-assign DMX channel ranges' to the 'Configure as DMX fixture' properties dialog, as a convenience.
  4. In the list of DMX effects that can be added to a fixture from the right-click menu, keep the list sorted by part number except promote important effects like safety channels to the top of the list.
  5. Added pre-export checks for events having errors, events having no addresses, and other circumstances and display context sensitive instructional dialog.
  6. Fixed Explo X2 Wave Flamer sims for programss #63-66, which were incorrect.
  1. Updated German UI translation.
  2. Improved DMX error checking when user presses play button, enabling the user to defer setup until later.
  3. Add DMX error checking dialog in front of addressing function.
  4. Improve the 'do not show again' checkbox on dialogs by making it not create an undo record if user doesn't change it.
  5. Narrowed the error checking regarding unconfigured DMX universe/channel base positions to those positions that have effects in them.
  6. Changed the 'Go to supplier catalog page to download effects' dialogs to offer to open the web page directly.
  7. Changed Finale Inventory settings dialog to go to the specific web page instead of finale3d home page.
  8. Add helpful annotations to the DMX errors in the addressing dialog to tell user what the errors are.
  9. Add effect-incompatible-with-fixture error checking in the addressing algorithm to avoid possibility of bad addressing.
  10. Auto-focus the continue button on do-not-show-again continue/cancel dialogs so you can just press enter to dismiss it.
  11. Added DMX error checking in front of 'Export firing system script' function.
  12. Added more explanatory error message if user tries to export a file without addressing it.
  13. Added more helpful error message if user tries to address before having assigned any DMX universe or channel bases to the fixtures.
  14. Improved 'Effects > Finale Inventory > Settings' dialog with buttons to connect or adjust settings.
  15. If user does 'Assign DMX channel ranges' for fixtures that include just one master and all the rest slaves, and if all of them do not yet have DMX universe and channel base, then infer that the user wants those slaves associated with that master and do it for him.
  1. Fixed bug in top level menu item 'Add DMX effect to fixture'.
  2. Fixed old bug that the 'Add racks' functions would skip adding the names of rack groups comprised of sideways/rotated racks.
  3. Fixed bug that site layout view shows the position names in the upper left corner instead of attached to each position.
  4. Added generic DMX safety channel fixture type.
  5. Minor improvements to some fixture type names.
  6. Improvements to MagicFX Flamaniac effects to improve effect conversions when user switches between Mode1 and Mode2.
  7. Update German UI translation.
  8. Add DMX channel range column to positions window, read-only, based on fixture type.
  9. Add global coordinates and global angles for positions and effects to Finale Generic CSV export file format in 'Coordinates' column. See Finale Generic CSV documentation and Scenery position coordinates documentation for details.
  10. Add 'DMX > Assign DMX channel ranges to fixtures' function to allocate channel ranges compactly for selected or all fixtures.
  11. Fixed error messages when adding DMX effect to pyro position.
  12. Add error message if user attempts to do 'Change DMX Fixture Type and convert effects' if multiple fixture types are selected or if unspecific fixture type selected.
  13. Add error message if user attempts to add DMX effect from right-click menu to multiple positions that do not agree on fixture type.
  14. Add stronger test for conflicting DMX channel base configurations that catches single-channel DMX personalities also.
  15. Add play time warnings for dmx effect in pyro position, and vice versa, and incopmatible dmx effect with fixture.
  16. If user does 'Change DMX Fixture Type and convert effects' with master fixtures selected and matching but unselected slaves, then pop up dialog to ask if user wants to convert the slave fixtures also.
  1. Updated Brazilian Portuguese UI.
  2. Added main DMX menu with all DMX functions.
  3. Added 'Choose catalogs of effects to download' menu item.
  4. Made 'Filter effects window to compatible DMX effects' detect if you need to switch collections, and do it for you automatically after a confirmation dialog.
  5. Made 'Filter effects window to compatible DMX effects' detect if you need to download a supplier catalog, and tell you if so.
  6. Added a check for overlapping DMX channel ranges; check occurs when you play the show.
  7. Added contextual error checking and instructional error messages to all DMX functions to make it easy to learn.
  8. Added instructions dialogs with do-not-show-again options for main menu DMX functions.
  9. Made right-click menu 'Add DMX effects' detect if you need to download a supplier catalog and tell you if so.
  10. Added a new DMX Fixture Type for Galaxis Safety Channel and Flamaniac Safety Channel, since those two flame systems have safety channels that can be configured independently of the fixture's fire channels and thus need to be in separate positions.
  11. Added back the EasyDancing fixture type.
  1. Improved error message when exporting a DMX script using Cobra V5 to explain you need to switch to Cobra V6.
  2. Updated German, French, and Polish UI translations.
  3. Fixed a bug with Spray The Fire fixture configuration.
  4. Added support for Showven Sparkular, Sparkular Cyclone, uFlamer, and Circle Flamer; and Spark Fabrica Moving Head Flamer; and generic DMX relay and dimmer flamers.
  1. Fix Brazilian Portuguese language detection.
  2. Minor UI fix that if you right click on a position for context menu, it becomes selected.
  3. Made hover-over highlighting apply for DMX fixtures apply also to any referenced DMX slave fixtures or DMX master fixture referenced from the hovered-over position.
  4. Updated German and French UI translations.
  5. Added 'Spray the fire' flame projector to DMX fixture options.
  6. Added generic on/off DMX flame projector to DMX fixture options.
  7. Added variable height generic DMX flame projector fixture option.
  8. Added generic DMX safety channel effects for flames with channel values 128, 180, and 255 to accommodate safety channel active value ranges on different hardware.
  9. Changed DMX slave fixture positions to be rendered as diamonds instead of squares so you can easily tell what is a slave versus what is a master.
  10. Made hovering over a master DMX fixture position automatically highlight any slave fixtures associated with it; and made hovering over a slave fixture automatically highlight the master that it refers to.
  11. Fixed the layout view to show positions as circles, squares, or diamonds depending on whether they are pyro, DMX master fixtures, or DMX slave fixtures.
  12. Added a new field on positions -- DMX Fixture Angle -- with an option to rotate the fixture 180 degrees since you may want to flip the fixture around in the real world or configure it in a 'mirror' mode.
  13. Added error checking in addressing operation for DMX effects with conflicting channel ranges, while still enabling safety channel effects and flame effects to be on similarly configured master fixture positions.
  14. Added error checking and a warning dialog when playing a show for DMX fixtures missing universe, channel base fields, or having conflicts, or slave fixtures not referring to a master, or slave fixtrues having effects.
  15. Fixed import effects dialog 'Prefire units' selector, which didn't work in some circumstances.
  16. Added menu item 'Change fixture and convert effects' to be able to change the type of a DMX fixture such as from Explo to MagicFX and to automatically convert all effects in the show over to the new fixture type.
  17. Added 'Exact match only' and 'Near match' options for the 'Change fixture and convert effects' option for switching between fixtures with different capabilities, like flame systems with and without angles.
  18. Made the 'Pan 180 / Mirror' option for fixtures appear as a column on the Reports > Special reports > DMX Fixture setup' report and also added the fixture type as a column to the report and gussied up the formatting a little.
  19. Shorten menu item names in 'Add compatible DMX effect' menu by removing the fixture type since it isn't necessary.
  20. If user has slave AND master position selected and user adds an effect to the master with right-click menu, deselect the slaves so the effect is only added to the master.
  1. Speed and reliability improvements for Finale Inventory sync.
  2. Improved 'Effects > Update per-show effects' to work correctly when updating chain effects in all circumstances, including when effect definition changed from being a chain to not a chain or vice versa or changed number of shells in the chain; the rows in the script now automatically adjust accordingly.
  3. Fixed 'Replace with effect from effect window' and 'Replace selected events with this effect' right-click functions and the control-shift-enter replacement hotkey on the effects window and the 'Replace effect' main menu item to handle replacing items with chains, chains with items, and chains with chains, while preserving angles and addresses and adding or removing shells if the chains have different numbers of shells. Support replacing items within chains in addition to full chains as units.
  1. Improvements to Finale Inventory sync speed and reliability.
  2. Fixed minor UI bug wherein 'Effects > Update per-show effects' would always show effects with DMX Patches to needing an update even if they were already up to date.
  3. Added support for the tiltable rows type of rack in the new addressing function, 'Re-arrange tubes in adjustable angle racks to avoid collisions.'
  4. Updated Polish UI translation.
  5. Updated Brazilian Portuguese UI translation.
  6. Updated German UI translation.
  7. Made EasyRacks try harder to create single shot racks with all rows lengths the same, even if that means making the maxtrix of tubes more rectangular, less square.
  8. Fixed minor UI bug with initial state of the 'Use values from default addressing blueprint' checkbox on dialog from rack layout addressing link.
  9. Added significant new feature: 'Re-arrange tubes in adjustable angle racks to avoid collisions' option on addressing dialogs, which automatically re-arranges tubes in an optimized layout within single-shot racks such that tubes do not angle at each other and such that, to the extent possible, sets of adjacent tubes have the same size and part number to make the layout appear sensible to the crew setting up the racks; in addition to other subtle optimizations like optimizing for symmetry and a preference for tubes angling away from the rack instead of across it.
  1. Fixed Cobra exporter for long DMX durations, changing format to include minutes instead of just seconds.
  2. Added 'Script > Angles > Rotate cakes 180 degrees'.
  3. Added 'Show > Zoom to selected effects on timeline' menu item and hotkey; same as button on timeline.
  4. Changed the 'X' hotkey to be selection box.
  5. Fixed the 'Create position groups manually' setting, which was preventing the green plus button from creating position groups also.
  6. Tuned/reduced the time hysteresis value for dragging effects small distances on the timeline from 200ms to 100ms, making it easier to drag events small distances at the expense of reducing the protection against accidentally nudging an effect when clicking on it to select it. Theory is that 100ms is enough protection, and feels better.
  7. When selecting a cue from the script window, the timeline bar now gets brought into view on the timeline with a margin cushion from the edge, to make it easier to see.
  8. The 'Make into sequence' dialog now calculates the initial default duration to be the initial time range of the selected effects.)NOTE(The 'Make into sequence' and 'Spread out evenly/accelerating/etc.' dialogs now save the state of the grouping checkbox so you don't need to check it every time, and also automatically check it if any groups from the combine-as-group action, g-key, exist in the selected effects, since you generally always want to keep them together.
  9. Updated German UI translation.
  10. Changed 'Show information' dialog to say 'Default' firing system/module type to avoid confusion.
  11. Made shift-clicking items in selector menus work in real time to add/remove terms to the filter criteria quickly without re-opening the menu every time.
  12. Also made shift-clicking 'Move left/right' for table columns work.
  13. Also made shift-clicking work for 'Hide or unhide column'.
  14. Also made shift-clicking work for 'Add/remove filter' menu for tables.
  15. Made inserting items directly on top of a blank cue replace/remove the blank cue even if it was not selected at the time of inserting.
  16. When duration bars on the timeline are turned off, showing only the blips, the hit test area now shrinks to the blip.
  17. Added DMX support for Mongoose and updated exported script format.
  18. Added new fireTEK script format, V4, with 12 columns.
  19. Added 16-pin slat option for fireTEK.
  1. Updated all DMX related documentation and example files to reflect the change that DMX Channel Base should now be set to match the DMX fixtures Start Channel in the real world -- no longer subtract one.
  2. Added a new optimization to the DMX script exporter that reduces the size of the script 10-20% on most DMX capable firing systems.
  3. Added preliminary effects for the EasyDancing DMX par light with LED colors and strobing effects. The effects are added to Generic Effects and they generate the correct DMX output for the channels but we do not yet have visualization of lights so the rendering stand-in is ground strobes and flares, which look terrible but which do enable you to script DMX shows with stage lights of this type. Please email the staff at Finale if you have (non-moving) DMX stage lights that you would like Finale to include as standard effects. Moving lights will come later this year.
  4. Internally separated DMX addressing functions from pyro addressing functions, to enable completely decoupling them in the user interface.
  5. Changed the user interface paradigm for DMX. In the new paradigm, you configure positions to represent DMX fixtures like lights and flame projectors, from the 'Configure as DMX fixture...' context menu item, which opens a DMX fixture configuration dialog.
  6. Added the DMX fixture configuration dialog, which makes it easy to configure a position as a DMX fixture and to set the DMX Universe, DMX Channel Base, Position Type, DMX Fixture Type, and DMX Effect Filter.
  7. Added support for DMX slave fixtures. Simply set the Position Type in the DMX fixture configuration dialog to 'DMX Fixture (Slave)' instead of 'DMX Fixture (Master)' and set the DMX Universe and DMX Channel Base to match a master DMX fixture position. Add effects to the master position and they will appear mirrored on all of the corresponding slaves. Very fun. Try it with 100 slaves!
  8. Added warning dialogs when adding pyro to DMX fixture position or vice versa, or adding incompatible DMX effects based on the DMX Fixture Type, e.g., trying to add a G-Flame effect to an Explo flame projector.
  9. Improved 'Update translation file for missing phrases...' by making it ignore errors in NON-MATCHING lines.
  10. Minor improvement by turning position rulers off entirely when positions are locked, so less clutter on screen.
  11. Import weight and NEQ properties when importing effects file.
  12. Added Cobra DMX support.
  13. Updated Spanish UI translation.
  14. Changed all 'DMX patches' to be 0-based instead of 1-based. Please no longer subtract 1 when setting 'DMX Channel Base'. Also, do 'Effects > Update per-show effects...' for any existing DMX shows when you upgrade to this release, in addition to changing your DMX Channel Base values to NOT subtract 1.
  15. Added right-click context menu on positions to configure them as DMX fixtures, 'Configure as DMX fixture...'
  16. Added context menu item on positions to filter effects window to compatible effects for the fixture type that the position represents.
  17. Made DMX fixture positions appear as blue boxes instead of yellow disks, for pyro.
  18. Added context menu item for positions to 'Add compatible DMX effect' with a list of compatible effects to choose from.
  19. Added DMX Universe as a field on positions, which is now required for DMX scripts.
  20. Reverted menu item change to reverse and randomize function, M and shift-M, poaching hot keys from the letters functions for the new addressing functions instead, O and Q.
  21. Changed scrollbars to page up/down when clicked in track area above and below thumb instead of moving to clicked position, unless shift key held, which produced previous behavior.
  22. Adjusted page up/down amounts for all tables, timeline, and graphics window to leave a small overlap of the previously visible range.
  23. Improved clicking/dragging hysteresis for effects in timeline, making it possible to make minor adjustments by sliding the item on the timeline without feeling like you have to break it free of its initial position.
  24. Added snap-suppression for dragging effects on the timeline when user holds shift while dragging; items dragged while holding shift will not snap to nearby other items.
  25. Updated Polish UI translation.
  26. Add to the rack selector menus in the racks dialog all the racks that would be compatible were it not for a mismatching Rack Type. Make these items disabled, and include explanatory annotation, 'Mismatching Rack Type'.
  27. Changed Mongoose exporter field delimiter to comma, and apply Excel-style double quote escaping, and allow double quote in descriptions.
  28. Fixed bug wherein Pre-Assigned Rails in different universes or in different firing systems in the same show could conflict.
  29. Added error checking for conflicts with Pre-Assigned Rails.
  30. Updated Brazilian Portuguese UI translation.
  31. Made it possible to use a shared Start Module among multiple positions in different addressing groups, see finale3d.com/documentation/start-module/
  1. CLICK HERE FOR RELEASE HIGHLIGHTS VIDEO.
  2. Added real-time pin usage warning dots on the positions, available from the 'Show' menu.
  3. Added real-time pin counts and module counts per-position, available from the 'Show' menu.
  4. Improved the rack collection filter on the 'Add racks' dialog.
  5. Made collection filter on 'Add racks' dialog prevent easy racks from being the default selections if filtering to a non-easy racks collection.
  6. Added left/right/center text justification options for labels fields.
  7. Made the chain specifications label templates sort by effect time instead of by angle as the last sort criterion, so the printed labels for the chain are in order.
  8. Added 24 shot slat and 6 shot slat options for Mongoose firing system.
  9. Fixed 'Addressing > Clear all addresses' which previously just cleared slected events' addresses.
  10. Added a new function 'Clear addresses at selected positions.
  11. Made all the clear address functions respect the address 'locked' flag.
  12. Made 'Clear rack assignments' NOT clear the address 'locked' flag.
  13. Made deleting racks NOT unlock the addresses of items in the racks.
  14. Added a new function 'Re-address selected positions' with hot key 'M' which is handy for addressing in the design view.
  15. Change 'Edit pins' link to 'Drag & drop pins'.
  16. Added checkbox for 'Use values from default addressing blueprint' on 'Readdress' dialog for re-addressing a single position from the rack layout view.
  17. Updated Norwegian translation.
  18. Added 'Cue Count' to the list of possible sort terms for sorting rows in reports.
  19. Changed name of 'Script' report to 'Wiring Script' and added a new report 'Spotter Script' that is sorted by effect time and that begins with 'Cue Count' as the first column and that has columns arranged in a different order.
  20. Added Mongoose firing system exporter.
  21. Added a warning message if user tries to address show, position, or range of events that are all locked, since it is confusing if nothing happens.
  22. Made 'Add racks' function show a message 'No more more racks required' if in fact no more racks are required.
  23. Fixed shift-page-up/down behavior in table views.
  24. Fixed the 'Script > Sequence' functions for making sequences involving grouped events on the timeline with the 'Grouping' checkbox on, which previously didn't work for groups that had effects in multiple positions.
  25. In 'Add racks' dialog, do not clear the part number for rack rows with zero racks to add, which makes it easier to understand what's going on when fits-any-size racks are shared among multiple rows.
  26. Improved the stability of the rows in the 'Add racks' dialog for situations involving fits-any-size racks being shared among multiple rows, preventing the disabled statuses from jumping around when the user is making selection of rack for each row.
  27. Improve text of on rack rows in 'Add racks' dialog.
  28. Fixed a bug in which size min/max and other special racks characteristics wasn't being taking into account in the 'Add racks' dialog.
  29. Fixed a possible bug in which rack length constraint could have been miscalculated in the 'Add racks' dialog.
  30. Made 'Add racks' dialog show rows for all calibers in any section with any racks, rather than filtering to just the calibers with required racks, to make it easier to understand what is going on in complex situations involving fits-any-size racks.
  31. Improved 'Make into sequence' to make it handle sorting angles more intuitively.
  32. Fixed minor bug in 'Make into sequence' and 'Spread out evenly' functions for sequences containing both groups and chains.'
  33. Made 'Spread out evenly' functions preserve internal timing of groups/patterns when 'Grouping' checkbox is on, instead of flattening the timing patterns within groupes.
  34. Made the collections filter in the 'Add racks' dialog include all collections that contain racks, even if none of the racks can contribute on account of being incompatible or having a part number conflict with another collectipn.
  35. Made it possible to drag-and-drop patterns of effects in design view from multiple positions to multiple possitions, without collapsing the pattern onto a single position.
  36. Made the default script table layout sort by effect time instead of event time.
  37. Made the default 'Rail/Pin' script table layout sort by Rail > Pin > Event Time.
  38. Improved the 'Script > Make into sequence' function to preserve internal timing of groups when the 'Grouping' checkbox is checked, making it possible to put sequences into sequences without flattening them.
  39. Make 'Script > Make into sequence' take groups into consideration, making it possible to put explicit groups into sequences without flattening them.
  40. Made it possible to drag effects from effect basket to tubes even if you don't have pre-assigned rails or a start module for the position.
  41. Made it possible to re-address a position even if it has no events, no pre-assigned rails, and no start module, in which case the first unused rail address is the default starting point.
  42. Widened module type selector/menu in position properties dialog.
  43. Fixed the backward compatibility annoyance of new versions adding new columns to existing show reports and table layouts in the visible state instead of in the hidden state. Upgrading to new versions from this version forward will not add unwanted visible columns to existing show blueprints, but if you are saving blueprints in Excel, you will still need to modify those blueprints to hide the new columns.
  44. Made it possible to re-address an individual position without affecting the rest of the show, using the 'Re-address' link in the rack layout view -- even if your position does not have a Start Module or Pre-Assigned Rails; the link always works now.
  45. Improved the error messages for the 'Re-address' link in the rack layout view, adding an error dialog if there are wiring errors.
  46. Added a test for module overflow conflicts in the 'Re-address' link on the rack layout view to catch the scenario of accidentally re-addressing a position and spilling over to use modules that conflict with other position's addresses.
  47. Added type variations of Reverse Size addressing sort.
  48. Removed the type variations of Custom Numeric Field as addressing sort terms.
  49. Added Tilt and Reverse Tilt and type variations of them as addressing sort terms.
  50. Fixed bug saving the new addressing sort terms in blueprints.
  51. Added Cakes Last sort term.
  52. Changed formatting of the type variations of sort terms in menus.
  53. Fixed minor addressing bug occuring when user addresses pre-wired racks without viewing the rack layout view.
  54. Added right-click context menu on rails in rack layout view, with functions to select all events on rail, clear pin or all pins, delete rack, and get explanations.
  55. Added ability to drag-and-drop effects from the effect basket in the rack layout view directly to racks, getting assigned the next available firing system address automatically.
  56. Added helpful do-not-show-again instructions dialogs to rack layout view for dragging effects from effect basket.
  57. Added 25 new sort terms for addressing, such as CAKES FIRST, SIZE OF NON-CAKE, CUSTOM NUMERIC FIELD OF MORTAR ITEM, which enable the user to create conditional sorting expressions that sort different types of effects differently, such as sorting mortar items by size while ignoring size for cakes.
  58. Fixed minor bug with control points on racks in rack layout view flickering when user drags selection box.
  59. Added 'Tube loading order' specification in rack create/edit dialog, providing user control over the pin numbers in single-shot racks with multiple rows.
  60. Fixed the initial focus of several addressing/racking related dialogs so the user can easily press the 'Enter' key to dismiss the dialog.
  61. Fixed a minor but with the 'Add/edit rails' link on the rack layout view pertaining to when the user clears the field, which previously would disable a helpful warning message for addressing without a starting point.
  62. Made addressng functions select the events that were missing racks, if there were any.
  63. Made addressing functions show dialog to help users with missing racks, if there were any such issues.
  64. Added 'Addressing > Clear addresses of selected events' function.
  65. Added 'Racks > Add racks for selected events...'
  66. Added 'Drag selection box' link to rack layout view, because people didn't know that holding shift and dragging on background would drag a selection rect in rack layout view.
  67. Updated Polish UI translations.
  68. Added 'Rack counts' link at bottom of rack layout view, to give dialog with summary of rack usage in the position.
  69. Added description field to the 'Create rack' dialog so you can give the rack a name.
  70. Added a new addressing sort term 'Matches Any Rack' to enable you to put items that do not have racks, like cakes or non-slice cakes, at the end of the modules.
  71. Improved the rack error exclusions such that if you have ignored racks for a particular 'Rack Type' then you won't get racking errors for that Rack Type when addressing, which enables you to add racks for slice cakes with a Rack Type and not add racks for other cakes without a Rack Type and then not get any racking errors for the cakes for which you didn't add racks.
  72. Added 'Reverse Angle HPR' field for rack reports to sort angles left-to-right.
  73. Fixed 'Angle HPR' sort field option for rack reports, which previously got stripped out when you re-edited a rack report template.
  74. Improved header text of 'Add racks' dialogs to tell you how many existing racks you are already have (if you are not doing the add racks operation that preserves existing racks.
  75. Improved the 'Add racks' functions to handle cases in which chosen racks have fixed angles that cannot be tilted to match the effects being racked.
  76. Improved the 'Add racks' dialog UI in cases that user selects the same fits-any-size rack for multiple SS sizes/rows in the dialog, now allocating all effects top down in the dialog to make it more understandable in tricky situations.
  77. Added a 'Leftover effects' line in the 'Add racks' dialog to tell you if any effects cannot be racked withyour chosen racks on account of their angles.
  78. Fixed a bug with fits-any-size mortar racks, which aren't very common but which had the problem of not getting addresses in some circumstances.
  79. Added four additional slots for sort fields to the addressing dialog and blueprints.
  80. Added three new addressing sort terms, 'Same Rack', 'Same Row in Rack', and 'Next Tube In Rack' to support a preference for filling out racks with fanned out tubes with sequential pin addresses, and other advanced sorting options.
  81. Added two new notes columns to the script table, Notes 2 and Notes 3.
  82. Improved Pyromate SmartShow script importer, making it automically infer module type based on module number.
  83. Made 'Import show' function support Pyromate SmartShow CSV script format.
  84. Added SHT as synonym for SHOT to VDL.
  85. Changed location of saved user settings to the new backups directory so they don't get blown away when you install new versions of the software.
  86. Fixed the bug that saving files to DropBox or to drives with security encryption could sometimes have an error when those processes touched the file while finale3d was saving it.
  87. Automatically save and retain a backup file of any file that you overwrite while saving, and provide access to the backup files with a new menu item, 'File > Admin > Open backup files directory'
  88. Added 'Rack Type' to the sort criteria options for addressing and reports.
  89. Reverted change to ASCII art angle format in reports and labels to the prior format that showed all angles, like '\|| -10 -10 0 0'.
  90. Added a new column/field to effects and racks called 'First Angle*' which displays the ASCII art angle format that shows only the first angle, with an asterisk after it if the row contains multiple angles that are not all the same, e.g., '-10 *'.
  91. Made the new First Angle* column hidden in all standard/default blueprints, but regrettably the new column will appear in users' customized blueprints and blueprints saved with existing shows, and users need to manually remove it by editing the report blueprint or copying a fresh new report blueprint that is up-to-date with this change from a new show over the corresonding blueprint in an existing show.
  92. Fix minor bug wherein racks dialog could show 'Apple Banana' as a rack option for one of the rows if the user had changed the definition of the rack.
  93. Added Rack Type to the tooltips for effects in the rack layout window.
  94. Added filter selector to 'Add racks' dialog to limit rack choices to a specific collection.
  95. Added 'Racks > Rack counts' menu item to rack summary page.
  96. Added rack summary page showing existing and added racks resulting from 'Add racks' functions.
  97. Removed the feature that automatically changed the selected effects collection to one having racks or effects.
  98. Fixed minor bug in Hobbyist mode that the 'Add racks' functions unhelpfully switched to the disabled rack layout view.
  99. Re-arranged and simplified link buttons on rack layout view.
  100. Combined 'Edit rails' and 'Add rails' link buttons and made it possible to specify a list of rails in the dialog.
  101. Added a 'Zoom' link button to the rack layout view.
  102. Implemented 'File > Admin > Reset user settings' and '...Reset do-not-show dialog flags in user settings'
  103. Made clicking on empty square in rail switch between 'Edit racks' mode and 'Edit pins' mode.
  104. Made clicking a filled pin square on a rail in the rack layout view select just the events addressed to that pin and unselect all others.
  105. Made clicking the rail/module number below the rail in the rack layout view not report a conflict if setting it to its existing value, which has the sometimes useful side-effect of selecting all events addressed to that rail.
  106. Fixed bug in 'Add racks' UI pertaining to fits-any-size racks in the dialog consuming effects for other rows in the dialog even when disabled.
  107. Added support for Maltese effect names with automatic translation to VDL.
  108. Fixed easy racks user settings menu item dialog, which had disabled number-of-tubes fields.
  109. Widened the context menu for selecting the part in the 'Add racks' dialog, and added the rack descriptions to the menu items, not just part number and collection.
  110. Made dialog windows scrollable vertically, using scrollwheel, up/down arrows or page up/down keys.
  111. Fixed minor formatting bug in rack layout view, displaying rack size = 1.8in instead of 1.811in, removing extra precision.
  112. Fixed checkbox elements interactivity in the add racks dialogs; clicking on the checkbox itself updated the row content but clicking on the checkbox text changed the checkbox but didn't update the row content.
  113. Fixed crash bug in 'Add racks' that occurred when a rack instance referred to a partNumber that didn't exist.
  114. Fixed 'Add racks' to take into account sleeves.
  115. Fixed tooltips and effect basket groupings on the rack windows to take into account sleeves.
  116. Updated Polish UI translation.
  117. Added Maltese UI translation.
  118. Fixed minor addressing UI bug for rack assignments for ground type items when 'Treat all missing racks as errors' is unchecked.
  119. Fixed addressing constraint bug wherein the 'Group' constraint didn't work well with chains unless you put individual chains into their own groups.
  120. Major re-design of the UI for adding racks to the show, including merging the user interface for EasyRacks and regular racks by creating an 'Add racks' dialog that includes all available rack options.
  121. Added ability to set the 'Limit' for the number of each type of rack you are adding to the show, in the 'Add racks' dialog.
  122. Changed the way 'Add racks' works, making it always take into consideration your existing racks as well as your existing effects in the show without any dependence addressing the show; you can delete racks first if you prefer to start from scratch.
  123. Removed the basic/advanced menu configuration options for racks; now there's only one menu configuration, and it is simpler than before.
  1. First implementation of 'node vdl' for Star Definitions in effect editor.
  2. Fix Brazilian Portuguese language detection.
  3. Remove smoke puff rotation.
  1. Updated Brazilian Portuguese UI translation.
  2. Fixed load/save bug with racks that messed up rack/tube assignments assigned if there were gaps in the rack number sequence.
  3. Fixed minor bug in which the 'Used' count for racks in the effects window wouldn't update after making changes to the rack view.
  4. Made it impossible to enter the reference number 0 for chains, racks, songs, models, and images. 0 was already an invalid value that the system would never assign but it was previously possible to enter the number 0 for a reference manually.
  5. Fixed spelling error, 'Baraq' -> 'Beraq'
  6. Fixed very minor bug in which it was possible for racks to be sorted differently in the rack table after saving and loading show.
  1. Change default model brightness from 1.5 to 1.0.
  2. Fix some crashes in effect parsing/building.
  3. Updated Italian UI translation.
  4. Added settings in 'Scenery > Sky image adjustments' to rotate the direction the image is facing and to stretch the image horizontally to create a wider viewing area.
  5. Re-tuned the darkening/blending on sky images.
  6. Re-tuned the sky image adjustments for the default image, stretching the image horizontally to reduce the black area in the rear and increasing the darkening at the edges which is possible for the larger, stretched image. For backward compatibility, existing shows remain as is, and new shows will get the new defaults.
  7. Added 'skyRotationDegrees' per-show setting to enable rotating the sky image.
  8. Fixed crashing bug that was triggered by opening a large FIR file, and possibly other circumstances.
  9. Updated Polish and Norwegian UI translations.
  10. Minor fix to effects list report.
  11. Fix colorized material loading in SketchUp.
  12. Add secondary break type to effect editor, set soft break types.
  13. Added 100ms resolution option for FireByWire exporter for versions of the FireByWire software that are not able to import 1ms resolution times.
  14. Handle Chinese (Traditional, Taiwan) system locale.
  15. Collection of changes to the PyroMaster exporter.
  16. Added FireByWire exporter.
  17. Further adjustment to the printed format of 'Angles*', now printing multiple SAME-angles with the standard angle ASCII character, and only printing the asterisk ASCII character if multiple angles that are DIFFERENT. This change improves the appears of the Angles* column in most common use cases for reports.
  18. Updated the 'Rack List' report template to include angle in the sorting conditions and to list racks of different angles on different lines.
  19. Improved the Angles* column to make it better in printed reports. In this latest revision, the number is printed first, followed by the ASCII graphic character indicating the general direction, AND IF MORE THAN ONE ANGLE IS REPRESENTED then only the first number is printed, and the ASCII character is asterisk, to indicate the row represents multiple effects, examples: 0 |, and 30 /, and 0 *, which would be the result of combining 0 | and 30 / into a single row.
  20. Updated the Polish UI translation.
  21. Fixed/removed the Pre-Wired Rails column from the Rack Totals report.
  22. Send 'Instructions for your Finale3D account' email to users who create their account via the app rather than the website.
  23. Fix mine break pattern so that it spreads in both X and Z instead of just X.
  24. Fix an access level bug where people who had an extra machine license but no initial product license would get into a bad state.
  25. Fix bug where expired promo licenses were showing status=Active on the licenses page.
  26. Fix an issue causing some SketchUp models to look strange.
  27. Fix bug causing My Effects to be blown away during certain network communcation errors.
  28. Remove the XX from partially finished UI translations.
  29. Made Angles* column in the script window display up angles as | 0 or | 90, dependening on chosen convention, instead of leaving up angles as blank.
  30. Fixed bug in formatting of angles in labels, wherein 'up' was printed as 0 degrees even if chosen angle convention was up = 90.
  31. Added 'Set sleeve size' function on right-click context menu for script table, supporting the practice of putting single-shots or candles into mortar tubes of arbitrary size.
  32. Simplified the right-click context menus by removing the 'Filter to >=, <=' options, on the belief that they weren't used enough to justify being in the menu; also moved the 'Table editing hints' menu item to the 'Help' menu.
  33. Added 'Why is this tube red?' function on right-click context menu when you click on a rack in the rack layout view, to explain what the error is.
  1. Added settings in 'Scenery > Sky image adjustments' to rotate the direction the image is facing and to stretch the image horizontally to create a wider viewing area.
  2. Re-tuned the darkening/blending on sky images.
  3. Re-tuned the sky image adjustments for the default image, stretching the image horizontally to reduce the black area in the rear and increasing the darkening at the edges which is possible for the larger, stretched image. For backward compatibility, existing shows remain as is, and new shows will get the new defaults.
  4. Added 'skyRotationDegrees' per-show setting to enable rotating the sky image.
  5. Fixed crashing bug that was triggered by opening a large FIR file, and possibly other circumstances.
  6. Updated Polish and Norwegian UI translations.
  7. Minor fix to effects list report.
  8. Fix colorized material loading in SketchUp.
  1. Added 100ms resolution option for FireByWire exporter for versions of the FireByWire software that are not able to import 1ms resolution times.
  1. Handle 'Chinese (Traditional, Taiwan)' system locale.
  2. Collection of changes to the PyroMaster exporter.
  3. Added FireByWire exporter.
  1. Further adjustment to the printed format of 'Angles*', now printing multiple SAME-angles with the standard angle ASCII character, and only printing the asterisk ASCII character if multiple angles that are DIFFERENT. This change improves the appears of the Angles* column in most common use cases for reports.
  2. Updated the 'Rack List' report template to include angle in the sorting conditions and to list racks of different angles on different lines.
  3. Improved the Angles* column to make it better in printed reports. In this latest revision, the number is printed first, followed by the ASCII graphic character indicating the general direction, AND IF MORE THAN ONE ANGLE IS REPRESENTED then only the first number is printed, and the ASCII character is asterisk, to indicate the row represents multiple effects, examples: 0 |, and 30 /, and 0 *, which would be the result of combining 0 | and 30 / into a single row.
  4. Updated the Polish UI translation.
  5. Fixed/removed the Pre-Wired Rails column from the Rack Totals report.
  6. Send 'Instructions for your Finale3D account' email to users who create their account via the app rather than the website.
  7. Fix mine break pattern so that it spreads in both X and Z instead of just X.
  8. Fix an access level bug where people who had an extra machine license but no initial product license would get into a bad state.
  9. Fix an issue causing some SketchUp models to look strange.
  10. Fix bug causing My Effects to be blown away during certain network communcation errors.
  11. Remove the XX from partially finished UI translations.
  12. Made Angles* column in the script window display up angles as | 0 or | 90, dependening on chosen convention, instead of leaving up angles as blank.
  13. Fixed bug in formatting of angles in labels, wherein 'up' was printed as 0 degrees even if chosen angle convention was up = 90.
  14. Added 'Set sleeve size' function on right-click context menu for script table, supporting the practice of putting single-shots or candles into mortar tubes of arbitrary size.
  15. Simplified the right-click context menus by removing the 'Filter to >=, <=' options, on the belief that they weren't used enough to justify being in the menu; also moved the 'Table editing hints' menu item to the 'Help' menu.
  16. Added 'Why is this tube red?' function on right-click context menu when you click on a rack in the rack layout view, to explain what the error is.
  1. On startup, set the Finale3D language setting to be the same as the user's system UI language.
  2. Fix issue with Finale Inventory network sync, causing F3D rows with an empty part type to be synced as choreography tab 'Non-Choreographed', which meant that they didn't show up in Finale 3D, so it looked like they were being deleted. Now, these rows get choreography tab 'Unspecified'.
  3. Fixed bug causing a crash with some sequencing/sorting commands.
  1. Adjust compiler settings to make many things 40% or so faster.
  2. Added min/max size option for rack definitions, particularly for single-shot racks.
  3. Fixed rounding error on the printed 1inch shells in Easy Racks dialog.
  1. Fix Parallels 'gray world' rendering bug.
  2. Added blob export for users with capability enabled to Finale Generic CSV and File > Export > Export effects.
  3. Make effect editor handle launch point lights.
  4. Adjust mortar flare tuning.
  1. Add mortar flare to effects.
  2. Fixed several related crashes in building some customized effect parameters.
  3. Added 'Re-address' button to rack layout view for re-addressing just the position being viewed.
  4. Added 'Racks' button to rack layout view for adding as many additional racks are required for the position being viewed, keeping the existing racks.
  5. Added 'Easy racks' button to rack layout view for adding as many additional easy racks are required for the position being viewed, keeping the existing racks.
  6. Added 'Racks help' button to the rack layout view.
  7. Added 'Clear pins' button to the rack layout view to clear the pin addresses for the position being viewed.
  8. Moved 'Disable UI sound effects' from per-show settings to user settings.
  9. Make clicking and right clicking rail icons in rack layout view when not in 'edit pins' mode select all the events addressed to the rail and scroll the script window to bring the first event associated with the rail into view.
  10. Updated Brazilian Portuguese UI translation.
  11. Improved rack layout tooltiops.
  12. Improve UI sounds in rack layout window.
  13. Fix star phase trail density bug.
  14. Fix bug causing the effect editor content to disappear if you added a blank launch and tried to edit it.
  1. Fix crash bug with certain effects that had stars that end in reports.
  2. Fix bug: rendered movie sounds were playing as though the observer/camera were at the origin. The observer/camera is now correct and sounds like it does when you play the show inside Finale3D.
  3. Make prefire override from VDL or table column work in the effect editor.
  4. Make vdl parser output new 'star phases' structure for transition stars.
  1. Implement handling of 'star phases' from the effect editor.
  2. Update Spanish translation file.
  3. Fix bug causing effects to 'blink out of existence' too early.
  4. Disable the 'gpu has crashed but Finale3D can continue' dialog, which was just confusing people.
  5. Added 'Edit rails' and 'Add rail' links to the rack layout screen to add or manage the position's 'Pre-Assigned Rails'. The UI now supports a workflow that feels a lot like Finale Business.
  6. Made changing rails automatically normalize capitalization for firing systems with HEX addresses or letters in their addresses.
  7. Enabled moving unracked pin on rails by drag and drop in the rack layout view; previously it was possible to move racked pins, but not unracked pins, other than connecting them to tubes.
  1. Add 'Star Phases' concept to effect structure. The vdl parser is not yet making effects that use this feature, but it will soon for transition stars.
  2. Updated Spanish UI translation, work in progress.
  3. In rack layout view, hide rack size below racks unless racks are selected, to remove clutter; right click rack and set annotation if you want an alternative.
  4. Update the position pre-assigned racks when user changes rail numbers of rails in the rack layout view.
  5. Added 'Pre-Wired Rails' field on racks as a column in the table below the rack layout view, enabling user to constraint individual racks to any of the positions 'Pre-Assigned Rails'.
  6. Draw tubes in rack layout as red if their shells use a rail that doesn't match the rack's pre-wired rails.
  7. Fix a crash in the vdl parser's handling of fountains.
  8. This fixes a crash in the building of crackling fountains, glittering fountains, etc. These kinds of fountains are still broken and don't show anything in the simulation. This will be fixed in another release soon, but this release fixes the new crash that started occurring in 'crackling fountain'.
  9. Fixed minor UI bug when cloning racks in rack layout window with control-click-drag, previously the drag point would be offset.
  10. Added right-click context menu options for racks in rack layout screen for 'Sort left to right' and 'Move to last' to give the user control over the order in which racks are considered when assigning addresses.
  11. Changed theway racks are sorted for addressing purposes, now sorting racks by their 'Rack' field, which is visible as a coliumn in the table below the rack diagram, instead of the internal creation date, which wasn't visible or changeable by the user.
  12. Add launch menu items to the effect node when it's in single shot mode.
  13. Ignore 0.0s duration in single-shot effects.
  14. Further simplified the racks menu 'Show advanced rack functions' is unchecked.
  15. Added 'Pre-Assigned Rails' field on position properties, enabling user to pre-assign specific rails per-position instead of counting up from 'Start Module'. Pre-assigned rails are always shown in the rack layout view even before addressing and if events are not addressed to them.
  16. Improved the unchecked 'Treat all missing racks as errors' option in addressing dialog to accommodate multi-caliber mortar racks property for error reporting.
  17. Adjust charcoal trail tuning.
  18. Fix a crash bug in fountain/ground flare VDL processing.
  19. Fold the Launch star's duration and windFriction into Launch.
  1. Added checkbox 'Treat missing racks as errors' to the addressing dialogs, giving user the option of addressing a show with racks for some effects and not others without reporting errors.
  2. Added checkbox 'Racks > Racks settings > Rack layout shows missing racks as errors', to give user control over whether pins on the modules show up in red if there are no racks added for effects of that size/type.
  1. Fix bug causing 'action' sounds like whistles to go missing.
  2. Fix window sizing for network sync dialog and other html dialogs.
  3. Add 'Override Prefire Column' to effect editor.
  4. Updated Chinese Simplified, Chinese Traditional, and Brazilian Portuguese UI translations.
  5. Fixed formatting of 'Edit addressing blueprint' dialog.
  6. Fixed minor bug in which 'Used' count of racks didn't get updated after undo.
  7. Added 'Racks > Add easy racks for show' function, which is an way to add racks to the show, more similar to Finale Business.
  8. Added 'File > Easy racks settings' to specify user preference for rack lengths by size.
  9. At last, added saved user settings!
  10. Added 'Addressing > Report missing racks as errors' setting which makes it easier to ignore cakes or certain sizes of effects or positions as far as racks are concerned, without addressing errors being generated.
  11. Make the sync dialog error messages more user-friendly.
  1. This build has a new implementation of the vdl_parser. It fixes a couple of vdl bugs, but the real focus is a foundation for making vdl improvements in the future.
  2. Transitions to multicolor work now. e.g. 'brocade to multicolor'.
  3. Fix break smoke and break flash for non-primary flowers.
  4. Move 'duration' and 'wind friction' from the BreakPetal into the Star (visible in the effect editor).
  5. Fix some effect editor crashes, and make the effect editor faster/more responsive.
  1. Fixed crash bug for chains larger than 100 shells, crashing in labels printing.
  2. Automatically add the words 'Single Shot' to the description in the 'Edit effect VDL' dialog if the effect being edited has Type = single_shot but no indica xxx indication in the VDL that it is a single shot.
  3. Added 'Alternating row tube loading order' checkbox on create/edit rack definition dialog, to provide a snaking option for multi-row racks.
  1. Make 'Reverse tube loading order' on rack's right click context menu dynamically re-allocate the tubes on the spot, in addition to changing the rack's setting that applies when addressing.
  2. Added 'File > User settings > Reverse tube loading order on alternating racks' which applies when you add racks with 'Racks > Add racks for show'.
  3. Added rack context menu command 'Reverse tube loading order' which reverses the order in which tubes in that rack are allocated in the addressing functions, for purpose of snaking addresses or chaines back and forth in the racks.
  4. Made text color of rack angles black instead of gray, to make it more visible.
  5. Added indicator above drawn rack to show that its tube loading order is reversed.
  6. Adjusted text position of the angles above racks to make them more visible.
  7. Added right-click option on racks in rack layoug view, 'Change all effect angles to match rack'.
  8. Added confirmation dialog when 'Edit effect VDL' changes effect type, giving option to change type or keep old value.
  9. Updated Polish UI translation.
  10. Added Polish Zloty currency symbol option in user settings.
  11. Added 'Change this effect angle to match rack' on the rack's context menu in rack layout view, for fixing effect angles to match the racks.
  1. In rack layout view, the tooltip for the effects now shows both the tilt and pan angles if the pan is not the default value, to help make it understandable if the angle of the rack appears to match the tilt of the effect yet the effect is still red because of pan mismatch.
  2. Clicking on a specific tube in a rack in rack layout view now scrolls to that specific event in the script window rather than just the first event in the rack.
  3. Clicking on a rack in the rack layout view now scrolls to its events in the script window even rack was already selected when you click on it.
  4. Updated Bulgarian UI translation.
  5. Fixed Chain Gap bug in displayed sequence for long chains.
  6. Fixed 'Script > Time adjustments > Add time variance' bug, making it automatically keep same-time effects together.
  7. Changed the Delay column to show the delays from first item for chains, e.g., 0*1*2*3*4, so users can customize the Chain Specifications report to use Delay intead of Chain Gap, which shows the relative delays like 0*1*1*1*1, if that's what the users want.
  8. Added hot key for 'Renumber chains'.
  9. Updated Polish translation.
  10. Made 'Add time variance...' and 'Renumber chains' remember their previous parameters.
  11. Added 'Script > Chains > Renumber chains...' to support the new chain reports documented https://finale3d.com/documentation/chain-specifications/
  12. Made 'Add time variance...' function round times to timeline snap-to resolution if in effect.
  13. Added 'Script > Add time variance...' function to jitter the times of the selected events to make the sequence less robotic.
  1. Make 'Effects > Break apart cake' function apply cake's prefire to first component while still handling lift time correctly, for cases in which user has assigned prefire to the cake that is different from first effect's lift.
  2. Fixed minor bug in 'Create cake effect by combining items' to make it correctly support effects with explicit prefire and LFT in them, and to make the cake's prefire be the original prefire of the first item combined into the cake.
  3. Updated Polish UI translation.
  4. Added Dance Of Fire firing system.
  5. Added 'Pin Absolute', 'Module/Pin Address' and 'Module' field options for labels, which convert slat-based pin numbers to module-based pin numbers for virtual slats and splitter-box based firing systems that use pin numbers relative to the module instead of the slat.)NOTE(Added 'Chains First', 'Chains Last' and 'Chain Reference' to address sorting criteria options. Previously 'Chains First' was actually doing a comparison based on chain reference as opposed to treating all non-blank chain references as being equal each other for sorting purposes, so now that same sorting option value is called 'Chain Reference' and the new 'Chains First' option treats ties correctly.)NOTE(Added 'IsChain' column in script.)NOTE(The new chain-related columns in the script in this this update and the last update will appear on all existing blueprints for reports and table layouts until you hide them with the 'Hide or unhide column' option from the blue gear menu or copy the blueprints from a new blank show to replace the blueprints in a saved show. We know this is inconvenient, and we apologize for that. We tried to do this whole batch of new columns at once to minimize the number of times you would need to update the blueprints saved in your shows.
  6. Further improved 'Chain Specifications' standard report by combining rows of same-effects in a multi-effect chain, so a 20-shell chain that consists of 10 red peonies followed by 10 blue peonies would only take two rows in the report, not twenty.
  7. Improved standard chain specifications report to print single rows for same-effect chains and multiple rows for multi-effect chains, so a single report contains all necessary chain information but without unnecessary rows.
  8. Added 'Next' column to script table that indicates time delta to next cue.)NOTE(Added 'Cue Count' column to script table that counts up with each different effect time, ignoring chain follower shells.)NOTE(Changed cue flag numbers to be the cue count, which is unaffected by hiding events.)NOTE(Added 'Next' to the default scripting table blueprint.
  1. Handle empty caliber strings syncing to Finale Inventory
  2. Added 'Chain Summary' report that lists chains as single rows with individual delays in a list like 0*2*2*2*2 for 5-shell chain with 2sec delays.
  3. Added 'Set chain delays' function that lets you enter a list of numbers and applies them to all selected chains.
  4. Added 'Set chain angles' function that lets you enter a list of angles and applies them to all selected chains.
  5. Added helpful dialog to prevent people from trying to replace chains, since that doesn't work, and to tell people what to do instead.
  6. Added explanation dialogs to prevent user from trying to use effect editor on cake sim, or on chain sim.
  7. Added explanation dialog to prevent user from trying to edit VDL of chain after it has been inserted into the show.
  8. Fix layout bug on Create Account dialog.
  9. Added support for Pyromaster firing system.
  10. Fix the 'ctrl-z blows away the effect editor' bug.
  11. NOTE(Improved layout of top section above table windows.)
  12. Adjust VDL tuning to remove some super-wide variances.
  13. Make pasting breakpetals and launches allocate new random group ids.
  14. Added 'Rack Setup' report, which lists rack and tube assignments for all script devices.
  15. Fixed bug that positions in site layout diagram did not take into account rotation.
  16. Updated French translation.
  17. Added 'File > User settings > Use A4 page size for all reports and settings' which overrides the page size in all standard and custom blueprints.
  18. Fix effect editor panels text input layout issue
  19. Updated Hungarian, Polish, Brazilian Portuguese translations.
  20. Added 25-pin standard option for pin board addressing, from the firing systems menu on the addressing dialog.
  21. Made the default part number for a new effect created with control-G avoid collisions with part numbers in any open show.
  22. Fixed the problem that when right clicking a grouped row in the script table window to edit or customize simulation, the full group would become selected and then a dialog would ask you to select a single item, unhelpfully.
  23. Fixed some crashes in effects with 'strange' trajectories.
  24. Fixed the red underline underneath the selected blueprint puzzle piece icon.
  1. Fixed bug that occurred when trying to sync very large My Effects inventories.
  2. Fixed bug causing smoke trails to pop out of existence instead of fading away.
  3. Fixed problem with chain effects made from effects customized with the effect editor.
  1. Fixed some bugs in break-apart and combine-as cake.
  2. Fix bug causing effect launch sounds to not work if the movie render start time was not 0:00
  1. Fix a crash that occured when turning on 'Draw trajectory dots instead of effect simulations.'
  2. Fix timeline duration calculation for multi-break shells from the effect editor.
  3. Fix bug causing sounds in movies to not be at the correct time if the movie render start time was not 0:00.
  1. Add heading/pitch/roll to break petals in the effect editor.
  1. Fix fountain speed bug.
  2. Fix secondary part height bug (e.g. "Red Comet w/ Green Mine").
  1. Fix bug in break flash rendering.
  2. Changes to effect tree structure. This release breaks effects that were customized with the effect editor.
  1. Fixed bug that the dot key by itself would close dialogs even without holding control. Control-dot is the intended hotkey.
  1. Fix a sync error causing sync to fail with certain languages/character sets.
  2. Fixed minor bug with the automatic application or clearing of the Type=Rack filter when switching to/from window arrangements that include the racks window.
  3. Automatically clear the search box when switching to/from window arrangements that include the rack window, since filter text for effects don't generally apply to racks and vice versa.
  4. Added control-. as a hot key for closing the active window or dialog, working even when the search box has focus to make it easy to dismiss the effect window after invoking if you change you mind, without taking hands off the keyboard.
  5. Added tab and shift-tab as hotkeys for design window to select next/previous position.
  6. Updated Bulgarian, Polish, and Brazilian Portuguese UI translations.
  7. Added incremental search to script and effects window.
  8. Made 'C' hotkey invoke effects window with search field focused and search text highlighted and arrow keys hot from within the search field to select rows, and control-enter hot to insert, and control-shift-enter hot to replace-with-effect.
  9. Made effect window auto-dismiss/close when user inserts or replaces an effect if effect window was invoked by 'C'.
  10. Fixed/improved handling of minimized windows.
  11. Made home/end and page up/down work on tables.
  12. Added control-shift-up/down-arrow as hotkey alias for home/end that works on tables when search field is focused, during incremental search.
  13. Made 'enter' key invoke the effects window from design view.
  14. Documented all the new hotkeys -- see Documentation > Software documentation > Keyboard shortcuts, or search for shortcuts in the upper right of the home page.
  15. Made commands like 'Add racks for show' pop up the required windows in their previous position instead of re-arranging all windows.
  16. Added 'Effects above design' and 'Script above design' standard window arrangements as shift-8 and shift-9.
  17. Removed the old 'Effect chooser' dialog as it is now replaced by the new functionality of the effect window, connected to the 'C' key.
  18. Implemented all the 'Insert multiple' functions and added options for inserting based on quota, or entered quantity, or fraction of quota, from all effects or just selected effects.
  19. Simplified menu command options for inserting and replacing effects based on the new effect window capabilities.
  20. Automatically set or clear the Type=Rack selector in the effects window when changing window arrangement, as a convenience.
  21. No longer change window arrangement automatically to make the script window visible as a side-effect of addressing the show.
  1. Stability improvements to effect editor undo/redo.
  1. Fixed voice cues bug with chains, that all shells were getting voice cues.
  2. Added 'Turn voice cues ON' checkbox to bottom of the 'Voice cues settings...' dialog to make it more discoverable.
  3. Fix missing translation strings.
  1. Fixed bug causing initial inventory sync to not happen.
  2. Added 'Script > Time adjustments > Speed up cadence at end', which adjusts the timing of an existing sequence to accelerate toward a crescendo.
  3. Improved 'Script > Randomize' to keep effects together that are originally at the same effect time, i.e., same cue.
  4. Made 'Re-align cues to their event time' align at the latest event time instead of the earliest of cue, so the first break of the cue remains a t the same time.
  5. Improved 'Randomize' to take into account the number of undoable operations in the session as part of its random number seed, so repeatedly randomizing will no longer get stuck in cycles yet will still be deterministic, i.e., if you undo and repeat the operation you will get the same result.
  6. Made 'Script > Sequences > Spread out according to effect durations' keep effects together that ar e originally at the same effect time, i.e., same cue.
  7. Added 'File > Export > Export voice cues track' and 'File > Voice cues settings...' and 'File > User settings > Turn voice cues ON for playback'.
  8. Added capability to export voice cues tracks with opt ions for channel selection, music/voice cues mixing volumes, lead time of utterance before shots, and various vocalization options including human voice, and buzzers, and beeps, and combinations.
  9. Provided option to turn voice cues on during playback while scripting, as user setting.
  10. Minor fix to PyroDigiT exporter, for reporting warnings.
  11. Removed limit of 30 characters for description names in CSV ex port.
  12. Added 'Pin Board' firing system option in addressing menu, with pre-defined options for popular pin board configurations including 32,36,45,48,50,100,400 pins.
  13. Enlarged maximum module size that the rack layout pin editing was capable of handling to 400 pins, from 128.
  14. Fixed a bug in the rack layout pin editing for the CSV firing system.
  15. Added capability to export Parente Firemaster beep tracks, using the export voice cues feature and selecting the Firemaster beep and proper lead time.
  16. Updated German UI translation.
  17. Fixed bug in 'Script > Align > Align event times to resolution wherein the alignment wouldn't preserve the spacing in a chain.
  18. Added 'Script > Time adjustments' submenu, moved a few commands into it.
  19. Added 'Script > Time adjustments > Insert minimum separation...' to insert specified separation as necessary between tight sequences of cues, to help with pin board / voice cues shows.
  20. Added 'Scrit > Time adjustments > Re-align cues on event time' to convert cues of multiple effects alignted by their effect time to having the same event time, for pin board shows.
  21. Redesigned the standard 'Cue Sheet' report to make it much better suited for manual, pin board shows.
  22. Added voice cues setting for speciying the volume of music overlay on the voice cues channel.
  23. Auto-close sync dialog when the initial login sync completes successfully.
  24. Fix layout bug causing the 'button bar' to not appear at the bottom of the sync dialog.
  1. Use 'purple comet' placeholder for customized effects that can't be loaded.
  2. Updated Turkish UI translation.
  3. Added Parente Firemaster5 exporter.
  4. Added firemasterMinSeparation and firemasterSequenceNumberOffset per-show settings variables.
  5. Fix promo page layout bug.
  1. Updated Polish and Italian UI translations.
  2. Added an 'annotation' field to racks, enabling user to add annotation text on the rack layout diagram.
  3. Added automatic rack annotations for each rack part number group added by the 'Racks > Add racks for show' function.
  4. Added 'File > User settings > Disable automatic part number rack annotations' in case you don't want them.
  5. Added 'Set annotation...' to the rack context menus.
  6. Added annotations to the rack properties window.
  7. Removed the new rack annotations from the default rack layout report templates, but existing rack layout report templates saved in shows will need to be modified to remove the new fields.
  8. Fix bug that copy/paste effects from a single position should paste into whatever positions are selected, not always to the copied-from position.
  9. Improved help text on ghost icon for hidden columns.
  10. Added right-click context menu on racks in rack layout.
  11. Added right-click context menu on rack layout background, with options for zoom and reset view.
  12. Added help option in right-click context menus in rack layout.
  13. Added right-click context menu for row number column in rack layout table.
  14. Added test and warning when you click the module number in the rack layout window to change the address, warning you if your change conflicts with an existing module.
  15. Fix login bug causing some users to 'get stuck in trial mode'.
  16. Fixed crash bug that occurred if you hid all windows and then closed the script window from task bar while windows hidden.
  17. Improvements to sync dialog progress display.
  1. Updated Brazilian Portuguese translation.
  2. Fixed PDF report generator for supporting Euro and Pound and other currency symbols.
  3. Added Bulgarian UI translation.
  4. Changed capitalization of the term 'Effect window' throughout the product, which requires a minor update from the translators.
  5. Improved 'Replace rack...' and 'Replace effect' functions when a cell in a row is selected rather than the entire row.
  6. Added ability to change module address in the rack layout window by clicking on the module address and entering a replacement number.
  7. Added 'Edit rack properties' in right click context menu on rack table in rack layout window.
  8. Added 'Change rail address of effects in rack...' to rack context menu in rack layout window.
  9. Added 'Select racks containing this item' to effects context menu.
  10. Changed 'Select all events using this effect' to 'Select this item in layout or script', making it work for racks as well as effects.
  11. Made 'Replace with this effect' work for racks too.
  12. Changed script context menu item 'Replace effect...' to 'Replace with effect from effects window' to start moving away from the popup effect chooser window while improving the usability of the main effects window.
  13. Added hot keys for rack functions in context menus.
  14. Fixed problem with wrong counts in the position filter bar on shows with more than 100 positions.
  15. Added 'Edit this rack VDL' contxt menu item.
  16. Fix bug where inventory sync did not work when the main window was minimized.
  17. Fix login bug happening for some users with extra machine licenses.
  18. Fix bug causing inventory sync to fail if the target inventory has 0 products.
  19. Fix bug causing expired licenses to work when they should not.
  20. Fix 'license valid through' date display logic.
  1. Removed rack palette from rack layout window, on the theory that the effects window itself is now adequate as a palette for inserting racks.
  2. Updated Polish, Hungarian, and Dutch translations
  3. Fixed obscure clipping bug in rack layout screen wherein module graphics could be partially off screen when using multiple module types in the same position.
  4. Fixed crash bug when Hobbyist or Free Trial user attempts to do rack layout, which requires the Pro version.
  5. Added new window arrangement #0, which puts the effects/inventory in a window *above* the design view and script.
  6. Added magnification to saved table layout blueprints, supporting saving the magnification changes you can do to the table windows by holding control and using the scroll wheel.
  7. Added 'File > User settings > Click action for rows on other windows' in addition to the option for click action on the effects window, allowing you to change the user interface so single click selects the row instead of the cell.
  8. Made the 'Used' quantity column keep track of used racks, not just effects.
  9. Added 'Type' to all the default effect table layout blueprint filters.
  10. Automatically filter to type = rack when switching to rack layout view, shift-3.
  11. Automatically switch to the collection that contains racks used in the show when switching to rack layout view, shift-3.
  12. Automatically switch to a collection that contains effects used in the show when switch out of rack layout view, e.g., shift-2 or shift-0.
  13. Fix bug with newlines in Part Notes.
  14. Fix bug in syncing My Effects Qoh and Available columns.
  15. Make importing work for trial users.
  1. The function 'Racks > Add racks for show' now lays out racks grouped by rack part number, not just by size.
  2. Highlight racks in red in rack layout view if they are directly on top of other racks, to avoid confusion.
  3. Clicking on rack tube in 'Edit pins' mode in rack layout view now selects and scrolls to bring into view only the event for that tube, not all events associated with that rail/pin, which can be more than one for chains and items e-matched together.
  4. Updated Dutch and Hungarian UI translations.
  5. Added 'Effects > Set quotas to available...' which sets the show's quotas column with values from the available column in the effects collection. Items with quotas get red and green visual indicators for whether you've used too many in the show, and a remaining count visual indicator on the icons in the effect palette.
  6. Fixed the 'Replace effect' functions to make them work for inventory items that are missing VDL and/or other fields that would be filled in automatically if the effect were inserted directly.
  7. Added 'File > Tools > Fill missing effect fields based on description...' to fill in all the missing fields in an effects collection.
  8. Update Chinese UI translation, now complete.
  9. Update Polish UI translation.
  10. In rack layout window, selecting a rack or dragging a pin now automatically selects the associated events in the script window, so you know what you are dealing with.
  11. In rack layout window, hovering the cursor over a rack tube highlights the event in the script associated with that tube.
  12. In rack layout window, hovering cursor over pin numbers in rail graphic will highlight all script rows associated with that firing system pin.
  1. PLEASE NOTE: This release adds new columns to the effects window, and because of this, you will be prompted to sync your changes to My Effects, even though you have not made any changes. This is because all of the data really has changed and needs to be synced to the server. After you sync the first time, the change notice should go away.
  2. Added Weight and NEQ columns to effects window and script window.
  3. More improvements and bug fixes to the new inventory sync process.
  4. Prompt to sync unsaved finale inventory changes on exit.
  5. Added new pre-wired pin patterns for racks that traverse rows in the reverse order, to match common configurations of PyroDigiT-like racks.
  6. Improve support for user typing in addresses manually into the script, then locking the addresses, and then doing 'Addressing > Address show...' to address around them, avoiding conflicts. Previously user would need to fill the Module Or Slat Type column also in the locked rows, not just the addresses. Now if you leave that field blank then the default Module Or Slat Type applies, which is just what you would expect.
  7. Added Cost column to script window.
  8. Added Cost, Weight, and NEQ columns to the basic report templates that they apply to. Changes to report templates are not automaticaly incorporated into existing shows, so see https://finale3d.com/documentation/copying-reports/ to copy the new templates to existing shows if you need to.
  9. Added Ruble currency symbol option in user settings.
  10. Added additional French misspellings of pot-au-feu to VDL parser.
  11. Added four additional pre-wired pin options for racks, reversing the order of the rows, for pre-wired racks like PyroDigiT and i-shot and Evolved.
  1. Fix some inventory sync bugs.
  2. Added user setting for to make rack layout default to smallest racks first, instead of largest first.
  3. Fixed minor rack layout bug wherein pins error checking that would make the pins red was disabled when the corresponding events were filtered in the script window.
  4. Made rack layout window automatically scroll to bring into view the table row corresponding to the most recently selected rack.
  5. Improved timeline event bar and tooltip text to indicate a bar represents a group or chain as opposed to an individual effect.
  1. Fix bug with some fields during inventory sync.
  1. Fix bug causing network sync to get stuck if you do not have any supplier catalogs enabled.
  2. Fix some other inventory sync issues related to specific columns not updating correctly.
  3. Added collection selector to 'Edit effect/rack VDL' dialogs, defaulting to active collection.
  4. Made collection selector for 'Create effect/rack/chain/cake from xxx' remember and default to previous choice'.
  5. Made 'Edit/Create effect/rack/chain/cake VDL' functions preserve existing Type field if updating existing effect so as not to overwrite single_shot type unintentionally, with comet or mine, for example.
  6. Made 'Create effect/rack/chain/cake VDL' not overwrite Description field if updating VDL of an existing effect.
  7. Updated Italian, Brazilian Portuguese, and Polish translations.
  8. Added first full Chinese UI translation.
  9. Made the default part number in the 'Create cake from selecte items' dialog default to the part number of the broken apart cake if coming from a 'Results of break apart cake' show.
  10. Added margin at edges of timeline for 'Zoom to selected' button action so you can tell that selected items don't etend beyond edges of the window.)
  1. New inventory sync process and UI.
  2. Finished 'File > User settings > Set currency symbol' function.
  3. Updated Hungarian, Polish, and Brazilian Portuguese translations.
  4. Folded 'Display events on timeline as blips' option into the x-ray button on the timeline, making that button cycle through the three options, bars, names, or blips.
  5. Turned off the Piroshow exporter feature that automatically separated shots by 10ms to accommodate electical limitations, and made it optional for users to add by creating a per-show settings of 'piroshow10MsSeparation' with value = true.
  6. Added support for Piroshow to fire pins multiple times at different times, 'multi-hit pins'.
  7. Show 'committed' orders in finale inventory sales order list.
  8. Preserve table layout in effects and script window when switching between shows or effects collections.
  1. Added Universe, Section, Module Type, Rack Type, and Custom Script Field to 'Edit Properties' dialog for events, which among other things is useful if you want to use Custom Script Field values of 1-10 to control cue flag colors.
  2. Added 'File > User settings > Show cost instead of price in 3D view.
  3. Work-in-progress Adding 'File > User settings > Currency symbol' but it doesn't work yet.
  4. Work-in-progress Preserve table layout when switching between different collections in effects view; works except for opening a new show.
  1. Updated Hungarian UI translation.
  2. Support double-click to edit cell when in mode of 'File > User settings > Click action in effects window > Select row.
  3. Changed right click action on position group icon or camera preset icon on left/right sides of design view from the action of deleting the icon to the action of bringing up the rename/delete dialog.
  4. Added 'File > User settings > Click action in effect window' with options for select-row, select-cell, or insert-effect.
  5. Added support for Romanian character set, ISO88259-2.
  6. Added Romanian language option in preparation for adding Romanian UI translation.
  7. Added 'Show > Set cue flag color mapping' to enable mapping the cue flag colors to track, position, section, size, etc.
  8. By popular demand, change the timeline hiding during playback feature to hide the timeline during playback only when cursor is in the lower right hand corner of the 3D view, not whenever the cursor is outside of the design window entirely.
  9. Alphabetized all options for addressing constraints and sorts and labels/reports customization fields.
  10. Changed SHA1 checksum in Pyrodigit export format to 32 bit uint.
  11. Added 'Group' as a constraint option, enabling user to use groups to control what sets of effects at the same time and launch position are e-matched in series to the same pin by setting 'Max e-matches per pin' to a large value and then adding 'Group' as a 'Pin Constraint' on the addressing dialog, and putting items meant to be e-matched together into the same groups.
  1. Fix bug with Finale Inventory sync and very long descriptions.
  2. Added 'Show > Set cue flag color mapping' to enable mapping the cue flag colors to track, position, section, size, etc.
  3. By popular demand, change the timeline hiding during playback feature to hide the timeline during playback only when cursor is in the lower right hand corner of the 3D view, not whenever the cursor is outside of the design window entirely.
  4. Alphabetized all options for addressing constraints and sorts and labels/reports customization fields.
  5. Changed SHA1 checksum in Pyrodigit export format to 32 bit uint.
  6. Added 'Group' as a constraint option, enabling user to use groups to control what sets of effects at the same time and launch position are e-matched in series to the same pin by setting 'Max e-matches per pin' to a large value and then adding 'Group' as a 'Pin Constraint' on the addressing dialog, and putting items meant to be e-matched together into the same groups.
  1. Fix render bug causing fountains to be cut off 'instantly' at the end of their duration.
  2. Changed the group function, hotkey = G, to auto-generate the group name instead of asking user to name the group, which massively improves this feature.
  3. Changed the default script table window formatting option for new shows to consolidate both chain rows and group rows. Previously these consolidation options would default to off and the user would need to switch them on from the blue gear menu on the script.
  4. Fixed crash bug with new 'Zoom to selected' button when used with timeline rounding to 100ths of a second.
  5. Fixed bug in 'Addressing > Edit blueprint' that was introduced in the last release with the prettier menu text formatting for labels and reports.
  6. Updated German and Polish UI translations.
  1. Added 'Script > Insert effect > Insert selected effect from effect window' with bound hotkey of 'W'.
  2. Fixed custom breaks so that when break orientation randomness is disabled, the breaks are oriented like right-side up.
  3. Updated Russian and Uktranian UI translations.
  4. Localize report/label names in menus, and also make them prettier in English.
  5. Minor improvements to blips-only mode on timeline when used in combination with the xray mode.
  6. Added 'Script > Replace > Replace with selected effect from effects window' and hot key 'Y', which is a really fast UI for replacing effects.
  7. Changed the two-part hotkeys that began with control-letter to begin with control-digit; most had already been changed a long time ago but there were some in the scenery drawing submenu among other places.
  8. Added a hotkey for the setting to display items on timelines as blips instead of bars, so you can toggle that setting easily.
  9. Made minor fix to timeline 'zoom to selected' function when a single placeholder cue is selected at the time of pressing the button.
  1. Add custom break pattern support to effect editor.
  1. Updated Brazilian Portuguese UI translation.
  2. Added xray mode on timeline that draws effect names in the timeline instead of light bars.
  3. Added 'Zoom to selected' button on timeline, or hold shift to zoom full out.
  4. Added vertical bar on playhead while playing.
  5. Added tooltip for selected effect at base of timeline, replacing tooltip that used to cover the hovered-over light bar on timeline.
  6. Rearranged time tooltips on timeline to reduce overlap of cue flags.
  7. Further tuning on brightness and glow of effect bars on the timeline.
  8. Moved effect bar effect name text to bottom of timeline instead of overwriting effect bar.
  9. fixed hit testing area in timeline below the circle buttons of the 3D view.
  10. Moved playhead time indicator to bottom of timeline to avoid overwriting cue flags.
  1. Changed CSV firing system format slightly to make it import easier, changing column name Delay to Prefore.
  2. Made show importer recognize 'Rail Address' as a column header to help Merlock users who export as a CSV firing system and then import and re-export as Finale Generic for their old Merlock software.
  3. Improved contrast of music waveforms on timeline and made them prettier.
  4. Improved brightness and glowiness of effet bars on timeline.
  5. Improved blip circles on timeline.
  6. Improved timeline cue flags.
  7. Added option in 'Show > Per-user settings...' to turn off timeline cue flags.
  8. Added option in 'Show > Per-user settings...' to use flat colors for timeline waveforms instead of the new gradients.
  9. Updated Polish UI translation.
  10. Added 'Distance unit' to CSV/XLS exported from 'File > Export > Export effects for importing into Finale Inventory...'
  11. Added warning when exporting a script with a firing system script export offset, to prevent the possible accident of forgetting about an offset previously setup in the 'Show > Show information...' dialog.
  12. Made export offset field in 'Show > Show information...' dialog accept blank as the same as zero.
  1. Fix bug causing DLY to not affect simulation sounds.
  2. Added 'Firing system export offset' to 'Show > Show settings...' dialog, providing a simple UI to specify an arbitrary time offset added to all rows in exported firing system scripts.
  3. Added 'Effects > Paste clipboard into effects window, add or update' to make it easy to copy/paste between effects collections in a way that updates/overwrites existing effects instead of adding a tag like '(1)' to the end of colliding part numbers, which is the behavior when you press control-V to paste.
  4. Updated Hungarian UI translation.
  5. Added FM-24 option for FireLinx firing system.
  6. Added Pyrotronix module type options with 20 simultaneous channel limit option.
  7. Changed name of menu item and added XLSX format option to 'File > Export > Export effects...' which exports the effects table.
  8. Added 'File > Export > Export effects for importing into Finale Inventory...' which translates column headers and effect type for easy importing into Finale Inventory through the web interface.
  1. Fixed rare bug in VDL parser for input ending in terms like DUR and HTM.
  2. Fixed crash bug importing cakes with more than 1000 shots.
  3. Changed interpretation of prefire, such that prefire < 0.5 is interpreted as a fuse delay, and prefire >= 0.5 is interpreted as a lift for aerial shells.
  4. Added new VDL term LFT to specify the lift delay of an aerial shell explicitly, for cases in which user wants it to be different from a prefire >= 0.5. Example: 10s RC 4.0 PFT Red Peony 3.0 LFT 1.0 DLY, which is a roman candle with a 1s delay before launch and 3s delay in the air.
  5. Added new VDL term DLY to specify the delay before simulation/launch, which inserts an explicit delay before the simulation of the cake, candle, or individual effect begins.
  1. Fix render_use_slow_gdi_paint setting to work for effect preview animations.
  2. Decrease the default launch angle random spread a little bit.
  3. Reactivate products in Finale Inventory if they are being added/modded from Finale 3D.
  4. Show an error message box when audio initialization fails.
  5. Miscellaneous effect editor improvements.
  1. Added Japanese UI translation.
  2. Made the word 'then' in the menu hot keys localizable.
  3. Fixed a new bug potentially causing Finale 3D processes to remain running after being closed.
  1. Updated Polish UI translation.
  2. Fixed the bug/limitation that the addressing functions were previously unable to assign multiple chains to the same pin.
  3. Tune wind/trail 'waviness'.
  4. Tune launch angle spread.
  5. Hide timeline during playback if cursor outside window, for more immersive option.
  1. Added Pyromate analog module type option with letter addresses, A-L instead of numbers 1-12, for the 45-pin slats.
  2. Updated the PyroDigiT script format and exporter, adding an 'AFC32 Address' column whose value comes from the Section field in the script, and updating the Angle field and Rail Address field.
  3. Fixed show import bug wherein tilted roman candles and cakes came in with the wrong angles.
  4. Improve ematch/chain hint in labels, making it show show delays for full chain, e.g., 'Chain of 5 x 2.0s'
  5. Full Polish UI translation.
  6. Update Hungarian UI translation.
  1. Made 'File > Import > Import effects' functions create new part numbers that do not conflict/overwrite part numbers of the collection that you are importing into, to facilitate converting batches of effects from Finale Business in multiple HBS files.
  2. Updated Polish and Brazilian Portuguese translations.
  3. Fixed recently added roman candles in Generic Effects, which had the incorrect type of single_shot instead of candle.
  4. Added Pyroleda F3 firing system option for 2 x 16 pin slats, and added technical documentationfor Pyroleda in the documentation section.
  5. Added option in reports configuratin to turn off 'Clear redundant cells' and made this option the default for all reports except chain_specifications report; without this option, the left-most cells in report rows are cleared if they are the same as the row above, which some people think makes the reports easier to read but others hate.
  6. Added 'Filter' option in reports configuration and labels configuration, enabling easy customization of reports to filter by position, or chains/nochains, universe, rack type, etc.
  7. Added new default labels templates for 'Chain labels' which print one label per shell, and include the delay immediately before the shell; this label template can be used if you want labels per shell of chains, and also you can print it on paper and just use it as chain building instructions, if you prefer this format to the chain_specifications report.
  8. Fixed bug in default magnification of site layout screen, which was introduced a few weeks ago.
  9. Changed name of 'script_rail_pin_report' default reports to just 'script'.
  10. Added submenus for reports and labels in the 'File' menu.
  11. Added 400 roman candles to generic effects.
  12. Started Polish UI translations on top level menus.
  1. Update Hungarian, Brazilian Portuguese UI translations.
  2. Started Chinese simplified UI translation.
  3. Fix for SLV in Pyroleda exported scripts.
  4. Changed labels format name from 'Fancy count colors' to 'Fancy address colors'.
  5. Fixed labels formatting bug wherein e-match counts didn't consider universes and piggyback slats.
  6. Changed effect field name 'Fuse Delay' to 'Delay Default' in preparation for further changes to prefire.
  7. Added more fields that can be used in labels: show name, show date, show location, show option 1, show option 2, show date plus name, size plus description, part number plus description, and ematch/chain message.
  8. Improved label formatting for addresses.
  9. Added 'Safety Distance Meters' to the script table, referencing effect table.
  10. Added verbose and concise options for 'Chain/e-match message' as a field accessible in labels, which print e-match count, shell count within chain, external delay before e-match, and delay before shell in chain, and/or total number of shells in chain.
  11. Updated all default label templates to a new layout that uses the new fields to display show date and name, e-match/chain message, and a duplicate of the address in the lower right.
  12. Added optional corner outlines and fold lines to labels.
  1. Changed max magnification level of rack layout diagrams so tiny racks on tiny positions are printed large enough to read.
  2. Changed the 'Fancy count colors' formatting option used for formatting addresses on labels to print the module and pin using two colors, black and red, as in Finale Business labels.
  3. Added track column to CSV firing system export, and made cue column and semi-auto modality unaffected by track column, and documented format specification in software section of the website.)
  4. Added track to PyroDigiT exporter for semi-autonomous fire.
  1. Updated Hungarian UI translation.
  2. Added PyroDigiT firing system export.
  3. Added initial translation file for Bulgarian.
  4. Changed menu hotkey text to use + instead of -.
  1. Fixed 'Add racks for show' crash bug on cakes pitched forward/back.
  2. Updated Hungarian UI translation.
  1. For Pyrodigital download, appended extra NULL character to downloaded data to amke transfer more reliable.
  2. For HBS importing, improved reverse engineering differentiation between rising crossette and aerial crossette for HBO37.
  3. Added FireOne 8-pin and 4-pin module types.
  4. Added automatic time adjustments to Piroshow exporter to guarantee that pins firing on the same module are separated by at least 10ms.
  1. For importing HBS files, improved trail color reverse engineering for HBO48.
  2. For importing HBS files, fixed angle rounding tolerance as required to reverse engineer some Finale Business cakes.
  3. Expanded max rendered cake shots from 500 to 1000.
  4. Expanded max cake rows from 50 to 100 when avg row length >= 2.
  5. For importing HBS files, detect and fix corrupted cake/chain effects and import a placeholder so it at least shows up.
  6. For importing HBS files, detect and fix bad firing patterns from HBO43.
  7. For importing HBS files, fixed the default tip color for HBO40,43,47,48, to red.
  8. For importing HBS files, improved trail color reverse engineering for HBO48 and reverse engineered color changing mines and comets.
  1. Add some missing strings to the translation template.
  2. Fixed importing HBS HBO31 colors.
  3. For importing HBS files, reverse engineered HBO31 falling leaves and ti salutes.
  4. FOr importingHBS files, changed threshold for inferring 'very big' break from sim parameters.
  5. Fixed fan angle width for importing HBS with HBO43.
  6. Improved speed of combine-as-cake for search efficiency related to CTO and OTC firing patterns.
  7. Fixed combine-as-cake problem with narrow fans due to rounding error.
  8. Fixed duration calculation for importing HBS with HBO43.
  9. For importing HBS files, reverse engineer HBO40 for old-style mines and HBO39 for old-style comets.
  10. For importing HBS, reverse engineer old-style HBO31, 32, 34, 35, 36, and 37.
  11. Fixed crashing bug that could occur when importing or combining some cakes.
  12. For importing HBS, reverse engineer HBO48 pistil and ring petals.
  13. For importing HBS, reverse engineer HBO48 trail colors, strobing, crackling, horsetail, ring, crossette, color transitions, popcorn crackle, salute, and ti salute.
  14. When importing from CSV, avoid interpreting 'Finale Box' as meaning a chain, a bug that interfered with importing some cakes.
  1. Fix bug with syncing sales orders to Finale Inventory that have very long custom order ids.
  2. Fix bug causing Google Maps and ground images to not show up under Parallels.
  1. Big improvements to gray 'compiling launch instances' screen speed.
  2. Automatically separate overlapping slices when importing HBS cakes, to make the transformation to VDL more sure fire.
  3. Added 'File > Import > Import effects and break apart cakes from HBS file...' to help users debug cakes before converting them to VDL.
  4. Made 'Combine as cake' allow any rectangular layout footprint of tubes, any proportions, if has at least 5 tubes per row.
  5. Improved importing HBS cakes by converting 0.05s duration fan rows to all-at-once rows, correcting a limitation in Finale Business firing patterns.
  6. Support importing HBS chains of compound effects like shells with bouquets.
  7. Made 'File > Import > Import effects and break apart cakes from HBS file...' create results from HBS simulation parameters for all multi-shot effects, rather than relying on the VDL.
  8. Improved importing old-style HBS effects by reverse engineering the simulation parameters.
  9. Made 'Combine as cake' support up to 50 rows, 15 unique effects, 999 shots, and made it substitute if more than 15 unique effects are required.
  10. Improved importing HBS effects that do not have VDL by reverse engineering simulation parameters to derive effect type, size, tip colors, trail.
  11. Support importing old-style HBS effects based on HBO47 or HBO40 or HBO43 or HBO48.
  12. Fix bug with syncing from Finale 3D to Finale Inventory for the first time specifying incorrect distance unit of measure.
  13. Fix non-ascii filename handling in sound files.
  1. Make 'Combine-as-cake' function and cake importing from HBS files more tolerant of asymmetric angles and small errors in the input angles, which previously could prevent interpretations of various firing patterns in angles.
  2. Made 'File > Import > Import effects from HBS file' work for parts that have duplicate/blank part numbers.
  3. Made 'Create chain from selected events' and the import chain functions produce more succinct VDL when shells and delays are all the same.
  4. Made inserting chain effects with hand-edited VDL a litle more reliable, handling VDL syntax that has not had the duration stripped out, as in '10s Chain of 5 Salutes'.
  5. Made chains import more reliably when importing/hopening HBS show files, less chance of simulation being invisible.
  6. Fixed importing chaing effects with 'File > Import > Import effecs from HBS file'.
  7. Improved importing HBS show files and 'File > Import > Import effects from HBS file' for shells in Finale Business whose prefires were not their lift times, rounding down the prefires to zero so they aren't misinterpreted as lift times.
  8. Simplified the rule for importing HBS cake and shell prefires: round to zero if < 1sec; else import AS IS. This rule avoids flowerpotting sims from prefires that aren't lift times. The prefire of zero doesn't imply a lift time; the default lift time is used for sims with prefire of zero.
  9. Fixed bug in the 'Create/edit effect VDL' dialog and VDL importing that could cause the wrong heights and part types for effects inside cakes that multiple effect types.
  1. Tune mines.
  2. Tune gold trails.
  3. Tune willows.
  4. Fix some crash bugs due to non-ascii pathnames.
  5. Added VSS firing pattern to VDL, meaning a sequence of nested Vs.
  6. Added TRS firing pattern to VDL, meaning a sequence of nested Ws.
  7. Changed meaning of V-Shape to mean VSS instead of VST, i.e. a sequence instead of all together.
  8. Changed meaning of W-shape to mean TRS instead of TRI, i.e., a sequence instead of all together.
  9. Fixed combine-as-cake problem wherein 3D reported 'Too complex' for some shot timings.
  10. Fixed combine-as-cake problem wherein aerially ambiguous VDL terms like crossette would change from rising effect to aerial effect in a combined cake.
  11. Improved reliability of combine-as-cake by normalizing times and/or angles if given sequence of shots does not have a realistic cake construction as specified.
  12. Fixed Generic effects cake GCK1034.
  13. Improved cake shot timing accuracy for combine-as-cake and importing Finale Business cakes.
  14. Ignore redundant VDL row delay and duration specifications on parallel-firing rows.
  15. Made combine-as-cake handle parallel firing rows. Previously combine-as-cake would not provide a good result if the physical construction of the cake would have required parallel firing slices.
  16. Made combine-as-cake support fans with double straight-up shots, as wouldbe produced by pairs of bookend slices shot in parallel to make the fan.
  17. Improved tube and row layout in VDL output from combine-as-cake, making cakes more uniformly rectangular in physical construction when possible by converting wide-row fans and Vs and TRIs into equivalent combinations of smaller rows, BLT, BRT, ARL, ARL, etc., when a suitable equivalent representation exists.
  1. Disable effect editor invocation from the 3d view right-click popup.
  2. Extended 'Effects > Create cake from selected items' to support building slices and then combining them into bigger cakes. Previously the function didn't support creating cakes from other cakes.
  1. Fixed file system bug, making it possible now to save/load from network drives.
  2. Updated Norwegian translation.
  3. Updated German, Hungarian, Norwegian, and Brazilian Portuguese translations.
  4. Changed Pyrodigital 'Manual script' mode exporter to collapse prefires of individual cue markers as described in Table2 of Documentation > Software documentation > Pyrodigital.
  5. Fix 'black speckles' bug on some GPUs.
  6. Fix crackling tail on shells.
  1. Improved randomize feature to make it remove runs for randomization of angles and part numbers, in addition to positions.
  2. Fixed bug in randomize feature wherein for small numbers of positions the algorithm's removal of runs would result in a less desirable sequence than the true randomization that it was trying to improve upon.
  3. Added Galaxis 20 channel split box module types.
  4. Fix scale bug in "Add Ground Image".
  5. Fix bug causing multiple map labels to appear after downloading google maps.
  1. Implement user-specified image backdrops.
  2. Implement user-specified ground images.
  3. Make Google Maps downloaded ground images save when the show is saved.
  4. Made 'File > Import > Effects' support importing an effect file into network inventories directly.
  5. Changed ground image import dialog text.
  6. Trimmed whitespace from the part number field in the 'Create effect' dialog to avoid creating part numbers that end with whitespace.
  7. Streamline installer to automatically install to AppData/Roaming.
  8. Fix a crash bug in some effects.
  9. Updated Hungarian and Brazilian Portuguese.
  10. Improved Cobra step-by-events script export format by grouping together same-time events into the same step.
  11. Changed FireOne exporter to export size field in mm or inches, and to include mm or double quotes in exported string.
  1. Fixed bug in 'Replace effect', making it overwrite the delay field and clear the chainDeviceVdl field of the effects being overwritten. Also make it report error if user tries to replace effect with a chain, which we will be able to support eventually but too much for now.
  2. Added hint dialogs when adding model or editing terrain that point user to render settings to adjust brightness.
  3. Terrain editing changes are now saved in show files.
  4. Added 'Set to water everywhere' command.
  5. Updated Hungarian, Ukrainian and Russian translations.
  1. Fix bug in email validation popup dialog.
  1. Disable effect editor.
  2. Enlarged limit of number of tubes per rack from 100 to 400, for big-ass single-shot racks.
  3. Updated Hungarian, Brazilian Portuguese, and Norwegian.
  4. Changed 'signup' button into 'create account'.
  5. Added black outline on default button at base of dialog when input field has focus.
  6. Updated and reduced help menu pages.
  7. Changed font in render settings dialog to make it fit in window in non-English languages.
  8. Changed default settings for importing background images to show the image under the ground, making the grass invisible.
  9. Added a helpful dialog after user sets the 'show image under horizon' option to offer to set the aspect ratio to standard aspect ratio, letterbox mode, so positions aligned to the image will align correctly in videos.
  10. Tune gold trails down a bit.
  11. Add 'pixie dust' as a reformulation of 'glitterig'.
  12. Tune the 'droopy' adjective to work better on gerbs.
  13. Add 'sfx' and 'light' products to Finale Inventory sync.
  1. Added full set of features for users to import their own background images.
  2. Added image processing features to add gradients to turn daylight pictures of shootsites into convincing nighttime pictures.
  3. Update Hungarian translation.
  4. Added "Degree" as synonym for Degrees for VDL for cake fan angles.
  5. Added 'Images' menu and functions to manage images as assets used by the show.
  6. Added 'Scenery > Background images > Set sky image'.
  7. Added 'Scenery > Background images > Set ground tile image' to replace grass with custom texture.
  8. Removed old "set background image" menu items that didn't work.
  9. Added 'Sky image adjustments' with parameters to make a photograph into a good background image.
  10. Fixed height of 'Create video' dialog so it fits on short displays.
  11. Added functionality to create an account at the login dialog if no account exists.
  12. Improved email verification flow when trying to log in with an unverified email address.
  13. Added documentation link to help menu.
  1. Tune flash trays. Tune air bursts. Tune Titanium Salutes. Tune Popcorn Crackle.
  2. Add 'wide' and 'narrow' adjectives to fountains
  3. Fixed a crash bug when loading some SketchUp models.
  4. Add 'straight' and 'droopy' VDL adjectives for fountains.
  5. Add 'low smoke' and 'no smoke' as translations of 'clean smoke' and 'smokeless'.
  1. Tune mine pancakes to be less flat.
  2. Tune gold trails.
  3. Tune small whistles.
  4. Add trial mode messages to localization table.
  5. Tune flash trays and air bursts.
  1. Update Russian and Ukrainian UI translations.
  2. Added the little dot in the lower right corner of selected table cells like in Excel, a 'FILL HANDLE', to extend the cell values in a pattern or incrementing sequence.
  3. Added mp3 pathname to exported Pyrosure WYH script files on fully automatic shows.
  4. Updated Russian and Ukrainian UI translations.
  5. Added cursor image change when hovering over fill handle in corner of table cell.
  6. Improved cursor image reactiveness when using fill handle in table cells.
  7. Fixed minor table update bug when undoing a change to the show setting for effect time format.
  8. Fixed fan angle of bookend firing pattern in 'Combine as cake' function.
  1. Exporter now includes universe name in exported filenames if show contains multiple universes.
  2. Allow zero prefire for shells and cake, using default lift time as a special case instead of inferring that lift time is prefire time.
  3. Updated Norwegian translation.
  4. Import effects functions now use current language setting for importing default subtype and color fields, instead of guessing the language based on other words in the descriptions, which was often a bad guess.
  5. Added 'Degrees' keyword to VDL to specify the fan angle of a cake.
  6. 'Create cake effect from selected items' adds 'XXX Degrees' to calculated VDL to incorporate the cake fan angle correctly.
  1. Add movie encoder dropdown choice to render movie dialog.
  2. Fix crash bug in the effect preview popup when you hover over an icon.
  3. Added three new rack reports: counts_per_angle_per_rack, single_shot_setup_by_rack_with_pan_tilt, single_shot_setup_by_rack_with_pitch_roll.
  4. Added a rack column to the other two single_shot_setup_by_module reports.
  1. Fix some GL compatibility issues on Intel integrated graphics.
  2. Fixed cakes related bug in show import wherein cakes would be imported sideways.
  3. Fixed Fire Pioneer addressing number of pins, changing from 0-32 to 0-31.
  4. Made import show work better for old Finale HBS files, not it imports cake simulations from the HBS file instead of replacing the cake with a placeholder cake.
  5. Added the keyword HTM to VDL to specify the heights of cake components independently so the heights of effects in a cake no longer need to be the same.
  6. Updated Norwegian UI translation.
  7. Improved palette graphics.
  8. Made cakes like '75mm 10 shot cake red comet + blue mine' preserve relative effect heights.
  9. Made 'Combine as cake' include the VDL terms HTM and DUR for individual component effect duration and height if necessary to keep user adjustments.
  10. Fix inventory sync problem that was causing some effect changes to not sync up to the server.
  11. Tune pistils.
  12. Fix the mine pancake being squished front-to-back instead of top-to-bottom.
  13. Change the orientation of ring break pattern so that it correctly orients with respect to 'top half' and 'bottom half' to create jellyfish shells.
  14. Fix deleted effect render caching bug.
  15. Added 'File > Import > Import effects from HBS file' to make it easier to import effects from Finale Business.
  1. Changes to inventory sync process.
  2. Fix bug that prevented Fuse Delay from syncing to My Effects.
  3. Tune serpent motion paths.
  4. Tune Titanium Salutes to be a bit smaller.
  5. Tune Cycas to be more like Palm.
  1. More minor improvements to 'Combine as cake' row layout.
  2. Tuning/fixing pass over all cakes in Generic Effects.
  3. Additional minor bug fixes in 'Combine as cake'.
  4. Add more logging to help diagnose My Effects sync issue.
  1. Fix bug causing duration adjectives to not apply to pistils. Tune 'long', 'big', and 'dense' adjectives to have larger effect sizes.
  2. Tune small caliber effects.
  3. Translate 'Gold Tipped' to 'Gold Tip'.
  4. Fixed 'Combine as cake' bug of finding non-optimal cake row pattern when last row is different.
  5. Slightly improved format of 'Combine as cake' output by removing excess timing information.
  6. Tune popcorn crackle
  7. Fix and tune popcorn crackle sound.
  8. Fix bug causing uninitialized data (apple banana etc) to appear in the render resolution selector when rendering a movie.
  9. Changed header for Megafire exporter.
  10. Slightly improved row layout for 'Combine as cake'.
  1. Fix bug causing all ground strobes to light up in sync.
  2. Re-tune popcorn crackle, titanium salute, titanium report, flash tray, crackle flowers.
  3. Made 'Combine as cake' interpret 13 shot cakes as single slice by default.
  4. Improved 'Combine as cake' row length interpretation of cakes with irregular gap before last row.
  5. Combine nearly equal durations and delays in 'Combine as cake' to avoid rounding error in shown VDL output.
  6. Fixed 'Break apart cake' for some effect descriptions that changed from comets inside cakes to shells outside of cakes.
  7. Fixed rounding error issues in 'Combine as cake'.
  8. Improved Russian and Ukrainian translations.
  9. Updated Brazilian Portuguese translation.
  10. Changed 'C-shape' cakes from FNT rows to CTO rows.
  11. Fixed simulation of cakes that have calibers in their row descriptions.
  12. Added Megafire exporter.
  1. Improve the Finale Inventory sales order syncing functions.
  2. Fixed import of Finale Generic CSV of effects with placeholder VDL that showed up importing as variegated peonies.
  3. Made the straight up ss racks in Craig Co. racks and Pyrolamas racks collections be non-rotatable so the other angle racks would be added automatically instead of tilted straight up racks.
  1. Reorganized effect menu items, movingall import functions to file menu.
  2. Added 'Break apart cake' function.
  3. Fixed duration bug in right-to-left slice cake simulations.
  4. Fixed 'Combine as cake' for cakes with FNT, CTO, or OTC firing pattern rows.
  5. Fixed tube order bug in 'Combine as cake' for right-to-left slice cakes.
  6. Fixed a different tube order bug in 'Combine as cake'.
  1. Updated Italian UI translation.
  2. Fix physics precision bug causing smoke puffs to sometimes jump to Origin Man.
  3. Fix simulation bug causing particles to pop in and out of existence.
  4. Added 'Combine as cake' function to create a cake from a selected pattern of effects on the timeline.
  5. Made 'Combine as cake' function preserve all timing gaps.
  6. Added three new Generic Effects for flames with variable duration, GFX1005, GFX1006, and GFX1007.
  7. Added two new Part Types: sfx, and light. sfx is like flame except has variable duration. light is for stage lights and moving lights, which are not yet implemented.
  1. Added 'Combine as cake' function to create a cake from a selected pattern of effects on the timeline.
  2. Fix bug that caused certain cakes to not render correctly after they had been moved to a different position or effect time.
  1. Switch video encoding to use VP9 encoder. This encoder produces better quality output files that are smaller, but it is a little bit slower than the old encoder. Video files rendered in Finale 3D will now work natively in Chrome, Firefox, and on more phones than previously.
  2. Update Sketchup SDK, so that we can now load Sketchup 2019 files.
  1. Re-tuned gold, silver, and charcoal trails.
  2. Re-tuned mines at low calibers.
  3. Re-tuned horsetails and waterfalls.
  1. Changed Pyromac max DMX duration to 59.99.
  2. Made CSV show importer recognize LAUNCH POSITION and POST as synonyms for POSTION.
  3. Made Pyrodigital fix for macros beginning with zippers use the correct Hazard/CGHZ value.
  4. Added new RJ Equipamentos exporter for its new timecode based system.
  1. In Hobbyist mode, make the create movie dialog default to 720p, since it can't render 1080p+
  2. Add some logging to help diagnose a movie rendering crash.
  3. Add performance logging for Intel graphics.
  1. Added "File->Admin->Flush render caches" menu item. Flushing the render caches may help speed up Finale3D if it slows down. They are automatically flushed when you save your show file.
  2. Updated Pyrodigital 'fix' for manual fire macros based on further information from Pyrodigital. See documentation page for more info.
  3. Make non-randomized break orientations depend on their start velocities (so that mine pancakes point in the correct direction).
  1. Speed improvements and memory reduction in rendering.
  2. Added Pyrodigital manual script mode, supporting macros and zipper fire -- select from module type selector.
  3. Added fancy 'fix' for Pyrodigital FC-3 limitation that it can't fire zipper fire at beginning of macro; fix is that software automatically adds a 'dummy cue' in front of zipper 1/10th second in situations requiring it.
  4. Added warning -- 'Added dummy cue for zipper fire at beginning of macro' when fix is applied, to avoid confusion about where the dummy cue came from.
  5. Added single-shot 39 letter mines to generic effects for shooting letters with mines having smaller clusters of stars.
  6. Added 'storage location' to Show Director CSV export as the CUSTOM3 column.)
  7. Fix bug causing 'qoh' and 'available' columns to cause spurious change notifications when syncing to Finale Inventory.
  8. Fix the login flow when offline login fails because of unmatched computer id.
  9. Fix bug causing 0.0 duration for some effects that have trails with no tips (e.g. flying fish).
  1. Highlighted 'Edit racks' button when editing pins in rack layout so user doesn't get stuck without knowing how to exit the mode.
  2. Reset rack layout to 'Edit racks' mode when user changes the position selector.
  3. Made the 'Hide palette' and 'Hide generic effects' buttons on rack layout palette remain ideal font size even when palette is shrunk down because it is wide, so the buttons don't become unreadable.
  4. Added tiny indicators on effect palette to show that it can be resized.
  5. Improve startup time.
  6. Reduce GPU memory usage by about 40%.
  1. Clear the temp attribute after writing zip-based file formats so that some backup programs (e.g. Carbonite) don't skip files written by Finale3D.
  2. Added VDL implementation of 'Octopus' as 'clusters of stars, defaulting to gold'.
  3. Fixed bug in multi-DMX-universe export for fireTEK and PyroSure.
  4. Update Ukrainian and Russian translations.
  5. Fixed effect palette menus and search bar input box when rendering in letterbox mode.
  6. Scaled down size of effect palette on short height windows so it isn't offensively large.
  7. Improved colors and readability of effect palette text.
  8. Improved effect palette tooltips.
  9. Added rounded corners to tooltips.
  10. Fixed filtering problem with position names that contained slash characters.
  1. Fix bug causing multi-shot items (cakes and candles) not correctly updating the effect simulations when you edit the effect instances.
  1. Fix bug causing color-changing stars to not work correctly.
  2. Tune popcorn crackle simulation to have a bit more oomph.
  1. Fix crash error with certain pattern breaks.
  2. Fix bug causing some trails to 'blink out of existence' too soon (mostly comets).
  3. Fix effect icon rendering so that chrysanthemums look better.
  4. Make small/big adjectives apply to mines. Try using 'very small green mine' for letter writing.
  1. Attempt #2 at shipping the new renderer.
  2. Changed number of digits for pins in Pyromac exporter.
  3. Fixed long-lasting DMX events in Pyromac exporter, longer than 99sec.
  4. Added DMX script optimizers for fireTEK, Piroshow, Pyromac, and PyroSure.
  5. Added Brazilian Portuguese translation.
  6. Fixed DMX bugs in PyroSure exporter.
  7. Added checks to make it impossible to have multipleshows open with the same name, to eliminate the risk of losing data by exiting and saving changes.
  8. Updated Brazilian Portuguese translation, now complete.
  1. Fix the "blue render bug" happening on some GPUs.
  1. This release is the first release with a new renderer implementation that should be much faster and more stable than the previous renderer.
  2. Fix crash bug in long exposure rendering. There is still no progress dialog yet.
  3. Improved PyroSure exporter, automatically filling module number sequence gaps, changing DMX modulo from 100 to 300, fixing some header bugs.
  4. Minor Pyromac exporter changes.
  5. Made 'Whistles' aerially ambiguous so it is interpreted as small rockets in context of a cake and aerial shell payload outside of context of a cake.
  6. Added 'Waterfall lance' and 'Ground Waterfall' for upside-down mounted fountain-like devices, to distinguish them from the 'Waterfall' aerial shell.
  7. Updates to Russian and Ukrainian translations.
  8. Added fireTEK v3.0 script format with 11 columns.
  9. Chagned sort of fireTEK columns and improved DMX efficiency using duration field.
  10. Improved Pyromac exporter for DMX.
  11. Improved DMX Patch capabilities.
  12. Improved Pyromac exporter to support DMX events that leave channels with non-zero values.
  13. Added ActionBase firing system support.
  14. Added universe and section to Show Director CSV format in CUSTOM1 and CUSTOM2.
  15. Added export FPS options for Show Director CSV format, 30fps, 29.97, 25, 25.
  16. Added capability to open a Pyrodigital PDM file as a generic table so you can see its contents before downloading.
  17. Added 'File > Tools > Verify PDM file...' so you can verify and get a summary for PDM file before downloading.
  18. Improved Show Director CSV export, fixing a problem with pins for non-PD firing systems, and handling single digit hex module numbers for PD firing systems.
  1. Fixed PyroSure slat count limit, F not D.
  2. Progress in Hungarian translation, very close to done.
  3. Added Merlin exporter.
  4. Improved Galaxis module names.
  5. Improve DMX safety channel effects.
  6. Added flame system specific safety channel effects.
  7. Added ability to rotate MAGICFX Flamaniac flames interactively by dragging trajectory.
  8. Fixed PyroSure exporter errors.
  9. Improved FireTEK and PyroSure module names to remove confusion.
  1. Fixed a GPU detection bug that was sometimes causing an 'Invalid GPU' warning dialog to appear on startup when it should not.
  2. Fixed 'Racks > Add racks for show...' involving flames and other_effect effects that don't need racks.
  3. Improved 'Addressing > Address show...' to write 'dmx' in the pin number field for dmx effects, since dmx effects don't have meaningful pin numbers.
  4. Fixed bug in Piroshow exporter (scaled DMX channel values from 255 to 100.
  5. Added troubleshooting menu item for finding missing DMX patches.
  6. Removed the export warning for 'round to resolution' but kept the troubleshooting menu item in case you care.
  7. Strengthened error checking on module/pin address parsing.
  8. Updated the COBRA v6.0 script file format with the new position information section and version number.
  9. Fixed bug in GS2 export in which dt and stepDelay were formatted incorrectly if longer than 60 seconds.
  10. Added capability to adjust Explo X2 Wave Flamer angles by dragging trajectories in the 3D view.
  11. Added capability to control Explo X2 Wave Flamer by DMX.
  12. Extended DMX Patch programming language in effect definitions to support DMX devices with channels that depend on angles, durations, and customPartField.
  13. Added semi-auto firing mode to Piroshow exporter for scripts that contain valid Track values.
  14. Changed the :customPartField100 field in DMX patches to :customPartFieldExploX2.
  15. Fixed Galaxis time format bug for delta times of 60 seconds or more.
  1. Reduce renderer memory usage, which should help with some crashes.
  2. Added error checking and error messages for exporting DMX events that do not have DMX patches.
  3. Improved exporting summary messages for DMX exports, better pin and module counts.
  4. Improved addressing summary messages for DMX scripts, better pin counts.
  5. Added Pyrosure DMX script exporter.
  6. Added MAGICFC DMX Flamaniac effects to Generic Effects list.
  7. Made DMX Safety Channel effect show a duration bar in the timeline.
  8. Fixed type of DMX Safety Channel so it receives firing system / DMX address.
  9. Fixed FireTek exporter for pyro from DMX-capable modules.
  10. Made Pyromac exporter ignore the end-event in DMX patches so it can use the same standard DMX effects as other firing systems that require begin/end events.
  1. Progress on Portuguese translation.
  2. Update to Russian and Ukrainian translations.
  3. Improved error message presented when user tries to edit racks without valid license.
  4. Fixed bug in reports printed to XLS and CSV file formats wherein table format was wrong.
  5. Fix some rendering crash issues.
  1. Improved Russian, Ukrainian, and Hungarian localizations.
  2. Added 'Move on axis...' command and widget for moving positions.
  3. Improved positions menu structure and options.
  4. Added Avery 5163 labels template.
  5. Expanded interior margins of label templates 5195, 5260, 5267, A4_L4737, and A4_L7158 to reduce printing alignment sensitivity.
  6. Added first progress on Portuguese UI localization.
  7. Added language option for Brazilian Portuguese, work in progress.
  8. Allow track fields that begin with text followed by a number to be interpreted as the number, e.g., 'T9' --> 9.
  9. Made default cue sheet report templates split different pins onto different rows instead of combining all firing at the same time into a single row.
  10. Added Pyrosure exporter.
  1. Fix rendering bug causing strange artifacts to appear, especially around trajectory dots.
  1. Improved positions menu.
  2. Added 'Stretch line of positions'.
  3. Added 'Scale arrangement of positions.'
  4. Fix a rendering crash bug.
  5. Fix the 'blank gray screen' bug.
  1. Improved Russian and Ukrainian localizations.
  2. Show total width dimension in addition to splits between positions in position line ruler.
  3. Changed position locked status to be per-show-per-session state instead of saving it with show.
  4. Made position rotation widget only appear when user selects rotate function from top menu or position context menu.
  5. Made position rotate functions in menus automatically unlock positions and show tooltip indicating the change if they had been locked previously.
  6. Fixed Cobra step-by-tracks export option, extending max tracks to 999.
  7. Enlarged report header field widths for Russian and other localizations.
  8. Added new function for positions, 'Project positions on local down axis to nearest surface' to make it easier to place positions on towers.
  9. Added new function for positions, 'Raise position heights.'
  10. Made the rotate-position-pitch functions not keep positions being swung into the air stuck to the ground.
  11. Added right-click context menu option, 'Measure to this point.'
  12. Added 'Adjust heights when dragging multiple positions' option, defaulting to on, which is the current behavior, but giving you the ability to turn it off for some complicated position layout scenarios involving trusses.
  1. Added 1-second options for Script > Align functions.
  2. Added 1-second option for Show > Set snap-to timeline resolution.
  3. Include items with blank 'Type' fields in the 'Other effects' division of the effect palette.
  4. Start out with positions locked by default.
  5. Flash position padlock button and tooltip when user attempts to drag positions while locked.
  6. Show the position-line rulers even from side-view, not just from top-view.
  7. Fixed hit detection problem on position tooltips that generated multiple click sounds when cursor moved slowly over position name.
  1. Fixed labels crash bug that occurs when script rows have a bad part number.
  2. Fixed bug in long exposure rendering.
  3. Fixed formatting bugs in Pyromac script exports.
  4. Added size filter to the effect palette.
  5. Added clickable links for collection, size, and quantity filters to base of effect palette.
  6. Improved Russian and Ukrainian localizations.
  1. Fix bug in network sync-ing with Finale Inventory.
  2. Improved Pyromate module options in menus.
  3. Added labels templates for sorting by size, part number, or position, in all labels sizes, 39 new options.
  4. Added landscape option for all basic reports.
  5. Slightly improved format of chain specifications report.
  6. Fixed addressing but that resulted in inefficient use of firing system hardware in some circumstances.
  7. Added Cobra v3.0, v4.0, v5.0, and v6.0 script formats.
  8. Added copy script formats for the two 'step' based semi-automatic firing methods, stepping by tracks and stepping by events.
  9. Added embedded part numbers in the Cobra v6.0 script export format for the Cobra reverse logistics feature for accounting for unshot shells.
  10. Improved module type menus for Cobra addressing.
  11. Widened effects files menu.
  12. Made quantity filter status text in effect palette localizable.
  13. Improved Russian and Hungarian translations.
  14. Hide effect palette when using effect editor.
  15. Support drag and drop from effect palette to timeline.
  16. Focus the OK button on the account summary dialog on launch.
  17. Added Ukranian localization.
  18. Improved Russian localization.
  19. Added subtitles to the part type buttons on effect palette window.
  20. Fixed import and create effect bug in which descriptions with no recognized terms would yield an errant duration value.
  1. Filtered out not_an_effect and rack type parts from favorites filter on effect palette.
  2. Added Pyromate SmartShow and Pyromate analog controller exporters.
  3. Fix bug causing Google Maps satellite imagery to not show up.
  1. Fix some effect editor crash bugs.
  2. Improved hit detection for overlapping trajectory donuts.
  3. Improved Hungarian and Russian UI localizations.
  4. Added effect palette GUI with quantity filters, incremental full text search, and favorites features.
  1. Added Explo module types for 1k, 5k, 20k, wave_player.
  2. Improved Explo exporter, writing Track field to Gruppe column, and Hazard field to Efg. column.
  3. Fixed Pyrolamas and Pyrodigt racks, which didn't work because I had forgotten to specify the number of tubes.
  4. Clear the undo stack after loading/populating effect collections so that control-Z/undo doesn't clear them.
  5. Made simple 'Ok' dialogs close automatically if user clicks on any other window, to prevent them from locking up the interactivity.
  1. Fixed crash bug in 'Add racks' function that applied if show contains invalid part numbers that do not have parts in the Per-show parts list.
  2. Rename login checkbox to 'Sync with network'.
  3. Implement 'double-checking' inventory change confirmation on >=50 rows.
  4. Many changes to the renderer. This should be faster for most people. Please report if it is slower for you.
  1. Improved German, Spanish, French, Italian, and Russian translations.
  2. Fixed 'Add racks for show' for circle racks that have straight-down tube; previously it wouldn't add or fill racks that had a straight-down tube.
  3. Added Pyrolamas racks supplier catalog.
  4. Added Pyrodigit racks supplier catalog.
  5. Added two new pre-wired pin options for racks that are pre-wired for two modules, half and half.
  6. Added a fan type 'In a circle' for the 'Make into fan...' function which starts with the up angle and devices total angle by N instead of N - 1 since circles have one more angle gap than fans.
  7. Added hot keys for 'Align at earliest event time' and 'Align at latest effect time'.
  8. Added Pyromate digital firing system support, including 'File > Download to controller'.
  9. Fix inch->meter conversion bug in Finale Inventory sync.
  10. Fix bugs relating to inventory sync and fractional quantities.
  1. Fix caching bug causing large show performance to get much worse.
  1. Fix a bug in the 'Export sound track' feature.
  2. Remove translation entries for effect editor internals.
  3. Small performance improvements.
  1. Implemented more performance and responsiveness improvements.
  2. Removed page breaks from default labels formats.
  3. Added basic rack functionality for Hobbyist version to define racks, add racks for show, and print reports of rack lists, leaving visual editing and rack-based addressing as pro features.
  4. Improved table layout menu item names to make them more understandable.
  5. Changed name of basic_rail_pin_report to basic_script_rail_pin_report.
  6. Fix translation templates missing some strings.
  7. Fix long exposure bug.
  1. More rendering improvements.
  2. Fix water rendering crash bug.
  1. Full Norwegian translation.
  2. Full Italian translation.
  3. Support for Hungarian translation.
  4. Big improvements to render performance.
  5. Translators: Go to 'Admin > Update language translation file' to add missing phrases.
  1. Fix bug causing empty effect editor widget windows.
  1. Fix emitter randomness to be more random.
  2. Fix shell-of-shells / artillery.
  3. Fix ground flash.
  4. Fix bug in 'Create high-res image' functionality.
  5. Added support for Norwegian translation.
  6. Added support for Maltese translation.
  7. First beta version of effect editor gui.
  1. Progress on French, German, Spanish, Russian user interface translations.
  2. Minor change to Explo SHW export format, exporting position in the Position column instead of the Pos column.
  3. Added VDL angle terms L110, L115, ... L180 and R110, R115, ...R180 so you can specify full 360 degrees for cake or flame shots in VDL.
  4. Changed the timeline UI to make selection rect easier.
  5. Fixed chain specifications report.
  6. Added new reports:Basic rail pin report, Basic pull sheet, Basic rack list, Basic rack totals, Basic Product list, Basic product totals, Basic size totals.
  7. Changed name of 'Product list with details' report to 'Effect collection product report' to clarify it applies to the effect window.
  8. Progress on Spanish, French, and Russian translations -- nearly done.
  9. Fixed default selector values in custom reports not based on the script window.
  10. Improved position lock icon tooltip appearance.
  11. Added hot keys for customize simulation commands.
  12. Filter out sales orders that aren't editable.
  13. Fix the extra break sounds coming from pistils.
  14. Fix crackling sounds.
  15. Fix 'silver & green peony'.
  16. Added first version of Italian translation.
  17. Improved Spanish translations.
  1. French, Russian, and German UI translation progress, about 50% done.
  2. Made Explo exporter support shows longer than 60min.
  3. Fixed a few missing UI phrases for localization to other languages.
  4. (Added explanation dialog when clicking green plus button for position groups on left side of screen.
  5. Fixed localization to other languages in dialog selector menu items.
  6. Fixed divider lines in context menus.
  7. Improved support for Explo X2 Wave Flamers by making the 'address show' function automatically copy flame program, 1-66, from the effect's Custom Part Field to the Pin field of the addressed script; previously the flame program was copied by the 'Export show' function but not by the 'Address show' function so the pin numbers in the addressed script appeared wrong.
  8. Changed the part numbers of the Explo flame effects in Generic Effects to correspond to the Explo flame program numbers, GFX9001 for program 1, GFX9002 for program 2, etc., as a convenience to the user; previously the part numbers were off-by-one, which was confusing.
  9. Improved the 'Address show' summary for Galaxis and Explo by not counting the flame unit pins in the pin counts since they are not physical pins.
  10. Improved the 'Address show' summary for any flame system by not including flame shots in the e-match count.
  11. Fix bug causing rendered videos to have incorrect aspect ratio, causing view to be 'squeezed' one way or the other.
  12. Fix bug causing the Finale Inventory 'selected locations' filter to not work.
  13. Fix the 'Set ground to Google Maps' feature, which had broken. It is still not saving the downloaded image yet.
  1. Fix some GPU memory leaks with the previous attempt at this release.
  2. Fix some OpenGL usage bugs causing crashes in Parallels and some Intel GPUs.
  3. Improve UI responsiveness.
  4. Improve 3D rendering speed.
  5. Show a dialog when we try to run with an unsupported version of Parallels.
  1. Made ruler coordinates relative to reference position if user has selected one from the context menu.
  2. Improved ruler appearance.
  3. Added Pirotex 1ms 10 Pin Module module type.
  4. Made shift-drag of selection rect not be in 'add' mode.
  5. Made the position rotation widget only appear if you click on a position.
  6. Added capability of understanding Dutch effect names, translating Dutch to VDL.
  7. Change parsing of 'red & blue peony cake', which will now make a cake with 'red & blue' peonies rather than red peonies and blue peonies.
  8. Added option to ignore type field when importing shows and inventory files, to make importing more reliably for user data with types different from Finale's convention.
  9. Support 'Stock #' as an alias for part number, for importing ShowSim inventory files.
  1. Fixed crash bug that occurred when importing effects file that is missing a part number column, merging into an existing effects file.
  2. Fix bug causing effects with the word 'fire' in them to have bright purple colors.
  3. Added 5', 5m, 5yd grid for positions.
  4. Changed SCX default angle convention on import to left = 0, up = 90.
  5. Added import show option to ignore PAN angle in imported file and made the 'guess' option ignore PAN angles by default, to make importing angles more reliable for SCX files.
  6. Fixed import show bug wherein angles of non-English cake descriptions were imported with an incorrect PAN angle.
  7. Added 'Admin > Update language translation file...' command for translators.
  8. Fix bug with compound colors not working properly in cakes. (e.g. "Red & Green Peony Cake").
  9. Tune airburst.
  1. Improve memory usage, fix some crashes that were due to running out of memory.
  2. Added 'Admin > Install language translation file...' for the people who are translating 3D to other languages.
  3. Tune titanium salute.
  4. Set default framerate target for edit mode to 10.0
  1. Tune mines.
  2. Add 'license valid through' date to account dialog.
  3. Improved position padlock icon.
  4. Fixed cake/candle problem with Polish translation introduced in the last release.
  5. Fixed rack assignment problem in addressing algorithm for racks with fanned shells.
  6. Improved addressing algorithm to use fan-racks automatically if the user selects 'pin-constrained-to-single-rack'.
  7. Supported cross-loading chains with fanned shells across racks in the same cluster using the 'pin-constrained-to-same-rack-cluster' constraint.
  8. Change icon rendering camera setup.
  9. Change playback mode target framerate from 10.0 to 0.0.
  10. Added FirePioneer firing system.
  11. Fixed price field in PyroShow firing system export.
  12. Fixed obscure crash bug wherein bad user input for a time value, like 000000000000000000000000000000000000:0, could cause a crash.
  13. Fixed crash bug wherein closing a show while it was playing could cause a crash.
  1. Now supports running under Parallels v14+ on Macs.
  2. Fix sync bug when changing more than 1000 effects at a time in My Effects.
  3. Change the way icons are rendered. Performance should be improved, but some icons might not be pictured as well as they previously were.
  4. Fix bug causing certain effects to not be rotated when the position is rotated.
  5. Improved 'permissions explanation' dialog, which should hopefully make it more clear what happened if you are getting Trial mode all of a sudden.
  6. Tune mines.
  7. Fix an email case sensitivity bug in license assignments.
  8. Added positions locked/unlocked button.
  9. Added RMB context menu on positions for 'Set as reference position for rulers.
  10. Changed UI paradigm such that now rulers are always displayed whilst positions are unlocked.
  11. Re-enabled support for shift-dragging selection rect to add items to existing selection set in sim view, and on timeline selection strip at the bottom of timeline.
  12. Added cursor image change when cursor over timeline selection strip on bottom.
  13. Re-purposed the first blue nav button as the new selection rect mode nav button, and made the default pointer mode be represented by none of the blue nav buttons being pressed.
  14. Added 'Hide all position rulers' option in Show menu.
  15. Minor fix, not displaying padlock buttons when drawing time counter in 3d view, which would overlay them.
  16. Added glowy green box around reference position for rulers, chosen from the position context menu.
  17. Added 'Positions locked/unlocked' tool tip notification when clicking on padlock button.
  18. Added rotation widget for rotating positions.
  19. Added snap-to rotations of 1, 5, and 22.5 degrees for rotating positions.
  20. Added clickable padlock button in lower right for locking/unlocking positions.
  21. Added blue navigation button for selecting by way of selection rect, so you don't need to press shift.
  22. Added new 'Angles' submenu of the 'Positions' menu, with options for rotating positions around different axes; also added such menu options to RMB context menu on positions.
  1. Fix crash bugs in some effects.
  2. Tune mines.
  3. Tune whistles.
  4. Add sound to serpents.
  1. Added ability for user to make user-defined stepper sequences for Galaxis by putting a track identifier in the track column of the script table.
  2. Improvements to position movement rulers.
  3. Added position movement grid option.
  4. Added position movement guidelines for 'middle-of-neighbors' and 'same coordinate as other positions' and 'extending sequence'.
  5. Added position movement rulers for positions in a line that is not axis-aligned.
  6. Make mine layers closer together.
  7. Fix effect parsing crash bug.
  8. Tune gold mine and horsetail to be brighter and have more particles.
  9. Make serpents not spread so wide.
  10. Implement 'PNG image sequence' video output format.
  1. Added automatic translation from Polish to VDL for effect names.
  2. Fixed bug in Galaxis exporter for modules using steppers.
  1. Implement 'trial mode explanation' dialog that explains why you are running in trial mode.
  1. Added 'File > User settings > Swap insert and play keys' to swap the space bar and 'i' keys.
  2. Made position group buttons and camera preset buttons stack into multiple columns if there are many of them.
  3. Added hot area at bottom edge of timeline for dragging selection rects without holding shift.
  4. Made control-drag on the timeline background drag a selection rect, same as shift-drag.
  5. Fix bug that caused position shadows to disappear.
  6. Allow price editing from 3d client -> finale inventory.
  7. Added vertical rulers to show height of positions when moving them.
  8. Added 'File > User settings > Show rulers in feet instead of meters'.
  9. Added XZ rulers when moving positions to show their distances.
  10. Added XZ ruler to origin when moving a single position.
  11. Fixed UI bug wherein dragging positions floating in air from top view would sometimes drag them in weird directions.
  12. Fix inventory sync bug preventing edits of products with an empty price field.
  1. Fixed a bug in Galaxis GS2 V2.6 exporter.
  2. Made 'Import show' read the device table and hazard zone and position coordinates out of V2.6 GS2 scripts.
  3. Change the way sounds for effects are handled.
  4. Fixed problem of pop-up menus extending off edges of monitors in multiple monitor configurations.
  5. Option in File > User settings, to support multiple monitors for window layouts.
  6. Option in File > User settings, to support swapping monitor 1 and 2 in multiple monitor configurations.
  1. Added 'File > Export > Export Show Director csv' function to export in Show Director format.
  2. Fixed bug in import show wherein chain durations specified in milliseconds were misread.
  3. Fix bug preventing users from un-subscribing from supplier catalogs via the finale3d.com website.
  4. Fix bug: previously, we did not render water when the terrain brightness was set to 0. This has been fixed, the water will be rendered now.
  5. Added Galaxis GS2 exporter version 2.6, including device table.
  6. Added ShowDirector CSV exporter.
  7. Added another formatting option for durations in import show, SSFF for ShowDirector imports.
  8. Made 'Tools > Open firing system script as generic table' work for GS2 version 2.6 in addition to showing the device table.
  9. Made show import guess durations better when user selects 'guess duration' in import configuration.
  10. Added 10 output and 5 output modules for Galaxis, and re-organized list of module types; removed split matrix options other than 5x10 and 10x10.
  1. Implement letterbox render setting.
  2. Implementing downscale resolution selector render setting.
  3. Make 'bright' and 'dim' vdl terms affect trails.
  4. Tune 'thick' and 'very thick' to be bigger.
  5. Make 'thick' and 'thin' affect charcoal trails
  6. Add reflection brightness render setting.
  7. Implemented distance-based falloff for break flashes lighting up the whole world.
  8. Implemented 'Break flash world lighting' render setting.
  1. Added position group buttons on left side of 3d view.
  2. Added automatic creation of position groups when inserting effects into multiple position.
  3. Added option to turn off automatic creation of position groups.
  4. Changed rack row max tubes from 32 to 40.
  5. Sorted rack buttons in rack layout palette first by maximum caliber, then rack width, then height.
  6. Added ability to rename position groups.
  7. Fix bug with flames and explicitly angled shots (e.g. "L45 gold comet") not working properly when trajectory is angled.
  8. Round times in FireOne FIR exporter to hundredths to remove warnings when opening in FireOne software.
  9. Fixed problem that remainingQuota column and filters didn't work in the per-show-effects collection in the effect window.
  10. Fixed bug that import show's configuration dialog appeared blank if no shows were open at the time of doing the import show.
  11. Exclude positions with no racks in the rack layout diagrams printouts, to save paper.
  12. Added 'Positions > Adjust > Straighten positions in line' function that does just that.
  13. Added context menu items for clicking on ground for 'Aim positions at this point' and 'Aim positions at this point in parallel' to make it easy to angle positions toward anything.
  14. Added context menu item for clicking on ground for 'Add position at this point'.
  15. Made play time highlight in script window update while dragging timeline background, as it does while dragging playhead itself.
  16. Remove distance-based particle LOD decimation.
  1. Fix case packing and 'chains count as one unit' Finale Inventory integration bugs.
  2. Speed up the 'update remote inventory' operation, for when you bulk-edit a Finale Inventory catalog.
  3. Implement 'see prices' permission.
  4. Fix bug with adding a product to a Finale Inventory when the product already exists in the inventory as a non-choreographed part.
  5. Fix bug with updating a Finale Inventory product when the Finale Inventory distance unit-of-measure is not meters.
  6. Implement 'Available Column Does Not Include Unreceived Purchase Orders'.
  7. Changed 3D navigation paradign to 'pan-and-pointer' dominant mode, with optional orbit mode if holding control; hold shift for selection box.
  8. Changed orbit to rotate around the pointed-at location.
  9. Removed hand and home buttons.
  10. Improved UI for moving positions; made shift key constraint position movement to axes.
  11. Supported effect icons and previews for effects missing VDL, instead of showing yellow warning triangle.
  12. Relocated the drag and drop hot spot for cursor image.
  13. Change menu item 'File > User settings > Chains count as 1 unit in 'used' column' to make language consistent with website.
  14. Improved the effect insert buttons on the effect window to avoid accidental triggering of previews getting in the way; now preview hotspot is the white hover indicator bar on the button.
  15. Added front/top/side camera preset buttons on right of screen.
  16. Added new custom camera presets buttons on right of screen.
  17. Option to delete custom camera presets by right clicking them, or click just clicking the name to rename or delete.
  18. Added camera key frame and preset add/delete menu items to camera menu.
  19. Fixed parsing of French 'rouge et tronc' and that general pattern for non-English effect names.
  20. Fixed file load/save bug pertaining to shows with the frame-based time formats in 'Show > effect time format', previously save didn't work with that setting on.
  21. Start the application with a good front-on viewing angle, like in Finale Business.
  22. Changed timeline UI such that clicking on timeline background drags timeline instead of creating a selection rect; hold shift to create a selection rect.
  23. Fixed minor selection bugs for selecting groups in 3D window and using selection rects.
  24. In rack layout window, make shift-draging a selection rect begin by deselecting all, instead of adding to selection set.
  25. On timeline, make shift-dragging a selection rect begin by deselecting all, instead of adding to selection set.
  26. Changed cursor image to back-of-hand when dragging timeline background.
  1. Re-add shadows underneath positions so that it is easier to see where the positions are.
  2. Improve rendering performance when there is no water in the scene.
  3. Fix a bug: we weren't properly writing the WAV file header when exporting a sound track.
  4. Fix a bug causing 'chain number of devices' to be 0.
  1. Fix single_shot handling for Finale Inventory sync.
  2. Fix crash when closing the main window before the login window.
  3. Make saving the show be resilient to the output file temporarily not being writable (we think this will help work around certain virus scanners locking the file sometimes).
  1. Add more logging around FIN file saving to help diagnose a bug affecting a few users.
  2. Fixed a crash bug when certain 'invalid' text was entered as VDL.
  1. Improved non-English effect name parsing for center/core without preposition.
  2. Improved handling of colons in parsed effect names.
  3. Minor improvements to French effect name parsing.
  4. Improve rendering performance.
  5. Show the Account dialog on app startup.
  1. Add machine id and machine name to About dialog.
  2. Make movie, image, and icon renders use the 'new' progressive render framework that has been in use for edit mode for awhile now. This should reduce crashes for some people.
  3. Make login retry when there is a failure, rather than just exiting the program.
  4. Add reset activations link to About dialog.
  5. Tweak cake timing randomness so that it won't re-order shots.
  6. Added new option 'Show > Options > Draw chains as multiple rows' turned OFF by default, making the new default behavior that chains are now single bars on the timeline.
  7. Added device count to effect name of chains and groups on timeline such as [5] Red Chrys Chain so you can tell the difference between a chain and a single item easily now that chains are one row on the timeline.
  8. Show an error if you try to login to the client and your email address has not been verified.
  9. Scale video bitrate with the size of the movie being rendered, and increase the bitrate defaults. This should reduce encoding artifacts in the output videos.
  1. Added Portuguese effect name translations.
  2. Improved VDL parsing for cakes, requiring parentheses around effect labels to avoid confusion with single letter abbreviations and non-English words.
  3. Fixed the Italian and Portuguese 'e' in effect name parsing.
  4. Improved Portuguese effect name translations.
  5. Import 1 shot candles as having type = single_shot.
  6. Improved effect name parsing handling of slash and backslash.
  7. Made effect name interpreter less likely to get confused by unrecognized terms like 'ccc' that could be interpreted as cake row tube specifications.
  8. Fixed script row highlight jumping around when playing overlapping chains while showing chains as single row in script.
  9. Fix a crash affecting some Nvidia GPUs.
  10. Change login dialog links to point to the correct locations on the new website.
  11. Fix issue causing stars to 'blink off' rather than having an intensity curve.
  1. Make 'about finale3d' show the same dialog as account details.
  2. Fix an issue with updating Finale Inventory sales orders from Finale3D.
  3. Fix a crash triggered by certain '2-part' effects.
  4. Added 'whistling' as synonym in VDL for whistles.
  1. Added RJ Equipamentos exporter.
  2. Fixed previewer to make it take into account the prefire column.
  3. Implement new access level code, supporting trial users who can't save/render/etc.
  4. Fixed 'Script > Align > At Earliest EFFECT time' which previously aligned to EVENT time.
  5. Fixed render issue causing shell breaks to look 'square'.
  6. Fixed a bug causing certain importer/exporters to not be able to use file paths with spaces in them.
  1. Add more logging around FireOne import/export to diagnose a bug.
  1. Added additional validation for assortments, requiring them to have at least two sequential children beginning with 0 or 1, e.g., ASSTA-01 and ASSTA-02.
  2. Added 'Script > Align > Align at earliest event time'.
  3. Added 'Align at latest event time' and 'Align at latest effect time'.
  4. Fixed an obscure bug when aligning chains to groups.
  5. Added fourth data row to labels.
  6. Improved labels configuration dialog.
  7. Fix a bug causing 'My Effects' network sync to fail.
  8. Make the 'Create new account' link go to the right place.
  9. Implement minimum frame rate render setting.
  1. Fix a crash bug for certain effects.
  2. Added single-shot rack type with posts that hold two tube each; and posts that hold four tubes each.
  3. Added single-shot rack type for tubes that have adjustable pitch angle but not tilt angle within the row.
  4. Improved addressing summary dialog to include position names of any positions with addressing errors.
  5. Improved addressing summary dialog to have explanatory footnote in case of wiring or racking errors.
  6. Fix bug with long sales order ids not working with Finale Inventory integration.
  7. Fix bug introduced in previous build, with explicitly-specified prefires and durations not working correctly.
  8. Clear assignments to racks when they are cut or deleted from the rack layout window.
  9. Erase underneath 'edit racks' and 'hide rails' links in rack layout window to make them more readable.
  10. Fix bug affecting a FireOne and other MDB-based firing script exporters.
  1. Added 'Effects > Break apart assortment quotas for Finale Inventory users.'
  2. Added automatic break apart and recombine assortment quantities to the update from and to Finale Inventory sale order functions.
  3. Added 'Effects > Break apart assortment quotas' menu item.
  4. Fixed the 'wavy stars' bug.
  5. Fixed several problems with multi-part effects.
  6. Changed default model brightness to 1.5
  7. Removed the 'high/low' quality rendering concept. Added 'compatibility mode' render checkbox for low-end hardware. (Currently it just disables fancy motions like serpents and bees).
  1. Add confirmation dialog for changes to inventories when syncing to network.
  2. Fix fountains.
  1. Tune charcoal comet trails.
  2. Fix a startup crash bug.
  1. Fix a bug causing new user accounts to not be able to save My Effects.
  2. Fix a bug causing a crash with certain effect VDL.
  3. Show a more informative error dialog when syncing and your Finale Inventory credentials are misconfigured.
  1. Add/fix strobing, flashing, twinkling, and shimmering.
  2. Improve comet shells.
  3. Make 'comet to report' have a report sound.
  4. Change 'songs' to 'music' menu.
  5. Support copy/pasting racks between positions.
  6. If paste or insert rack right on top of an existing rack, shift the newly inserted rack slightly so you can see that you have a stack.
  7. Added 'Add racks for unracked events.
  8. When pasting or duplicating positions, shift the pasted or duplicated positions to avoid stacking on top of each other.
  9. Fix issue with some SCX files not importing.
  1. Improved rack menu items.
  2. Clear rack/tube addresses as part of 'Add racks for show'.
  3. Show effect angle in tooltip over module graphic in rack layout view.
  4. Improved detailed explanation for why effects don't match single-shot racks unless their type is single_shot.
  5. Improve polyp simulation.
  6. Make 'flare' on its own recognized as a ground flare.
  7. Don't compress audio data and model data being stored in FIN files, so that saving is faster.
  8. Fix comet w/ mine bug where the mine would come out ahead of the comet sometimes.
  9. Fix charcoal trail brightness.
  1. Fix rendering bugs introduced with prior build.
  1. Lots of effect tuning improvements.
  2. Add whistles,
  3. Made the rack length constraint apply to the calculation in 'add racks for show' just as it does for addressing and red warnings in rack layout screen.
  4. Fixed minor bug wherein the 'update effects in show' dialog would appear after you change a rack definition, and would incorrectly fill in the rack tube size as 3inch if it was 'any_size'.
  5. Fixed harmless bug wherein the 'update effects in show' dialog would appear unnecessarily when the edited effect hadn't actually been changed.
  6. Add ground strobe.
  1. Recognize m/m as meaning millimeters in effect parser.
  2. Implemented the 'File > Export > Export sound track' command, which previously did nothing.
  3. Spanish effect language improvements.
  4. Added turquoise and cyan and magenta to VDL.
  5. Improvements to polyp and some other shells.
  6. Add progress dialog for network sync.
  1. Improved performance of main UI loop.
  2. Added max. usable length constraint option in the create-rack dialog for Ricasa style single-shot racks with slides that fit variable size tubes, since the number of tubes depends on their size.
  3. Fixed minor update problem wherein module pins on the rack layout screen didn't turn red when referencing deleted racks.
  4. Fixed minor graphics bug wherein rack tube circles were not drawn in some circumstances that involved red warnings on tubes.
  5. German and Russian effect language improvements.
  6. Changed RFRemotech's name in menu.
  7. Added Pyrodigital FMA module name explicitly to the list.
  8. Added Explo splitter box option to start with a 10 pin offset.
  9. Spanish effect name improvements.
  10. PD and FireOne terminology change in menus.
  11. Fix 'flicker' render bug.
  1. Tune wave and palm.
  2. Tune ground flare.
  3. Tune down report flashes a bit.
  4. Tune bees.
  5. Support saving/loading fountains to Finale Inventory.
  6. Improved some language translation terms.
  7. Fix bugs in Finale Inventory sync.
  8. Fixed crash bug that occurred when clickign the 'hide rails' link and then hovering over a rack in the rack layout page.
  9. Fixed the bug in which inserting a rack updates existing racks in the show from a different collection.
  10. Added algorithmic support for single-shot racks whose tubes are pre-wired to sequential pin addresses, but UI to to make use of this feature is not yet implemented.
  11. Added option in create-rack dialog for pre-wired pins, for parente ishot and evolved single-shot bases.
  12. Added rack constraints field on addressing dialogs to support restrictions on racks similar to restrictions on modules, slats, and pins.
  1. Improved rendering performance, to make playback smoother.
  2. Minor fixes to Spanish VDL translation.
  3. Fixed the generic CSV editing tool, which was adding the line number column to the files when saving them.
  1. Fix some bugs in the Finale Inventory sync process.
  2. Added 'Details' button with detailed explanations for any devices left over after 'Add racks for show'.
  3. Improved error handling for 'Add racks for show'.
  4. Added rack functions to 'Clear all tube assignments' and 'Select all events missing tube assignments' and 'Clear tube assignments of selected events'.
  5. Activate effects window whenever user adds racks.
  6. Tune spark rendering to be better-performing.
  1. Added more fields to the Finale Inventory sync: DMX Patch, Color, Subtype, Hazard Default, Rack Type Default, Tubes, and Custom Part Field.
  2. Improved menu items for adding racks to the show.
  3. Fixed minor warnings in FireOne export for flame events that caused quantity=0 warning.
  4. Support multi-hit pins in the FireOne exporter, for flames and special effects.
  5. Fixed pin count summary in exporters that supported multi-hit pins, which were counting hits instead of pins.
  1. Fixed all known UI bugs with 'Create rack' and 'Edit rack' dialogs.
  2. Implemented ghost shells.
  3. Implemented cake shot timing randomness, with a toggle on the render config dialog.
  4. Added ghost, smiley, and heart to generic effects.
  5. Updated durations, prefires, and heights of generic effects.
  1. Implement faster and more robust method for syncing My Effects and Finale Inventory connections.
  2. Added red square warnings on rack layout screen for incompatible rack type, effect type, angle, or size.
  3. Added angle to the tooltips on rack layout screen.
  4. Made rack tube tooltip red if tube has compatibility error.
  5. Fixed addressing functions such that racking errors do not prevent successful addressing for the firing system, since racking errors can be fixed manually in rack layout.
  6. Changed addressing summary dialog to report 'wiring errors' and 'racking errors' separately.
  7. Added 'Firing Point Type' to RFRemotech exporter and changed name to Pyroremotec-RFMemotech.
  8. Improved rack assignment algorithm for chains to support constraints that prevent chains from spilling over to another rack or rack cluster.
  9. Added 'Create rack...' and 'Edit rack...' functions -- but racks are still not ready to be used.
  10. Fix a possible memory corruption bug with pattern breaks (hearts and smiley faces).
  11. Fixed checkbox problem on create rack dialog.
  1. Added drag-and-drop from module pin to module pin in rack layout, to support moving effects from pin to pin visually.
  2. Added effect tooltips to the module pins, including multiple tooltips for chains and module devices ematched to the same pin.
  3. Added RfRemotech firing system support.
  4. Added ability to adjust the brightness of the racks in the rack layout screen, the rackBrightness per-show setting.
  5. Added 'Show > Options > Disable UI sound effects' option.
  6. Enhanced Galaxis exporter to add a 'Start show' row at time zero if the scripted events do not begin at time zero.
  7. Enhanced Galaxis exporter to adjust G-Flame times to provide the minimum 0.3sec time separation between successive shots on the same device, and to provide a warning dialog if necessary at time of export.
  8. Fixed CSV show import to ignore invalid module types in the CSV file so that exporting works if you simply set the 'Addressing > Addressing settings > Set default firing system' option.
  9. Added 'Disable price indicator in design view' option for demonstrating to clients or staff who should not see prices.
  10. Fixed 'Swimming' and 'Fish' terms in VDL by adding translations to 'Scattering' and 'Flying fish' which are the corresponding VDL terms.
  11. Fixed a crash that could occur on shutdown.
  12. Re-tuned comets to be more correctly scaled against the default shell heights.
  13. Implement a server-side history of 'My Effects', so that any accidental overwrite can be recovered from.
  14. Fixed bug with module graphics re-sorting in rack layout view.
  15. Added rollover effect when editing pins in rack layout view.
  16. Improved UI for dragging pins between rails.
  17. Removed the UI links and palette from printed rack layout diagrams.
  1. Added functionality for Supplier Catalogs to show up in parts list.
  2. Added drag and drop wiring from rack tubes to other rack tubes in rack layout.
  3. Added red highlighting in rail graphics in rack layout window for pins wired to devices that are not in rack tubes.
  4. Added tooltips for rack pins in rack layout window showing effect name and size.
  5. Better detection of underpowered GPUs.
  6. Fix memory leak in progressive rendering.
  7. Fixed bug with the 'angles first' and 'angles last' sort options for reports and addressing.
  8. Added drag-and-drop wiring to rack layout -- work in progress, racking still not very usable.
  1. Added tooltips for the rack buttons in rack palette in the rack layout window.
  2. Added rollover effect on the control-points for rotating racks in the rack layout window.
  3. Implement heart and smiley breaks.
  4. Tuned spinners to look more natural.
  5. Change progressive render framerate target to 60 fps, which results in more flicker while scrubbing, but also more responsiveness.
  6. Allow Intel HD 4000 to try to run, to see if it works on some machines.
  1. Make spinners only emit trail sparks after they enter the 'crazy spin' phase.
  2. Decrease the intensity of the 'gold' color. Previously, gold-tipped comets would look much larger than red comets, for example.
  3. Added buttons on rack layout page to show/hide the racks palette and to show/hide generic racks.
  4. Adjust tuning on crossette shells.
  1. Add new motion simulation for spinners.
  2. Tune scattering effects.
  3. Fix a crash bug affecting large shows.
  4. Added rack palette UI and clickable rack buttons in rack layout window -- note: racks are still not easy to use.
  5. Fixed minor printing problem in which very tiny mortar circles would be invisible.
  1. Fix bug causing serpent/whirl/bee/spinner/etc mines to 'go crazy'.
  2. Fix a crash bug affecting some GPUs on complicated scenes.
  3. Added 'Print > Diagrams > Site layout' and 'Print > Diagrams > Rack layout'.
  4. Added ability to customize rack layout and site layout printed diagrams from the gear menu of the rack layout window.
  5. Fixed vertical alignment problem with Russian character set.
  6. Disabled space bar / play command when design view is not visible.
  7. Fixed bugs relating to changing the language setting.
  8. Fixed repaint/invalidation bug in rack layout when when user moves a position.
  9. Fixed numDevices=0 bug, where exported Finale Generic CSV files would have numDevices=0 if the effect in the effect window / inventory had a numDevices = blank value. Now blank will translate to 1.
  10. Fixed notes field in Finale Generic CSV export.
  11. Changed rack layout UI to be like Google Maps.
  12. Added control points on the racks in the rack layout windowith which to adjust the racks' tilt and pitch angles.
  1. Add debug logging to detect memory leak bugs.
  1. Fixed import inventory bug wherein quantity column was imported as number of devices instead of the available count.
  2. Added ability to import the fuse delay column.
  3. Fixed the 'Remaining available' column in the effects window and the table layouts from the gear menu that filter to available > 0, etc.
  4. Fixed crash bug introduced yesterday wherein printing labels to a show that has a defined name, not just a filename, would crash.
  1. Improvements to Spanish effect name translator.
  2. Fix creating new products in Finale Inventory from Finale3D.
  3. Fixed bug that was causing Finale3D to use very high cpu in some cases (like showing the login dialog).
  4. Fix several crash bugs that caused Finale3D to crash when the GPU was not supported.
  1. Added first pass of Italian effect name translation.
  2. Made minor refinements to VDL.
  3. Fixed labels formatting bug in which fields disappeared when user set padding wider than width of field.
  4. Second pass of Italian effect name translations.
  5. Finale Inventory sync: fixed sync bug that happened with effects that had an empty caliber field.
  6. Finale Inventory sync: allow the Devices column (called ChainNumberOfDevices in Finale Inventory) to be empty rather than defaulting to 1.
  7. Finale Inventory sync: use correct distance/length values when the Finale Inventory distance unit-of-measure is not meters.
  8. Made labels print angle graphics for up also, instead of leaving up as blank.
  9. Added degrees symbol to angle graphics on labels.
  10. Removed leading zeros from pin numbers in full addresses on labels.
  11. Made label's fancy e-match based color count only the e-matches on the pin, not the chain devices.
  12. Changed timeline effect bar extension colors from blue/green to red/blue based on trajectory angle, red = right.
  13. Changed labels fancy angle based colors to be red = right, green = left, to make them more noticeably different.
  14. Fixed fancy size based colors with outline on labels.
  15. Added label configuration checkbox for 'Sort by rows' versus sort by columns.
  16. Make icon generation use the same logic for default duration that insertion in the show does. The end result is that fewer effects will have empty black icons.
  17. Added the page break conditions to the title of the labels pages, so for example if you have page breaks on universe or module, the title of the page will indicate the universe or module shown on the page.
  18. Fixed crashing bug introduced 8/11 occurring on shows that have any event without an associated valid launch position.
  1. Added 'Custom Position Field' to positions, which is available in the script rows for addressing and sorting.
  2. Added extension to Pirotex exporter that interprets 'Custom Position Field' as 'Channel override' for AKM-10 slats connected in series.
  3. Added error checking in Pirotex exporter for non-chronological pins on AKM-10 slats.
  4. More performance and stability improvements for new rendering method.
  1. Added 32, 64, 128, and 256 channel module versions of the AKM-10 slats for the Pirotex firing system.
  2. Support Russian characters in reports if you select 'File > Language > Russian' before printing.
  3. Fixed memory leak when user changes language setting.
  4. Fix bug with groups not working properly (filling in 'error' in the group column of the script instead of the group name).
  5. Made report configuration dialog include sort criteria.
  6. Expanded sort criteria for labels and reports to eight slots.
  7. Added more choices for sorting reports and labels.
  1. Fixed crash that could happen when showing the 'effect preview' hover.
  2. Improved stability on slow GPUs.
  3. Added a 'Setup By Position Finale Business Format' report, which is the same as the site layout tables report in Finale Business.
  4. Fixed the importing of HBS files with cakes of shells, removing the prefire specification from the cake since in 3D the cake prefire affects the shell's lift time.
  5. Made the word 'And' in VDL convert to + or & based on context.
  6. Added 'Rack' subtype for racks as a VDL term.
  7. Minor French effect name translation improvements.
  8. Added Pirotex exporter, including 1ms resolution and 32/64/128/256 pin modules.
  1. Fix rendering crash bug when reflections are disabled.
  1. Implement new rendering method to improve performance and stability. Slow renders "fill in" over time, so that the app can remain responsive when rendering many effects.
  2. Added help menu item for customizing reports/labels.
  3. Improved German effect translations.
  4. Removed 10 colors from the VDL language, relegating them and their language translations to being synonyms for equivalent colors.
  5. Added translation improvements for Russian effect names.
  6. Fixed the rack icons in generic effects.
  7. Updated generic effects for the VDL color changes.
  8. Added a 'rack' subtype so it easier to filter to racks.
  1. Finished V1 labels features, pending further feedback.
  2. Auto-right-justify right hand fields on labels if <= 50% width.
  3. Auto-trim angle numbers from multi-angle labels since the numbers don't fit anyway and just look ugly when clipped.
  4. Added labels templates for Dymo roll printers 30336 and 30252 x portrait and landscape orientations.
  5. Added labels sort criteria in the comment line in margin of page.
  1. Added label templates for 5267, CL33, LP33, DPS-30-100, L7158, L4737, L7160, 5195.
  2. Added more colors and style options for content of labels.
  3. Added conditional formatting based on ematch count, angle direction, and effect size.
  4. Fixed title and page number formatting.
  5. Automatically consolidate label interior margins to move labels out of unprintable area if necessary.
  6. Remove spaces and special characters from blueprint names for reports and labels, thinking ahead to 'book' blueprints.
  1. Added first labels template Avery 5260, which is customizable to other sizes and formats; to add labels template to existing shows, please copy the labels blueprint from a new show to your existing show.
  1. Another pass of German and Russian translations.
  2. Added more notes to the vdl translation table for translators, to explain the meaning of the terms.
  1. Implement progressive 3D graphics initialization. Finale3D becomes responsive earlier, and shows 'Initializing 3D graphics' rather than pausing for as long as it used to.
  2. Tune brightness of reports and salutes down a bit.
  3. Fix issue with reports and salutes not working in certain effects.
  1. Added Russian and German compound effect terms.
  2. Added German 'combo-words' like silberkomet.
  3. Added very_dim and slightly_dim to VDL.
  4. Added 'relampagos' effect to VDL, including sim.
  5. Added auto-correction for accents of German words.
  6. Pass #2 of German effect name translations.
  7. Changed column names in filter bar expressions to use internal names instead of localized names so that blueprints are independent of language translations.
  8. Added optional columns to effect window for remaining_quota, remaining_available, and remaining_on_hand.
  9. Added table layout blueprints in the gear menu of the effect window for all the quantity filters -- all_effects_used, all_effects_having_quota, all_effects_used_or_having_quota, quota_positive, quota_negative, quota_not_zero, available_positive, available_negative, available_not_zero, available_10_or_more, available_less_than_10.
  10. Made the quota cells in the effect window turn green or red depending on whether used exceeds quota.
  11. Made the available and on_hand cells in the effect window turn red if remaining quantity goes negative.
  12. Fix 'mine pancake always points straight up' bug.
  1. Added cue_list report.
  2. Fixed padding on icons in reports, such as in cue_list report.
  3. Made position groups begin with @ character to be more recognizable and differentiable from individual position names.
  4. Added reverse-mapping to position group names so grouped rows in script displayed as single row will show the position group name in the position column.
  5. Fixed report formatting to XLS and CSV.
  6. Made report formatting clear redundant leading cells, indenting.
  7. Improved various standard reports to take advance of the indenting.
  8. Added rack_list report, which lists racks used in rack layout, grouped by cluster, including angles and modules; this report is meant to be used in combination with a rack layout diagram.
  9. Added 'Show > Set angle format' menu that supports different angle conventions, like left=0,up=90, etc. Current implementation affects displayed fields but not input/output fields, which currently remain in the standard convention up = 0.
  10. Added additional fields/columns to rack layout table to support rack layout based reports.
  11. Added rack_list_by_rack_type report.
  12. Improved both rack_list reports.
  13. Added single_shot_setup_by_module_with_pan_tilt_angles and single_shot_setup_by_module_with_pitch_roll_angles reports.
  14. Added pitch and roll columns to script, to show the effect angle in an alternative representation that is needed for some single shot racks.
  15. Added Russian alphabet and WIP on Russian effect name translations.
  16. Added fermata and stutata to VDL terms, no sims yet.
  17. Improved spreadsheet formatting for effect name language translations.)Added Unicode upper/lower case conversions for Russian alphabet.
  1. Added 'Angle Graphics' column to script table, to show all angles represented by that row as ASCII art.
  2. Added work-in-progress on setup-by-module report, available by selecting the script blueprint by that name and then exporting table to Excel.
  3. Added consolidation field in blueprints, which enables arbitrary combining of rows based on matching fields like module/pin, for reports.
  4. Added ability to customize table windows by moving columns left/right.
  5. Added ability to hide the line number column.
  6. Hid the sort indicators on tables printed to pdf.
  7. Simplified column header context menu.
  8. Sorted the columns correctly in the setup_by_module_blueprint.
  9. Fixed bug with printed reports containing consolidated rows.
  10. Fixed invalidation but wherein changing blueprint didn't invalidate the no-longer matching blueprint selector.
  11. Fixed but wherein resize pad was displayed in printed table.
  12. Added 'Show > Set show information...' command and dialog.
  13. Removed double-height part descriptions from tables.
  14. Reduced vertical padding of rows to show more rows in the same space.
  15. Added a new address column that combines the rail and pin data into a single column.
  16. Added 'Display addresses with dash between rail and pin' option for ShowDirector/PD users to uncheck to see addresses as a simple three digits.
  17. Added adjustable padding on printed reports.
  18. Fixed blueprint menu checkmark after saving blueprint.
  19. Use default firing system for people who type in addresses without using the 'address show' function.
  20. Support Cobra multi-hit pins.
  21. Support Cobra lockout field.
  22. Support Cobra pulseTime field.
  23. Made VDL parser accept '25 FAN' or '25 Z' or '25 STR' as shorthand for 25 shot fan, z, or str; also added 'st' as an abbreviation for shot.
  24. Made submenus adjust position vertically to fit in screen with minimum scrolling requirement.
  25. First end-to-end working customizable reports.
  26. Added menu items to gear menus for selecting, saving, and editing report templates.
  27. Added 'Print > Report' menu to File menu, which now works.
  28. Fixed menu UI for selecting table layouts from reports.
  29. First two example customizable reports are setup-by-module and angle_count_per_module, accessible from File > Print.
  30. Added reports for product_list_by_position, product_list_by_storage_location, product_list_by_storage_location_with_addresses, product_list_by_storage_location_with_positions.
  31. Added capability for reports to show ranges of modules and pins in a single row.
  32. Added module type column to modules_per_position report.
  33. Made modules_per_position show ranges of modules in single rows.
  34. Masked off the lock and hide icons on rows in printed reports.
  35. Added product_summary_per_position report and chain_building report.
  36. Fixed crashing bug when user attempts to filter to empty string / null value.)Improved fast-path speed of rangify consolidator.
  1. Fix caliber issue with finale inventory sync.
  2. Added gear button for customizing tables.
  3. Removed menu box buttons on table headers.
  4. Improved column resizing.
  5. Added 'Show chains as one row' option in script gear menu.
  6. Added 'Show groups as one row' option in script gear menu.
  7. Removed insert icon in upper right corner of design view.
  8. Changed default window layout to #2.
  9. Added 'Insert row' icon for button in script.
  10. Added consolidation functions for all fields of all tables, for chain/group show-as-one-row consolidation and in prep for reports.
  11. Fix bug with pistils appearing disconnected from certain effects.
  1. Fix a bug on syncing with network.
  2. Added the term 'Placeholder' to VDL that interprets as variegated peony, as in Business, for compatibility so default Business effects don't look invisible.
  3. After user changes an effect row in effects window, the step that updates the effect in the show will now update all fields of the changed effect, not just the changed field.
  4. After user changes an effect row in the effects window by deleting the value, the 'update show?' dialog will appear, just as if the user had changed the value to a number.
  5. Re-enable fancy motion paths (rising whirls, etc) for high quality and ultra quality modes.
  1. Added 'Fuse Delay' field to effects window, to hold the visco fuse delay for cakes; when an effect is added to the show, its fuseDelay gets copied to its 'Delay' column in the script.
  2. Made effect simulations start after the 'Delay' field in the script row, to implement visco fuse delays correctly.
  3. Made 'Prefire' and 'Duration' field values optional in effects window, for cleaner integration with Finale Inventory for when effects don't have defined values.
  4. Made 'Devices' field value in Effects window optional, so chains in Finale Inventory work even if chainNumberOfDevices is unspecified.
  5. Fixed bug in Finale Inventory integration that merged instead of replaced the downloaded inventory locations, which was only noticeable if you can from one account to another.
  6. FIxed bug saving files with pathnames that contain dot characters.
  7. Added Pyroneo exporter.
  8. Fixed crash-on-startup bug introduced in last release pertaining to new handling of Finale Inventory per-location quantities.
  9. Re-enabled writing to Finale Inventory account.
  10. Added check and confirmation dialog for writing to Finale Inventory account.
  11. Several improvements to startup time and the time it takes to sync with network.
  1. Changed the way that the Finale Inventory per-location inventories are managed (now inventory loading is much faster).
  2. Added ability to shift-select multiple Finale Inventory locations to see combined available/qoh quantities, in the Effects > Finale Inventory menu.
  1. Made undoing 'Break apart chain' restore the durations of the constituent shells.
  2. Made 'Break apart chain' clear the 'Chain Device VDL' field.
  3. Brighten the default playback brightness a little bit.
  4. Made import show summary dialog report number of devices imported, to make it easier to verify when show contains chains.
  5. Added a check in the 'Break apart chain' function to test if chain was created by a means other than 'Combine as chain' and to give a warning message if so.
  6. Fixed minor bug in 'Update Per-show effects' for chains.
  7. Fix issues causing stars/trail arms to disappear or flicker in and out.
  1. Fix a bug causing a "http code said error" message when logging in.
  2. Fixed bugs with importing chains, mostly edge cases like chains of single devices.
  3. Changed chain importing and inserting to insert as many devices as specified in the 'Devices' column even if that number is 1, rather than treating 1 as a special value that means 'guess based on description'.
  4. Made non-chain items insert a single device no matter what the value in the 'Devices' column is.
  1. Fix multi-segment transition bug.
  2. Changed cake and candle prefire to be the prefire of the first effect, not a fuse delay prior to the first launch.
  3. Changed cake and candle duration to be 'first launch to last break'
  4. Made explicit prefire specification of a cake or candle carry through to specify the prefire of the first effect in the cake or candle.
  5. Fixed crash when user manually types in an invalid module type into the positions window and then addresses.
  6. Added back the filter commands in the table context menus, by popular demand.
  7. Changed 'Used' count calculation to be based on numDevices in perShowEffects, so the option to display the count as full chains works more reliably.
  8. Made 'Update per-show effects' NOT update the numDevices property in circumstances that the per-show effects would have the more current value; making the option to display the 'Used' count as full chains work more reliably.
  1. Fixed pin number export bug in PyroSoftware exporter and changed name from PyroSoft to PyroSoftware.
  2. Removed table context menu items for filters because they didn't justify their pixels.
  3. Made application select Finale Inventory or My effects automatically upon launch if they have any effects in them.
  4. Added context menu commands for events in script and timeline and 3d view for 'Select this effect in Effects window'.
  5. Made editing effects in table or by 'Edit effect simulation' context menu item edit the effect in the original collection, not the per-show effecs collection unless it is already active or is the only choice.
  6. Made editing effects in their original collections write-through the effect to the per-show effects, with confirmation diallog if user did not initiate the edit in the script, timeline, or 3d view.
  7. Made editing effects in read-only collections like Generic effects write-through the changes to My effects and to open shows, adding to My effects if doesn't already exist there.
  8. Made subtype and color fields of effects optional.
  9. Added summary dialog after importing show.
  10. Skip show import configuration dialog if importing HBS file.
  11. Added options to 'Update Per-show effects...' to update from all collections versus from current collection.
  12. Added preflight information to the 'Update Per-show effects...' dialog so yu know if there would be changes.
  13. Prevended 'Update Per-show effects...' from overwriting derived fields with blank fields.
  14. Added 'flight' and 'flt' a synonyms for 'chain' in effect descriptions.
  15. Fixed 'Subtract used quantities from available...' for chains counted as one unit.
  16. Added 'Delete unreferenced Per-show effects...'
  17. Added 'Clear quotas...'
  18. Added 'screamers' as English translation to 'whistles' in VDL.
  19. Changed single-shot prefire to be the prefire of the effect in the single shot, not always 0.
  20. Fixed the problem that single shot shells would have zero duration.
  21. Fixed the redundant printing of the word 'single shot' and '1 shot' in the VDL.
  1. Bring back render quality presets.
  2. Add 'Draw smoke' and 'Draw reflections' options to render settings dialog.
  1. Fix bug with Finale Inventory integration not correctly handling case packing quantities.
  2. Add ability to edit Finale Inventory products from Finale 3D. 'Sync with network' will now sync your changes up to Finale Inventory.
  3. Fix bug where cakes were not being rotated when positions were rotated.
  1. Removed empty color change transitions from translated effect names.
  2. Redefined crackle_flowers to be terminal pop at end of star life, in contrast to dragon_eggs which is a non-terminal star stage description and time_rain which is also non-terminal.
  3. Added Spanish translations for craker_crysantemo, craker_dragones, and craker_colgante, and variations, to crackle_flowers, dragon_eggs, and time_rain.
  4. Support effect phrases like 'red peony crackle flowers' and 'craker cris roja' without requiring a 'to' transition for the star's terminal condition such as the crackle flowers or report.
  5. Fixed effect parsing bugs with asterisks and the syntax of N*M shots in the effect name.
  6. Fix bug with accessing Finale Inventory inventories that were created for Finale Business master inventory accounts.
  7. Now possible to edit effects in any collection (generic, My Effects, etc.) and changes will write through to My Effects and open shows, after confirmation dialog.
  1. Fixed but when dragging selection or playhead off right edge of timeline when timeline overextended.
  2. Change 'Render quality' to 'Render Settings'.
  3. Improve performance and stability with large numbers of effects onscreen at the same time.
  4. We now cache the Finale Inventory effects catalogs, just like the My Effects catalog, so that they are available if you run in offline mode.
  1. Added import options for duration time units.
  2. Fixed default duration of fan cakes.
  3. Added checkmark image.
  4. Make 'popcorn crackle' sparks count as trail sparks (and all other 'grandchildren sparks' as well).
  5. Fixed timeline scrolling UI and scrollbar behavior in over-extended circumstances.
  6. Reversed timeline zoom in/out icons.
  1. Made Finale Inventory integration work more like Business -- when inserting effect, automatically derive vdl, size, duration, prefire, height, subtype, color, type, numDevices if they are missing fields.
  2. Fix bug with rising effects that weren't comets (e.g. pearls, "blue crackling tail", etc).
  3. Re-tune gold, silver, and charcoal trails.
  1. Fixed importing the 'notes' field for parts files.
  2. Rendering performance improvement.
  3. Fix another 'http code said error' login error.
  1. Changed CSV firing script exporter to UTF-8 and improved column names.
  2. Add option to render at 4k resolution.
  3. Improve rendering performance.
  1. Minor changes to German translations.
  2. Added 'Draw fog' render setting.
  3. Added FirelinxLT exporter.
  4. Implemented a faster tonemapping method, improving render performance.
  1. Added first pass of German effect name translations.
  2. Minor improvements to timeline rendering.
  1. Tune small caliber comets.
  2. Make default comets' trajectories vary less.
  3. Add 'Effect Brightness' to render settings dialog.
  4. Fix crash bug with certain effects.
  1. Language improvements for French and Spanish effect names.
  2. Fix bug where 'falling leaves' in a cake was interpreted as a rising effect instead of a shell.
  3. Fix issue with mines being way too 'loose'.
  4. Improve startup time.
  1. Changes to spark rendering to make sparks appear brighter.
  2. Fix 'http code said error' bug when Finale Inventory credentials are invalid.
  3. Improve long hang when building scene for '25 shot Popcorn crackle cake' (it's still a bit slow).
  4. Improved scrollwheel zoom on timeline, making it preserve the playhead even when zooming out near the edges.
  5. Made scrollwheel over scrollbars on timeline and tables zoom instead of move the thumb.
  6. Removed unnecessary +XX ms remainder in clock display when timeline snapping mode matches display mode.
  7. Clicking on one of many selected events in timeline now deselects the others, unless you drag.
  8. Changes to Spanish effect name translations.
  9. Fixed VDL cake number of shots parsing bug introduced when implementing flame.
  10. Made VDL parser accept cake descriptions with row firing patterns without requiring tube labels if single effect cake, as in: 25 shot gold comet z-shape cake 5 rows row 5 (3.0/fnt)
  11. Fixed chain import problem for chains very near start of show.
  12. Added import show option to interpret chain quantities as meaning number of devices or number of chains.
  13. Added import show option to interpret rows with > N quantity as chains.
  1. Another iteration on row highlighting while playing -- now with red line at playhead plus highlighted last-effect rows.
  2. Changed table cell editing focus to not require double clicking a cell to edit it.
  3. Added black border around any single yellow cell to indicate hit has keyboard focus.
  4. Changed hovering over event or cue flag on timeline indicator to highlight associated script rows in red.
  5. Improved 'underline' playhead indicator in script table to stay put when mouse is hovering over other events or flags on timeline.
  6. Additional improvements and changes to French effect name translations.
  1. Added full Spanish translation of all VDL terms.
  2. Added full French translations of VDL terms, except for a few terms.
  3. Fixed minor parsing errors with French and Spanish cake and shot related terms.
  4. Changed playhead indicator in script table window to be a red line between last and next row to play.)Fixed bug in dom renderer relating to inner borders.
  5. Added last few French translation effect terms.
  1. Improved Explo SHW script file importer to import x-flamer shows and automatically to create flame simulations.
  2. Implement shot angle and shot duration specifiers on cake shots.
  3. Fix cake and angle offsets for flames.
  4. Added simulations for explo wave and step flame macros.
  5. Fixed bug in VDL cake parsing occurring with very long effect descriptions, e.g., 12 different effects in the cake.
  1. Added prefire range limit for PD export.
  2. Re-tune cremora fireball.
  3. Added 'DUR' keyword to VDL to allow specifying duration of an effect within a multi-shot cake or candle, e.g., 10s 10 shot 1.5 DUR gold comet cake.
  4. Reorganized and renamed flame effects in generic effects catalog.
  5. Fix bug causing 'missing effects' on some GPUs.
  1. Fix 'pink speckles' issue.
  2. Fix crash on nvidia gpus.
  1. Handle missing data links in Finale Inventory catalogs.
  2. Made StarFire firing system export use union of item notes for sequence notes instead of first item's notes.
  3. First pass of French effect name translation to VDL.
  4. Implement "ACES" tonemapping for lighting and color.
  5. Change 'playback' and 'edit' mode dark/light values to be tunable exposure settings.
  6. Fixed recently introduced bug parsing effects with heights, misinterpreting that as count of mines, e.g., 'Cake 10 m'.
  7. Added PyroSoft firing system exporter.
  8. Fixed firing system exporter device count for chains.
  9. Fixed word placement and translation handling for cakes, candles, slices, and single-shots in French and Spanish.
  10. Added support for interpreting > and TL as tail in effect names.
  11. Added coco, cannister, and center to effect name interpreter.
  12. Improved translation of French effect names, better handling of plurals.
  13. Fixed and verified downloader for the new and old Pyrodigital field controllers.
  14. Added download progress bar for downloading scripts to Pyrodigital.
  15. Automatically determine color and subtype field on import if not explicit in imported file.
  16. Automatically determine language when importing effects and convert inferred fields to native language, e.g., French, Spanish.
  17. Various improvement to French and Spanish effect import.
  18. Changed VDL term thick_trail and thin_trail to just thick and thin, but still support thick_trail and thin_trail also.
  19. Changed caliber field format in PyroSoft exporter.
  20. Fix movie/image over-exposure bug.
  21. Implement first version of new flame simulation. (Try using an Explo flamer from the Generic Effects list).
  1. Tune scene lighting a bit more.
  2. Support interpreting NxM in effect names, as in '5x5 gerb cake'.
  3. Interpret cakes without flower defining terms as comets instead of shells. EX: 'red cake' = comets; 'aerial red cake' = shells; 'red peony cake' = shells.
  4. Support shorthand C, M, and T after number of shots for comets, mines, and shells, as in 'cake 25 c red'.
  5. Made parentheses equivalent to space in effect names.
  6. Made 'fan' and 'w-shape' and other firing patterns imply the effect is a cake automatically.
  7. Add implicit 'with' in effect names for pistil when missing, e.g., 'cometa roja cola de oro' --> 'comet red w/ tail gold'.
  1. Improved script scrolling and its highlight of next firing row.
  2. Made script always highlight the next firing row after playhead unless overridden by cursor hovering over cue flag or event.
  3. Changed definition of 'next firing row' to be rows with effect time at or immediately after the playhead.
  4. Made all operations scroll script to keep next firing row in view.
  5. Added 'edit effect...' menu item to context menu in script and on timeline.
  6. Fixed minor bug with 'edit effect' menu item on timeline context menu.
  1. Highlight script table row when cursor hovering over corresponding event on timeline or in 3D view.
  2. Change scene lighting parameters to be less dark.
  3. Added automatic scrolling of the script and highlighting of the row that is shot when playing simulation.
  4. Added user setting option to display chain quantities as per shell or per chain.
  5. Fixed ematch count on addressing summary dialog, previously had a bug with chains.
  6. Fixed effect chooser's icons to update automatically.
  1. Increase default brightness of skydome, terrain, model.
  2. Improved crash reporting.
  3. Auto-scroll script table when clicking on timeline event or cue flag or trajectory in 3D view.
  4. Extended Unicode case conversion to French accent characters.)WIP on French effect names.
  1. Finally located and fixed the bug that was the #1 source of crashes.
  2. Fixed 'Replace effect' bug wherein applied effect is blank if effect isn't already present in show and if show has a quota for the effect.
  3. Added initial set of Spanish VDL terms to enable importing and creating effects in Spanish.
  4. Removed the snapping to action time feature for dragging playhead since clicking cue flag is easy alternative; snapping while dragging selection can optionally be turned off in show menu.
  5. Renamed 'Parente' to 'Firemaster'.
  6. Fixed the 10 channel Pyromac module bug.
  7. Added 30 channel FireOne option so users don't need to make a custom module.
  8. Added 15 channel PD option so users don't need to make a custom module.
  9. Made ESC exit out of multi-key hotkey sequence.
  10. Removed control-C as a method of exiting multi-key hotkey sequence so can be used for position groups, etc.
  11. Added optional Parente Firemaster per-show-setting of firemasterSequenceNumberOffset. No UI. Just add the variable and give it a value.
  12. Automatically convert 'And' to ampersand when interpreting VDL, e.g., 'Red And Blue Peony' --> 'Red & Blue Peony'.
  13. Fix crash that occurred when inserting an effect with certain non-ascii characters in its description.
  14. Fix rising crossette stars drooping too low.
  15. Recognize 'single shot' and 'roman candle' in effect name import and sim creation from description.
  16. Added pyromac 15 channel module type.
  17. Added support for creating sims and effect names dscribed in Spanish, and importing shows and inventories in Spanish.
  18. Added duration column to chooser.
  19. Changed text file reader to preserve isolated newlines even if file contains carriage return / newline pairs.
  20. Support Unicode characters in translation to VDL and normalization of native language effect descriptions.
  21. Incorporated Spanish effect terms from Conlapi conference round table meeting on effect terminology.
  22. Fix issue with 'sync to network' not working when running Finale in offline mode.
  23. Fix bug causing 'input lag' on some Finale operations.
  1. Added 'Insert effect' to effect menu.
  2. Made effect chooser support multiple monitors for remembering its position.
  3. Made importing scripts ignore vacuous module/pin columns if non-vacuous ADDR column exists, for ShowDirector CSV and SCX.
  4. Fixed timeline scrollbar, which was broken when the effect bar was removed.
  5. Added File > User settings > Test sound system, to help debug the spurious crash in the sound system.
  1. Change the way our initial windows are created to work around a strange startup bug.
  1. Extra logging for debugging program startup issues.
  2. Create debug windows for testing window creation issues.
  1. Extra logging for debugging program startup issues.
  1. Tune down brocade trails a bit.
  2. Fix problem with very large MyParts files causing a causing a crash.
  3. Fix bug causing Finale3D to use a lot of unnecessary CPU time (even when minimized).
  4. Added function to download script to PD FC-A and FC-3 field controllers.
  5. Made effect chooser window remember its position, size, and magnification level, for next time it is invoked.
  6. Add a separate way to run Finale3D for debugging purposes.
  1. Tune down brocade trails a bit.
  2. Fix problem with very large MyParts files causing a causing a crash.
  3. Fix bug causing Finale3D to use a lot of unnecessary CPU time (even when minimized).
  4. Added function to download script to PD FC-A and FC-3 field controllers.
  5. Made effect chooser window remember its position, size, and magnification level, for next time it is invoked.
  1. Added effects collection selector to the effects chooser dialog, to select Generic, My effects, Per-show effects, etc.
  2. Removed effect bar.
  3. Added 'insert' icon to top right of design view.
  4. Cursor over bottom right corner text in design view hides trajectories.
  5. Fix farfalle double rings.
  6. Add audio volume controls to render settings menu.
  7. Added previewer window features to the effect chooser dialog.
  8. Fix horsetails and waterfalls to not look so artificial.
  9. Fix bug when rendering movie where songs played at the wrong start times.
  10. Fix 'render settings getting stuck on low' bug.
  11. Change song volume default to 100%
  1. Made effect chooser wide and added columns for color, price, etc.
  2. Added selectors to effect chooser for size, color, etc.
  3. Added reasonable ATF category values for Generic effects.
  4. Made effect chooser sort by part number as secondary sort criterion, after most-recently used.
  5. Added option to 'Import show' for 'Ignore empty cues'.
  6. Made import show ignore the value 0 in the duration column if guessing duration units, because 0 usually means the user hasn't set it, rather than the effect actually has a zero duration.
  7. Fixed random number seeds in imported show files; fix is retroactive, fixing existing shows that have been imported from SCX, for example.
  8. Fixed import effects file bug wherein duration units guess would be wrong and the 'ignore duration in file' option would ignore the size instead.
  9. Added 'File > User settings' menu, though not yet connected to network.
  10. Added 'Interpret chain price as per-shell' option under user settings, which defaults to OFF; when OFF a 0 chain of 5 in the show counts as 0 not 0.
  11. Added render option to disable smoke entirely.
  12. Lots of effect tuning.
  13. Fixed problem where pattern breaks were not properly registered. For example, "Red Bowtie w/ Green Ring" now has the ring properly around the middle of the bowtie.
  14. Fixed a memory leak on the GPU which should reduce random crashes.
  1. Made show import expand out script rows containing multiple angles in the angle or tilt column, as in VSD convension 80-90-100 meaning three angles.
  2. Made show import prefer using a tilt column over an angle column if it exists and is non-empty.
  3. Made show import overwrite the script row quantity value with the number of numerical angles in the tilt/angle column if that number is more than one, e.g., 80-90-10 --> quantity = 3.
  4. Naming change 'Parts' --> 'Effects' pervasively.
  5. Added 'Crackling Chrys' shells to generic effects.
  6. Naming change 'Basic parts' --> 'Generic effects'.
  7. Added quantities to all selector menu items, e.g., click the 'Size' selector on the script to see how many shells of each size you are using.
  8. Fixed some minor specs of some of the cakes in the generic effects collection.
  9. Added a 'hang reporter' (like the crash reporter) that will let us diagnose cases where Finale3D hangs.
  1. Improved basic effects list, adding cakes and rounding duration, prefire, height to one or two digits.
  2. Added 150 cakes to basic parts.
  3. Reduced height of playhead to make it easier to select cue flags behind it.
  4. Improved cake VDL parsing to allow specifying firing pattern for some rows and leaving other rows as default.
  5. Fixed bug in parsing invalid VDL cake firing patterns descriptions.
  6. Fixed crasher bug when printing table to PDF and moving mouse over table while PDF window being displayed.
  7. Made cake VDL parser more robust in reading firing row descriptions by allowing a slash before the asterisk that indicates two rows are fired together.
  8. Made cake VDL parser more robust by allow firing row descriptions to include only the firing pattern if there's only a single effect type used in teh cake, as opposed to requiring the effect type label, as in (FNT)
  9. Added to the positions menu new functions for creating, selecting, and managing groups of positions.
  10. Added 'Select positions by name...' for positions and position groups.)Fixed bug with position group names containing spaces.
  11. Added show import options to import into active show/scene or into a new show.
  12. Importing a script with position group names into show with matching group names expands the script rows into all the positions of the group.)Fixed issues with spaces and special characters in position group names.
  13. Fix one bug that was causing Finale3D to use too much cpu (but another remains).
  14. Implement 'Count chains as 1 unit' in Finale Inventory integration
  15. Fix crossette timing.
  1. Made effect duration a reference to the effect definition, instead of a copied value that can be updated in the script, because the latter caused too much confusion. This means it is no longer possible to change the duration of a specific instance of a cake by editing the script; you have to make a new cake effect with a different duration and use that.
  2. Improved VDL parsing robustness so it is more flexible in reading VDL cake descriptions, to improve backward compatibility with Finale Business VDL cakes.
  3. Fixed the 'STR' firing pattern in cake descriptions.
  4. Made cake firing patterns for each row default to STR, i.e., sequence-right, even if some rows explicitly have different patterns such as STT, all-together.
  5. Add 'configure Finale Inventory connection' menu item.
  6. Filter out non-choreographed effects when pulling down from Finale Inventory.
  7. Implement 'airburst' vdl effect.
  8. Make 'lemon' color less orange.
  9. Make dahlia stars larger.
  10. Tune crossettes to make their duration longer.
  11. Tighten up shot randomness for everything.
  12. Remove height from VDL when extracting it into height column.
  13. Made 'Edit effect' command preserve prefire, duration, and height values from the columns, and extract from VDL so not redundantly recorded.
  14. Round prefire, duration to hundredths, height to tenths.
  1. Bugfixes for Finale Inventory integration.
  2. Added new list of generic/basic effects, replacing old list.
  3. Fixed usage count bug wherein effects in Finale Inventory with chainNumberOfDevices=0 didn't get counted.
  4. Change chainNumberOfDevices/numDevices to default to 1 when empty.
  1. Fixed rare crash bug reported when editing groups.
  2. Added windows menu preset for design+positions.
  3. Added ability to export any window as xlsx or csv, from File menu or right-click context menu.
  4. Fixed checkmarks on Windows menu.
  5. Fixed 'Print table...' function on right-click context menu of table windows.
  6. Hooked up Finale Inventory sales order integrations.
  1. Added EX, CE, UN number fields, and Safety Distance, and Cost field, to parts window as optional columns.
  2. Fixed bug wherein the control-G create effect function provided a default part number of 10000 instead of avoiding existing part numbers.
  3. Fixed PTX exporter bug relating to delays between simultaneous events.
  4. Added 'Edit this effect' menu item to RMB context menus on parts table.
  5. Added 'Show > Options > Draw effects on timeline as dots'.
  6. Display the correct GPU in the 'About Finale' dialogs when running on GPU-switching computers.
  1. Fixed bug wherein inserting events with timeline snapping to fps would insert effect at wrong time.
  2. Darkened partNumber/name column in tables to make white text more readable.
  3. Fixed slight jiggling of events on timeline due to rounding error.
  4. Work-in-progress Finale Inventory integration.
  5. Added 'Effects > Edit effect', to re-edit the VDL of an existing effect.
  1. Allow imported prefire and duration times to include trailing characters like 's' as in 3.2s; previously that wouldn't parse because of the 's'.
  2. Added a white tip at the bottom of empty cue flags so user can easily identify any remaining empty cue flags in a dense show.
  3. Improved cue flag graphics on timeline.
  4. Added 'description' column to script table and to sort options for addressing.
  5. Fix crash that occured when importing inventories with missing fields.
  1. Made fill-down addressing function work with filtering.)Improved some menu item text.
  2. Made importing TXT files smartly determine whether delimiter is tab or comma or semicolon; same as CSV.
  3. Added ability to import QOH and AVAILABLE quantities in parts files.
  4. Added 'Effects > Subtract used quantities from available' for simple inventory management.
  5. Changed window arrangement hotkeys by requiring shift to avoid confusion when trying to edit yellow table cells. WARNING: requires re-learning the 1-6 hotkeys.
  6. Fixed duplicate parts bug when refreshing My Parts from network.)Added network inventories list and setNetworkInventories() function.
  7. Add prompt to sync 'My parts' when shutting down app.
  1. Fixed crash bug wherein displaying rack window for the first time would crash if a single position was selected.
  2. Fix crash that occurred if you run Finale3D without any audio devices enabled on the computer.
  3. Fixed copy/paste bug wherein copying events from one position and pasting to other selected positions didn't work.
  4. Fixed bug reading comma radix mark calibers like 2,5inch.
  5. Added 'on hand' and 'available' columns to the parts windows for inventory quantity.
  1. Add 'purpel' as a translation of 'purple'.
  2. Fix encoding issues with non-ascii text in My Parts.
  1. Fixed addressing bug with empty cues.
  2. Fixed bu2Cg wherein sorting addresses by 'chains first' actually sorted chains last.
  3. Improved design of the 'Create new effect' dialog.
  4. Added a selector to the 'Create new effect' dialog to choose which collection the new parts goes into.
  5. Fixed bug wherein specified part number in 'Create new effect' dialog was ignored.
  6. Changed the name 'Catalog parts' to 'Basic parts'.
  7. Added 'Effects > Import effects list...' with options to import into My Parts, Per-show parts, and parts files.
  8. Added 'My Parts' cloud-stored parts file.
  1. Added 'Show > Set timeline snap-to resolution' for working in SMPTE or other frame rates.
  2. Added 'Show > Set time format' to display time in various frame-based formats or decimal.
  3. Added additional 'Script > Align times to frame rate' options.
  4. Made all script operations snap to the timeline snap-to resolution.
  5. Made effect time in script table use chosen time format, e.g., SMPTE or decimal.
  6. Added timeline division markings for non-decimal fps frames, so snapping on timeline aligns with markings exactly when zoomed in.
  7. Improved performance of 'Set properties' dialog. Now set properties on 10k events is about a second instead of several minutes.
  8. Fixed control-C to copy from selected, yellow, cell, without having to click into it.
  1. Fix a crash when running in BootCamp on Macs.
  1. Fix bug where position labels were not appearing.
  1. Enabled creating selector drop downs for duration and prefire in the tables.
  2. Changed FireControl addresser to use 3-digit rail addresses.
  3. Add icon associations for .FDB files.
  4. Add 'Sky Blue' as a VDL color.
  5. Fix icon rendering of cakes, so that it always renders at least one shot of the cake rather than catching 'silence' in between shots.
  6. Extended max show duration to 24 hours, for SMPTE users.
  7. Support 'h' as shorthand for 'hours' when entering a duration such as show duration, e.g., typing '20m' = 20 minutes; typing '20h' = 20 hours; typing 1.5h = 90 minutes.
  8. Fix bug where the render time was displayed twice in the double-size previewer view.
  9. Fix a 'sound lagginess' bug that was manifesting for some computers.
  1. We now show a movie preview for effects when you hover the mouse over an effect icon.
  2. Pressing ESC while editing table cell reverts edit and now leaves cell selected.
  3. Double-click on word in text entry followed by shift-click now always extends selection from the far end of word.
  4. Dragging selection rect in design view upward first over positions then also covering trajectory tip donuts now works the same as dragging rect in the other direction.
  5. EXPERIMENTAL: clicking on grass now deselects positions if no effects were selected at time of click.
  6. Added warning dialog if inserting effect from effect bar with no selected positions.
  7. Auto-select and assign first non-hidden position when drag-and-drop effect to empty cue.
  8. Added 'Select all positions attached to model' function.
  9. Change behavior of 'cut' and 'delete' in design view to remove subtrees, i.e., positions attached to deleted models and effects at deleted positions, instead of just detaching them.
  10. Fixed DEL key behavior in models and positions table window, which previously didn't detach children positions or events.
  11. Changed paste in design view to be symmetric with cut: cutting positions includes subtree of events; pasting pastes back the cut or copied events and positions.
  12. Improved 'Rename positions' dialog; pre-populate text entry field with existing name or name stem from collection.
  13. Fixed 'Rename positions' to allow overlapping ranges.
  14. Fixed 'Edit position properties' to update references if user changes position name.
  15. Improved copy/paste between shows to add per-show parts automatically instead of putting up an 'Add part to per-show parts?' dialog after the fact.
  16. Made copy in design view or script also copy the referenced part definitions, and paste automatically paste any missing referenced part definitions from the copy buffer first, and from the active parts windows second, facilitating copy/paste between shows that do not use a common inventory/parts list.
  17. Changed drag-and-drop to timeline and to cue on timeline to insert effects at selected positions at the indicated time; formerly drag-and-drop only replaced an event or cue.
  18. Added large playback clock; added option to turn it off in show > options menu.
  19. Made durations adjustable for cakes in script rows, not just parts window.
  1. We now show a movie preview for effects when you hover the mouse over an effect icon.
  2. Pressing ESC while editing table cell reverts edit and now leaves cell selected.
  3. Double-click on word in text entry followed by shift-click now always extends selection from the far end of word.
  4. Dragging selection rect in design view upward first over positions then also covering trajectory tip donuts now works the same as dragging rect in the other direction.
  5. EXPERIMENTAL: clicking on grass now deselects positions if no effects were selected at time of click.
  6. Added warning dialog if inserting effect from effect bar with no selected positions.
  7. Auto-select and assign first non-hidden position when drag-and-drop effect to empty cue.
  8. Added 'Select all positions attached to model' function.
  9. Change behavior of 'cut' and 'delete' in design view to remove subtrees, i.e., positions attached to deleted models and effects at deleted positions, instead of just detaching them.
  10. Fixed DEL key behavior in models and positions table window, which previously didn't detach children positions or events.
  11. Changed paste in design view to be symmetric with cut: cutting positions includes subtree of events; pasting pastes back the cut or copied events and positions.
  12. Improved 'Rename positions' dialog; pre-populate text entry field with existing name or name stem from collection.
  13. Fixed 'Rename positions' to allow overlapping ranges.
  14. Fixed 'Edit position properties' to update references if user changes position name.
  15. Improved copy/paste between shows to add per-show parts automatically instead of putting up an 'Add part to per-show parts?' dialog after the fact.
  16. Made copy in design view or script also copy the referenced part definitions, and paste automatically paste any missing referenced part definitions from the copy buffer first, and from the active parts windows second, facilitating copy/paste between shows that do not use a common inventory/parts list.
  17. Changed drag-and-drop to timeline and to cue on timeline to insert effects at selected positions at the indicated time; formerly drag-and-drop only replaced an event or cue.
  18. Added large playback clock; added option to turn it off in show > options menu.
  1. Improved double-click-then-drag text selection in input fields for selection beginning with a word.
  2. Improved ESC key behavior for text editing in tables so single ESC cancels text entry instead of two ESC presses.
  3. Added support for control-left/right arrow when editing text to jump by words.
  4. Changed table editing to require double click to edit cell; cell no longer accepts text input when yellow.
  1. Added drag-and-drop sound effects.
  2. Added drag-and-drop from parts window to rows of script, for replacing effect.
  3. Improved sound effects for drag-and-drop.
  4. Added drag-and-drop to events and cue flags on timeline.
  5. Added drag-and-drop to event trajectories in design view.
  6. Added automatic screen resolution re-scaling to correct timeline height on some systems.
  7. Improved download and rotate cursor images.
  8. Improved effect bar insert button icon and removed edit button.
  9. Improved column resizing user interface on tables.
  10. Added hidden column count indicator/button to ULHC of tables.
  11. Added download-on-target cursor image.
  12. Added scrollable text in all text input areas.
  1. Make flash pots silent.
  2. Add 'silent' as a VDL adjective.
  3. Fix 'shell w/ mine' and 'comet w/ mine' effects such that the mine doesn't shoot out of the tube faster than the shell/comet.
  4. Move video/image rendering menu items under their own File submenu (rather than being grouped with Export).
  5. Added 'About Finale3D' menu item.
  6. Fix a bug where certain star transitions would cause the stars to 'jump' in space.
  7. Made parts window effect icons be the insert buttons, and added hover graphic similar to effect bar.
  8. Rounded durations in effect rows to two digits.
  9. Switch to SketchUp SDK 2018.
  10. Added drag-and-drop from parts window to design window.
  1. Added good-looking icon for application.
  2. Added FireControl exporter.
  1. Fix a crash on startup for certain Intel video cards.
  1. Added insert/tab-left/tab-right buttons to timeline.
  2. Hovering over event on timeline now highlights the position also.
  3. Added zoom indicator and improved buttons on timeline.
  4. Added icon for hidden effects in script.
  1. Improve reporting when sessions *do NOT* crash, so that we can assume 'missing' sessions crashed even if we don't get a crash report.
  1. Even more improvements to crash reporting.
  2. Revive Account dialog.
  1. Improved crash reporting.
  2. Add 'Crash Finale3D...' menu option.
  3. Improved appearance of timeline and added hover effect to playhead.
  4. Added hide/unhide feature.
  5. Added lollipops on timeline for hidden or filtered out events.
  1. Simplified controls on effect bar.
  2. Made more interesting set of default effects for effect bar.
  3. Added dialog that explains per-show parts when creating an effect.
  4. Allow staying in full screen design window mode when creating effects.
  5. Fixed bugs in design view wherein cursor image didn't update after hovering over timeline or was incorrect in effect bar.
  6. Made RMB click in design view in nav mode reset design mode to pointer; also made clicking on effect in effect bar reset design mode to pointer.
  7. Made design view selection rect ignore positions if it includes top-of-trajectory donuts of events.)WIP: Added placeholder icons for song editing, event selection on timeline, drag-and-drop, rotating trajectory.
  8. Fix duration calculation for popcorn crackle and several related effects.
  9. Make 'crackling trails' more differentiated from 'glittering trails'.
  10. Change tuning on crossette mine breaks.
  11. Tune 'palm' shells.
  12. Tune shells so that they don't break early when overriding the height.
  13. New darker timeline color scheme.
  14. Draw trajectory tooltip in full size, bottom justified, not foreshortened.
  15. Improved timeline cue flags.
  16. Vertical indicator on timeline when hovering over effect in group that doesn't have a cue flag on account of not being the primary effect in the group.
  17. Changed timeline graduation text formatting and cue flag poles to make text more clear to read.
  18. Erased background behind playhead time to make text more clear to read.
  19. Got rid of position tooltips on timeline.
  20. Added highlight colors for effect bars in timeline for selected vs. NOT and hoveredOver vs. NOT, making all states distinguishable.
  21. Tune down default speed of mines.
  22. Make ground flares less bright.
  23. Fix flash tray simulation.
  24. Fix titanium salutes.
  25. Implement polyp effect.
  26. Fix flash pot and flash tray simulations.
  27. Fix bug in simulation heights for multi-layer mines (e.g. 'red mine w/ blue above').
  28. Make 25mm comets a little slower by default.
  29. Added mouse cursors for navigation modes.
  30. Added 'hand' navigation button for panning mode.
  31. Added drag-and-drop cursor image.
  32. Added blips to the timeline bars.
  33. Added end caps to the playhead image.
  1. Support min/sec time format shortcuts like 10:10 to be read as 10m10s instead of 10.1s.
  2. Fix bug where high wind speed was causing very exaggerated wind turbulence.
  3. Change time format from hh.mm.ss.ddd to hh:mm:ss.ddd.
  4. Fix issue causing cake icons to be rendered from very far away.
  5. Added hover mode for effect bar effect titles that changes text from description to part number; and added option to show part numbers by default.
  6. Fix issue causing movie render task to stutter for the first second of rendering.
  7. Improved performance of movie rendering.
  1. Work around a driver bug causing occasional crashes when rendering icons.
  1. Improved performance and visuals on icon rendering.
  2. Fix bug where aerial breaks were not making sound.
  3. Make break flashes illuminate the ground and models a little bit, instead of just the smoke.
  4. Fix bug where fountains always shot straight up.
  5. Fixed chain device durations.
  6. Fixed chain duration when importing shows.
  7. Added Script > Set time...
  8. Added Show > Goto time...
  9. Added duration and coordinates column to Finale Generic CSV export.
  10. Inserted duration into VDL for cakes in Finale Generic CSV export since Finale Business doesn't read the duration column.
  1. Made 'offset times' function support negative formatted values, like '-2m'.
  2. Automatically save import settings in per-user settings, so the values you set are 'sticky'.
  3. Added import setting option to ignore durations of effects in the imported file.
  4. Fixed addressing crash bug occuring with events having no position, including empty events.
  5. Added support for multi-effect roman candles.
  6. Added automatic inference that a VDL effect is a cake if it specifies number of shots and is not a candle or chain.
  7. Fixed bug wherein English --> VDL translation changed valid VDL terms like bouquet --> mine.
  8. Made control-G create effect function fill in the subtype and color fields.
  9. Made opening a show file or changing show duration automatically resize the timeline width to full duration of show.
  10. Made effect bar a solid gradient color (instead of black
  11. Fixed bug in Finale Generic CSV export wherein 'Animation Description' column contained the effect description instead of the VDL.
  12. Fix prefire and duration bugs of several effect types.
  1. Fixed bug: When rendering a movie from a time range that did not start at 0:00, the background music played as though the time range started at 0:00.
  1. Added prefire options for importing parts or shows to handle prefires represented as ms, sec, tenths, etc.
  2. Added script command to offset times.
  1. Increase max texture size 512 -> 2048.
  2. Added 'import settings' dialog for specifying angle convention used in imported shows.
  1. Added 'Backfilling allowed' checkbox to 'Fill down addresses' dialog to allow user to turn off backfilling and force a strictly monotonic sequence of addresses. Backfilling is the re-use of compatible rails and pins from earlier in the sequence, such as for two events at the same time and position that are not sequential rows in the script window as it is sorted by the user.
  2. Fixed fill-down addressing bug wherein with backfilling allowed and initial pin offset the initial rail would not be used for backfilling.
  3. Fixed error dialog bug in Show > Set show duration.
  1. Added automatic zoom out when inserting effects to ensure their breaks are in view.
  2. Changed blue navigation buttons to remain active rather than reverting automatically to pointer mode.
  1. Added slight automatic rise when zooming out, to make it easier to get things in view.
  2. Fix bug parsing begin/end time for movie rendering.
  3. Fix shot simulator hanging bug in handling of 'invalid' life times coming from parts table.
  4. Fix icon renderer handling of shots which have zero duration before their break (mines).
  1. Added 'timerain' as a synonym for 'time rain'.
  2. Added 'flame pot' and 'flamepot' as synonyms for 'ground flare'.
  3. Made effect durations in script be references to durations of the effect definitions in the parts file, instead of copied by value, for all effect types other than flame and other_effect and not_an_effect, which may require the ability to change the duration on a per-instance basis in the script.
  4. Added 'height' column to parts window.
  5. Fixed effect bar search button background.
  6. Added drag-and-drop from the effect bar into the scene.
  7. Made all columns in parts window resizable and hidable.
  8. Changed split-screen views to be divided vertically evenly instead of 2:3.
  9. Changed default view to full screen design view.
  10. Fixed effect bar bug wherein filtering while scrollbar was scrolled to the right would skip over effects.
  11. Make simulator use the effect's prefire and duration fields from the parts table.
  12. Make terrain/sky/model brightness a text entry parameter in render settings dialog rather than a dropdown.
  1. Added effect bar.
  2. Fixed bug wherein pressing delete key in effect chooser with empty text in search bar closed the window.
  3. Changed layout of design window, removing white margins and using smaller, orange scrollbars.
  4. Make simulation time and timeline bars coincide.
  1. Fix crash when loading .fin files that had models saved from before the bounding box change.
  2. Reverse (for now) the change that made simulations use the duration specified from the catalog/script, it broke certain cakes.
  1. Make comet, aerial shell, and mine simulations use the duration specified from the catalog/script.
  1. Fix a model loading crash.
  2. Change installer finish button to read 'Run Finale3D'.
  3. Make ground flare and flash pot both be silent.
  4. Tune fountains to taper off rather than cut off.
  5. Fixed crash bug on addressing with modules constrained to rack clusters.
  1. Add more color variation to silver fountains/gerbs.
  2. Improve simulation for fountains and gerbs.
  3. Fixed bug with importing hbs files wherein candles were imported without a part type and thus invisible.
  4. Fixed cake rack definition in standard parts to make it compatible with ground effects.
  5. Tune effect heights.
  6. Make trajectory markers line up to simulation breaks.
  1. Added search bar icon.
  2. Added locked addresses icon.
  3. Added addressing sort option for track.
  4. Added addressing constraint options for track and hazard.
  1. Fill-down addresses, and other addressing functions, select all addressed rows at completion of the operation.
  2. Added 'Address show using single blueprint' with submenu to select from.
  3. Added TRIGGER_TYPE options of MAN, AUTO, and SLAVE for Pyroleda F3 exporter using Custom Script Field.
  4. Fixed fill-down sorting when addressing constrainted by positions and sorted first by something other than position.
  5. Fixed addressing sorting when sorted first by something other than position.
  6. Changed default fill-down initial address to value of top selected row if non-empty, not that + 1.
  7. Add 'laser' as a synonym of 'ultrafast' for laser comets.
  1. Fix tiger tails and whirlwinds.
  2. Added error message if you try to do 'Fill Down' addressing with script window sorted by the addresses that are the output of the procedure.
  3. Make vdl parser recognize 'mines' and 'comets' as plurals.
  4. Fix bug where Google Maps images were mirrored.
  5. Made 'Fill down addresses' start at rail/pin instead of just module number, to support filling down beginning with a pin offset.
  6. Force loaded SketchUp models to have their origin at the bottom center of their bounding box.
  7. NOTE: This SketchUp model change will cause models in saved .fin files to appear at a different position in the scene.
  1. Decrease wind 'microcurrents' when wind speed is low.
  2. Fix bug where crossette mines were not breaking into crossettes.
  3. Fix 'pink bug' that was appearing for 'rainbow' effects.
  4. Remove medium quality mode.
  5. Make Intel graphics default to low quality rendering.
  6. Fix trails on gold and silver mines.
  7. Fix bug where wind microcurrents were disabled to the left of Origin Man.
  8. Added addressing sort criteria ANGLES LAST and PAIRS LAST.
  9. Reduced hot region for resizing columns on left of edge to make narrow columns easier to select.
  10. Fixed bug in Effect Chooser window wherein clicking on item didn't work if per-show-parts window active.
  11. Added new script columns, hidden by default, for PAIR, STRAIGHT UP, and FLIGHT COUNT, which can be used for addressing sorts and constraints.
  12. Added addressing sort options for ANGLES-FIRST, REVERSE SIZE, PAIRS FIRST, LONGEST FLIGHTS FIRST.
  13. Added addressing constraint options for FLIGHT-COUNT, FLIGHT-OR-NOT, PAIR-OR-NOT, ANGLE-OR-NOT.
  14. Make time rain leave a crackling trail.
  15. Made position properties dialog reset moduleType when user changes firing system.
  16. Added gradient to effect cells in table.
  1. Improve startup time a bit.
  2. Fixed bug with locked addresses.
  3. Added 'Addressing > Fill down addresses in script...' function for ShowDirector style addressing.
  4. Fixed bug causing multi-stage mines (eg 'red to blue mine') always having a trail on the final stage.
  5. Disable position and event hit testing while in rotate or translate or rise navigation modes.
  6. Make scroll wheel action zoom into center of screen while show is playing.
  7. Improve download effect icons.
  8. Replace magnifying glass icon and its zoom function with home icon that resets to initial view.
  9. Make rotate function rotate around center of viewing area, rather than what cursor points at.
  10. Make scroll wheel zooming in the backwards direction slide the focus point backward slightly while zooming out to compensate for the forward slide when zooming maximally close
  11. Make gerbs and fountains visible again (though still not yet well-tuned).
  12. Fix broken link in signup.
  1. Fix several effect rendering bugs.
  2. Digitally sign the installer and exe files to try to avoid the 'scary' dialogs on install.
  3. Fixed slowness due to generating all icons after using effect chooser or typing text into parts window filter.
  4. Moved insert button column on part window.
  1. Improve rendering performance, particularly high quality mode.
  2. Fixed rack layout view bug pertaining to filtering to position names that contained spaces.
  3. Made effect chooser include all open parts files, not just the active parts window.
  4. Added File > Admin > Regenerate effect icons.
  5. Fixed icon generation bug.
  6. Fix broken installer shortcuts on the Desktop and Start Menu.
  7. Fix a crash bug when importing certain inventories.
  1. Fix crackling pistil.
  2. Changed part buttons to actually look like buttons.
  3. Left/Right cursor keys now tab between cues and select the effects at the cues; works well with the choose and set effect hot keys C and E.
  4. Changed default option to timeline movements snap to ms instead of hundredths.
  5. Fixed insert multiple events command.
  6. Added show menu.
  1. Added effect chooser dialog to insert or set effects; hot keys = C and E.
  2. Fixed clipping problem at bottom of tables.
  1. Remove unused large textures to reduce installer size.
  2. Add missing dlls.
  3. Fix FireOne import/export.
  1. More spark tuning on very bright sparks (salutes and breakflashes).
  2. Fix smoke.
  3. Turn trajectory paths back on by default.
  4. Make effect icons show up a little better.
  5. Make Finale3D default to using Nvidia GPU on hybrid Intel/Nvidia computers.
  1. Performance optimizations and visual tuning on spark rendering.
  2. Signal to NVidia drivers that we want to run on the GPU.
  1. More spark tuning, increasing spark brightness and reducing the 'fogginess' of the scene.
  1. Changes to effect rendering to make effects appear brighter and more colorful.
  1. Tune spark rendering to make the sparks more colorful.
  1. Fix a bug in GPU driver version detection/warning.
  1. Very large performance improvement in effect rendering.
  2. Fix issue with thumbnail rendering.
  1. Fixed crash bug PBL-0019 that occurred when clicking on a selector after typing text into the search bar of a table.
  2. Fixed parts importer for 'Bengal' and 'Silver Tip'.
  3. Support exporting parts in ASCII even if contains non-ASCII chars, making subtitution for them.
  4. Support parts importer importing the 'tubes', 'rack type' and 'dmx patch' fields.
  5. Added 'Excel' label to the correct text encoding option in export.
  6. Minor improvements to default catalog of parts.
  1. Added and tuned a lot of new color names.
  2. Import parts now automatically populates the color and subtype fields from the VDL if not explicitly in the input data.
  3. Table selectors are now resized to avoid sticking out the top of the search bar in some screen resolutions.
  4. Parts file menu moved to be submenu of the blue selector of teh catalog window itself, to consolidate functionality in one place.
  5. Import parts now inherits the selectors from the previously active parts window.
  1. Fixed bug where 'silver tipped' (but not 'silver tip') effects had a default trail color of gold instead of silver.
  2. Added Starfire exporter.
  3. Added default color/size/subtype selectors to parts window.
  4. Added position/size default selectors to script window.
  5. Added ability to add custom selectors to all table windows from the menu icons on column headers.
  6. Added two new fields/columns to parts: color and subtype.
  7. Updated the standard catalog file for the new fields, and added more color variety.
  8. Inclusion breaks like 'red peony w/ blue' no longer have stars 'stack up' on each other.
  9. Improved hide/unhide column menu by showing both the hidden and unhidden columns.
  10. Fixed pop-up menu scrollbar behavior for when user drags cursor outside of scrollbar while scrolling.
  11. Fixed Z-order problem when user clicks on parent context menu that is partially covered by child context menu.
  1. Tuning adjustments for small caliber effects.
  1. FireOne import/export works again.
  2. Sky is no longer reflected onto the grass as if the grass were water.
  3. Letter pattern wizard adds notes to events indicating letter and index.
  4. Matrix letters have option to flip vertical and flip horizontal.
  5. Vertical letters have option to adjust timing acceleration between rows.
  6. Added Parente FireMaster exporter.
  7. Added context sensitive cursor icon/images for rolling over hot spots, buttons, column resize zones, etc.
  8. 'Export Show' now gives a warning for missing module types / empty events.
  9. When adding N positions, Finale3D now adds them in a line, not back and forth.
  10. Dragging unselected effect on timeline to empty cue now removes empty cue.
  11. Pasting shells onto empty cue now removes empty cue.
  12. Dragging cue flag with associated empty and non-empty events now removes the empty events.
  13. Dragging playhead on timeline will snap to cues, with an option to turn this behavior off.
  14. Make cue flags have higher hover priority than the song bar.
  15. Single click on cue flag will move playhead to cue; different from clicking on event.
  16. 3d nav operations from clicking on models will now deselect events.
  17. Make 3d nav buttons 'one time' instead of 'sticky'; they revert back to pointer mode after the nav operation.
  18. Re-addressing after locking addresses no longer crashes.